Você está na página 1de 228

In the Specs On the Job At Your Service

Anchoring
and Fastening
Systems
For Concrete
and Masonry
2009-2010
C-SAS-2009

Adhesives
Mechanical Anchors
Gas & Powder Actuated
Carbide
(800) 999-5099
www.simpsonanchors.com

CRACKED-CONCRETE
SOLUTIONS

TESTED
TO
MEET

IBC

2006

Building Codes Are Changing

New Anchor
Designs Now Required
Most states across the country have

When designing concrete anchorages,

Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems

now adopted the 2006 International

designers are now being required to

has, for years, been at the forefront of

Building Code (IBC) and many juris-

consider, among other things, whether

developing anchors for use in both

dictions within each state are now

conditions exist that may cause the

cracked and uncracked concrete. In

enforcing the new code. As a result,

concrete to crack. If its determined

fact, one of our test labs was the first

engineers and designers are increas-

such conditions do exist, anchors

lab in the U.S. to be accredited in

ingly being required to specify anchors

designed and tested for use in cracked

testing on cracked concrete. We have

designed and tested to meet the new

concrete must be specified. If its

devoted years of research, product

requirements of the code. The 2006

determined there is no risk of concrete

development and extensive testing in

IBC requires that Ultimate Strength

cracking, the designer may choose

the evolution of our cracked and

Design methodology be used when

to specify anchors approved for use

uncracked concrete anchors. With our

designing structural anchorages within

in uncracked concrete. In either case,

technical expertise and support you

buildings and other structures. This

ultimate strength design methodology

can rely on us to be the trusted source

affects how and when post-installed

is required as part of the 2006 IBC.

for concrete anchors.

concrete anchors are specified and


what products will be suitable for use.

To learn more, visit:


www.simpsonanchors.com

SET-XP adhesive

TitenHD anchor

IXP anchor

Strong-Bolt anchor

Torq-Cut anchor

CRACKED-CONCRETE SOLUTIONS

TESTED
TO
MEET

IBC

2006

ANCHORS DESIGNED AND TESTED


TO MEET IBC 2006 CRITERIA
SET-XP Anchoring Adhesive
SET-XP is an anchoring epoxy formulated and tested in accordance with ICC-ES
AC308 to meet the requirements of the 2006 IBC. It has been tested with the IXP
anchor, threaded rod and rebar. It has proven to offer increased reliability in adverse
conditions in cracked and uncracked concrete including proper functioning in cracked
concrete under static and seismic loading. SET-XP cures to a teal color for easy
identification as an epoxy formulated for Ultimate Strength Design requirements.

Page 34

ICC-ES ESR-2508

IXP Anchor
The IXP anchor is a uniquely designed torque-controlled adhesive anchor. When
used as a system with SET-XP epoxy, the IXP anchor provides high performance
and reliability in adverse conditions, including tension and seismic zones where
cracks may intersect the anchor. The IXP anchor was designed to perform in
accordance with ICC-ES AC308 to meet the requirements of the 2006 IBC.

Page 37

ICC-ES pending

The Torq-Cut self undercutting anchor is a heavy-duty, high-capacity anchor


designed and tested for use in cracked and uncracked concrete under static and
seismic loading conditions. It is designed and tested in accordance with ICC-ES
AC-193 to meet the requirements of the 2006 IBC. The built-in ring with hardened
cutters expands with installation torque forming undercut grooves in the
concrete. This interlocking connection between the anchor and the concrete
provides superior load carrying capacity.

Page 111

ICC-ES pending

Strong-Bolt Anchor
The Strong-Bolt wedge anchor is specifically designed for optimum performance
in both cracked and uncracked concrete. It is designed and tested in accordance
with ICC-ES AC-193 to meet the requirements of the 2006 IBC. The Strong-Bolt
anchor has proven to offer increased reliability in the most adverse conditions,
including proper functioning in cracked concrete under static and seismic loads.

Page 115

ICC-ES ESR-1771

Titen HD Anchor
The Titen HD heavy-duty anchor is a patented screw anchor designed for use
in concrete and masonry applications. This anchor is code tested to provide
outstanding performance in cracked and uncracked concrete under both static and
seismic conditions. It is designed and tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC-193 to
meet the requirements of the 2006 IBC. In addition to being an ideal anchor for a
variety of severe structural applications, the non-expansion installation characteristics
make it ideal when minimum edge distance and reduced spacing is a concern.
4

Page 119

ICC-ES ESR-2713

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Torq-Cut Self Undercutting Anchor

ADDITIONAL NEW PRODUCTS


GCN150 Gas-Actuated Nailer
The GCN150 is a portable gas-actuated nailer for attaching light-duty fixtures
such as drywall track, furring strips, hat track and angle track to concrete,
steel, block and metal deck. The GCN150 uses a 1,300 shot fuel cell and
features a 40 pin magazine for high volume productivity.

Page 180
EDOT Anchoring Adhesive
EDOT Epoxy-Tie is an epoxy adhesive formulated to be an economical
and high strength alternative for transportation projects. Available in
cartridge and bulk packaging, it is an ideal adhesive for threaded rod
anchoring and rebar doweling.

Page 62
AT10 Anchoring Adhesive
AT10 Acrylic-Tie adhesive is a 9.6 ounce single tube cartridge that can be
dispensed with a commonly available 10 ounce dispensing tool. A special
dispensing tool is not required. AT10 adhesive comes with a mixing nozzle
and offers the same performance characteristics as the rest of the
Acrylic-Tie product line.

Page 68

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Stainless-Steel Titen Concrete & Masonry Screw


The new stainless-steel Titen screws are ideal for attaching all types of
components to concrete and masonry in environments where corrosion is
a concern. These screws, available in hex and phillips head styles, combine
the versatility of our standard Titen screws with the benefits of enhanced
corrosion protection.

Page 166
CIP-F Paste-Over
CIP-F is a flexible, peelable and fast-curing polyurea paste-over material. It is
used to temporarily seal cracks and to secure injection ports over concrete
prior to epoxy or urethane foam injection repair. CIP-F can be peeled off at the
completion of a crack injection job by pulling on starter tabs initially placed
under the top surface of the paste-over at the time of application or by prying
under the paste-over.

Page 109
CIP Paste-Over
CIP is a fast-curing, two-part epoxy paste-over material. It is used to seal
cracks and to secure injection ports over concrete prior to epoxy or urethane
foam injection repair. CIP sets up hard and can either be left on the concrete
or ground or chiseled off at the completion of a crack injection job.

Page 109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Adhesives

Gas-Actuated Fastening

Other

Acrylic-Tie Adhesives (AT10) .................... 6781

GCN150 Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailer ... 180182

Allowable Stress Design Method....................... 17

Acrylic-Tie Usage Estimation Guides........... 8286

Powder-Actuated Fastening

Alphabetical index of products ............................ 8

Adhesive Accessories ................................. 8792

Application Matrix - Tools/Trades ............ 184185

Anchor Selection Guide ....................................... 9

Adhesive Anchoring
Installation Instructions .............................. 3132

Extension Pole Tool ......................................... 183

Corrosion Information....................................... 16

Fastener Tension and Shear Loads.......... 206211

Example Design Calculations ...................... 2230

Powder-Actuated Tools

General Installations for the Installer ................ 12

Adhesive Troubleshooting Guide ....................... 93


Crack-Pac Injection Adhesive ................ 101104
Crack-Pac Flex H2O ............................. 105108
Crack Repair Accessories................................ 109
EDOT Epoxy-Tie Adhesive ............................. 62
Epoxy-Tie Crack Injection Guide............ 103104
Epoxy-Tie Usage Estimation Guides .......... 6366
ETI-LV and -GV Injection Adhesives
........................................................ 100, 103, 104
ET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive .............................. 5461
Retrofit Bolt....................................................... 92
SET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive ............................ 3953
SET-XP Epoxy-Tie Adhesive .................... 3436
VGC............................................................. 9498

PTP-27AL .................................................. 188

General Instruction for the Designer ................. 13

PTP-27ALMAGR ........................................ 188

Glossary of Common Terms ................... 221222

PTP-27AS .................................................. 189

Limited Warranty .............................................. 10

PTP-27ASMAGR........................................ 189

Supplemental Topics for Anchors ............... 1315

PTM-27 ..................................................... 190

Table Icons ........................................................ 10

PTM-27HD ................................................ 191

Technical Support ............................................. 11

PT-27 ......................................................... 193

Treatment of Design Methods ........................... 20

PT-27HD .................................................... 192

Ultimate Strength Design Method ............... 1719

PT-25S ...................................................... 194


PT-22 ......................................................... 195
PT-22GS .................................................... 196
PT-22H ...................................................... 197
Powder-Actuated Fasteners .................... 199205

Blue Banger Hanger Threaded Insert..... 159162


Crimp Anchor.......................................... 170171
Drop-In Anchor ....................................... 153158
Easy-Set Expansion Anchor ............................ 163
Expansion Screw Anchor ................................ 174
Heli-Tie Helical Wall Tie ......................... 168169
Hollow Wall Anchor......................................... 176
IXP Anchor ................................................ 3738
Lag Screw Expansion Shield ........................... 174
Machine Screw Anchor ................................... 175
Nailon Pin Drive Anchor .................................. 173
Plastic Screw Anchor ...................................... 176
Sleeve-All Anchor .................................. 149152
Split Drive Anchor ........................................... 172
Spring Wing Toggle Bolt ................................. 178
Strong-Bolt Wedge Anchor ................... 115118
Sure Wall Drywall Anchor/Toggle .................... 177
Tie-Wire Wedge-All Anchor
................................................ 136140, 143148
Titen Screw ........................................... 164167

Titen Stainless-Steel Screw ................... 166167


Titen HD Anchor .................................... 119130
Titen HD Mini Anchor .................................... 134
Titen HD Rod Coupler ........................... 131132
Titen HD Rod Hanger .................................... 133
Torq-Cut Anchor .................................... 111114
Wedge-All Anchor ................................. 136148

Powder Loads ................................................. 198


Repair Kits ...................................................... 205
Safety Principles ............................................. 183
Tool/Load/Fastener Matrix....................... 186187

Drill Bits and Chisels


A Taper Drill Bits ............................................ 216
Bushing Tools ................................................. 219
Core Bits ......................................................... 219
Demolition Chisels and Bits .................... 218219
Drill Bit Tool Selection Guide ........................... 213
Ground Rod Drivers ........................................ 219
Plate Cutters ................................................... 217
Rebar Cutters .................................................. 217
Scalers ............................................................ 219
SDS-Max Drill Bits .......................................... 215
SDS-Plus Drill Bits .......................................... 214
Shank Adaptors............................................... 217
Spline Shank Drill Bits..................................... 215
Straight Shank Drill Bits .................................. 216
Warranty Claims.............................................. 220

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


The Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. was founded in Oakland, California and has been manufacturing
wood-to-wood and wood-to-concrete connectors since 1956. Since then, Simpson Strong-Tie has grown
to be the worlds largest manufacturer of construction connectors. In recent years the companys growth
has included expanding its product offering to include pre-manufactured shearwalls, anchor systems for
concrete and masonry and collated fastening systems.

Product Selection Key


Products are divided into eight general categories,
identified by tabs along the pages outer edge

The Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.


program includes:
Quality products value-engineered
for the lowest installed cost at the
highest rated performance levels.
Most thoroughly tested and
evaluated products in the industry.
Strategically-located manufacturing
and/or warehouse facilities.
Field Engineering support.
National Code Agency listings.
National factory sales team.

Epoxy
Anchoring
Adhesives

3366

Acrylic
Anchoring
Adhesives

6786

Adhesive
Accessories

8793

Vinylester
Anchoring
Adhesive

9498

Crack
Repair
Adhesives

99109

In-house R & D, and tool


and die professionals.
In-house product testing
and quality control engineers.
Member of ACI, AITC, ASTM,
ASCE, CAMA, CSI, ICC, ICRI,
NBMDA, NLBMDA, PATMI,
SETMA, STAFDA, NFBA, WTCA
and local organizations.
Various D.O.T. approvals.

Every day we work hard to earn your business,


blending the talents of our people with the quality of
our products and services to exceed your expectations.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SIMPSON STRONG-TIE QUALITY POLICY

Mechanical
Anchors

110178

Gas and
Powder-Actuated
Fastening Systems

179211

Carbide
Drill Bits
and Chisels

212220

We help people build safer structures economically. We do this by designing,


engineering and manufacturing No Equal structural connectors and other related
products that meet or exceed our customers needs and expectations.
Everyone is responsible for product quality and is committed to ensuring
the effectiveness of the Quality Management System.

Tom Fitzmyers

Terry Kingsfather

Chief Executive Officer

President

WE ARE ISO 9001-2000 REGISTERED

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF PRODUCTS


LSES - Lag Screw Expansion Shield ............... 174

PHSNA - Collated Fasteners - Metric............... 204

ADT - Acrylic-Tie Dispensing Tools ................. 88

MC - Rebar Cutter Shank - Straight ................ 217

PHV3 - " Headed Pin .................................... 201

AMN - Acrylic-Tie Mixing Nozzle ..................... 89

MCP - Plate Cutter Head ................................. 217

ARC - Adhesive Retaining Cap .......................... 89

MCR - Rebar Cutter Head................................ 217

PINW - 100 through 300 - .300" Headed Pin


with 1" Washer ........................................... 200

AST - Adhesive Shear Tube ............................... 92

MCS - Rebar Cutter Shank - Spline ................. 217

AT - Acrylic-Tie Adhesive (AT10) ..................... 67

MCSDM - Rebar Cutter Shank - SDS-MAX ..... 217

ATS & ATSP - Acrylic-Tie Screens ............. 9091

MCSDP - Rebar Cutter Shank - SDS-PLUS ..... 217

BBMD - Blue Banger Hanger ......................... 159

MDA - 'A' Taper Shank Drill Bits ..................... 216

BBRD - Blue Banger Hanger .......................... 159

MDB - Straight Shank Drill Bits ....................... 216

BBWF - Blue Banger Hanger ......................... 159

MDMX - SDS-MAX & SDS-MAX Quad Head Bits


........................................................................ 215

CBMX - One Piece Core Bit - SDS-MAX Shank


........................................................................ 219

PKP - Concrete Forming Pin ........................... 204


PSA - Plastic Screw Anchor ............................ 176
PSLV3 - " Threaded Stud.............................. 202
PSLV4 - " Threaded Stud.............................. 202
PSP - Piloted Setting Punch............................ 174

MDPL - SDS-PLUS Shank Bits........................ 214

PT-22 - .22 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool ........... 195

CBSP - One Piece Core Bit - Spline Shank ...... 219

MDSP - Spline Shank Drill Bits ............... 215216

PT-22GS - .22 Cal. Grip Shot


Powder-Actuated Tool ..................................... 196

CD - Crimp Anchor.......................................... 170

MSD - Mushroom Head Split Drive ................. 172

CDBE - One Piece Core Bit - Ejector Key ......... 219

N - Nailon ........................................................ 173

CDT10 - Premium Adhesive Dispensing Tool .... 87

P22 - .22 Cal. Powder Load - Single, Crimped


........................................................................ 198

CHH - Hex Shank Chisels & Demolition Bits ... 218


CHMX - SDS-MAX Chisels & Demolition Bits . 218
CHPL - SDS-PLUS Chisels & Demolition Bits . 218
CHSP - Spline Shank Chisels & Demolition Bits
........................................................................ 218
CIP - Crack Injection Paste Over ..................... 109
CIP-F - Crack Injection Paste Over .................. 109
CPFH09 - Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Crack Sealer . 105
CSD - Countersunk Split Drive ........................ 172
CTRB - One Piece Core Bit - Center Pilot Bit ... 219
DIA - Drop-In Anchor .................................... 153
DIAST - Drop-In Anchor Setting Tool .............. 154

PT-22H - Hammer Activated Powder Tool ....... 197


PT-25S - .25 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool ......... 194
PT-27 - .27 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool ........... 193

P22LRSC - .22 Cal. Powder Load - Single,


Straight Wall ................................................... 198

PT-27HD - Heavy-Duty Powder-Actuated Tool .. 192

P25SL - .25 Cal. Powder Load - Strip ............. 198

PTM-27HD - .27 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool ... 191

P27LVL - .27 Cal. Powder Load - Single, Long


........................................................................ 198

PTP-27AL -.27 Cal. Auto Powder-Actuated Tool..188

P27SL - .27 Cal. Powder Load - Strip ............. 198


PBXDP - BX Cable Strap ................................. 201
PCC - Conduit Clip .......................................... 201
PCLDP - Ceiling Clip ....................................... 201
PDP - .300" Headed Pin .................................. 199
PDPA - .300" headed fastener
with .157" shank diameter .............................. 199

PTM-27 - .27 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool ........ 190

PTP-27ALMAGR - .27 Cal. Auto Powder-Actuated


Tool w/ Magazine ............................................ 188
PTP-27AS - .27 Cal. Auto PowderActuated Tool .................................................. 189
PTP-27ASMAGR - .27 Cal. Auto PowderActuated Tool w/ Rotating Magazine ............... 189
PTRH - Threaded Rod Hanger ......................... 204
RFB - Retrofit Bolt............................................. 92
SET - Epoxy Adhesive ....................................... 39

DSD - Duplex Head Split Drive ........................ 172

PDPH - .300" Headed Fasteners


with .177" Shank Diameter .............................. 199

EDOT - General Purpose Epoxy-Tie


Anchoring Adhesive .......................................... 62

PDPHMG - .300" Headed Fasteners with .177"


Shank Diameter - Mechanically Galvanized ..... 200

SL - Sleeve-All Anchor .................................. 149

EDT - Epoxy-Tie Dispensing Tools................... 87

PDPHWL - .300" Headed Fasteners with 1" Metal


Washers with .177" Shank Diameter ............... 200

STB - Strong-Bolt Wedge Anchor.................. 115

DMSA - Double Machine Screw Anchor .......... 175

EIF - Injection Fitting ....................................... 109


EIP - Injection Port.......................................... 109
EMN - Epoxy-Tie Mixing Nozzle ...................... 89

PDPMG - .300" Headed Fasteners Mechanically Galvanized ................................. 200

SET-XP - Epoxy Adhesive................................ 34


SMSA - Single Machine Screw Anchor ........... 175
SWN - Sure Wall Anchor (Nylon) .................... 177
SWTB - Spring Wing Toggle Bolt .................... 178

PDPSS - 316 Stainless-Steel .300" Headed


Fasteners ........................................................ 199

SWTH - Toggle Only ........................................ 178

EMNO - Opti-Mix Mixing Nozzle .................... 109


ESA - Expansion Screw Anchor ...................... 174

PDPW - .300" Headed Pin with " Washer ..... 200

SWZT - Sure Wall Toggle ................................ 177

ET - Epoxy Adhesive ......................................... 54

PDPWL - .300" Headed Pin with 1" Washer..... 200

TCA - Torq-Cut Anchor .................................. 111

ETB - Hole Cleaning Brush ................................ 92

PDPWLMG - .300" Headed Fasteners with 1"


Metal Washers - Mechanically Galvanized....... 200

THD - Titen HD Anchor.................................. 119

PDPWLSS - 316 Stainless-Steel .300" Headed


Fastener with 1" washer .................................. 200

THD RC - Titen HD Rod Coupler.................... 131

PDPT - .300" Headed Tophat Pin ..................... 201

THD RH - Titen HD Rod Hanger .................... 133

PECLDP - Ceiling Clip ..................................... 201

TTN - Titen Screw ......................................... 164

PET - Pole Tool................................................ 183

TTNSS - Titen Stainless-Steel Screw............. 166

PHBC - Highway Basket Clip ........................... 201

TTNT - Titen Screw Installation Tool.............. 167

PHD - Hammer Drive Pin ................................ 205

TW - Tie-Wire Anchor ..................................... 136

PHT - Hammer Drive (no loads) ...................... 205

VGC - Vinylester Glass Capsule ......................... 94

PHK - 6MM Headed Pin .................................. 203

WA - Wedge Anchor........................................ 136

PHN - 8MM Headed Pin .................................. 202

ZN - Nailon (zinc) ............................................ 173

ETI - Crack Injection Epoxy ............................. 100


ETIPAC - Crack-Pac Injection Epoxy.............. 101
ETR - Epoxy Paste........................................... 109
ETS & ETSP - Epoxy Screens...................... 9091
EZAC - Pin Drive Anchor ................................. 163
E-Z-CLICK - Injection System ......................... 109
GCN - Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailer ............... 180
GDP - Gas Pins ............................................... 181
GFC - Gas Fuel Cell ......................................... 181
HELI - Helical Wall Tie ..................................... 168
HWA - Hollow Wall Anchor ............................. 176
8

PINWP - 100 through 300 - .300" Headed Pin


with 1" Plastic Washer ................................ 201

IXP - Torque-Controlled Adhesive Anchor ...... 37

PHNT - 8MM Headed Tophat Fastener ............ 203


PHNW - 8MM Headed Pin with 1" Washer ...... 203

SWZ - Sure Wall Anchor (Zinc) ....................... 177

THD MINI - Small Titen HD Anchor ............... 134

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

AD - Drill Bit Shank Adaptor............................ 217

ANCHOR SELECTION GUIDE


ALLOWABLE TENSION LOAD1,2

BASE MATERIAL
Page
No.

Hollow
Concrete
Block

Solid
Brick

ICC-ES; Florida; NSF 61

ICC-ES pending

ICC-ES; City of L.A.; Florida;


Various DOT; NSF 61 (SET)

ICC-ES; City of L.A.; Florida;


NSF 61; Various DOT

Various DOT

ICC-ES; City of L.A.; Florida

ICC-ES; City of L.A.; Florida;


Factory Mutual

IXP

37

(Including
Cracked)

39

68

94

Strong-Bolt

CODE
RECOGNITION1

(Including
Cracked)

VGC
(Hammer Capsule)

500 lbs
2,000 lbs
(2.2 kN) to
(8.9 kN)
2,000 lbs
or greater
(8.9 kN)

34

Acrylic-Tie

Hollow
Brick

500 lbs
(2.2 kN)
or less

SET-XP

Epoxy-Tie

115

(Including
Cracked)

119

(Including
Cracked)

(Including
Cracked)

134

131

Titen HD
Rod Hanger

133

Torq-Cut
Anchor

111

(Including
Cracked)

ICC-ES pending

136

ICC-ES; City of L.A.; Florida;


Underwriters Laboratories;
Factory Mutual

136

149

153

Blue Banger
Hanger

159

Easy-Set Expansion
Anchor

163

Titen Concrete and Masonry


Screw

164

Heli-Tie Helical
Wall Tie

168

Crimp Anchor

170

Split Drive
Anchor

172

Nailon Zinc
or Nylon

Titen HD
Titen HD
Mini

Titen HD Rod Coupler

Wedge-All
Tie Wire
Wedge-All

Sleeve-All
Drop-In

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Concrete

Lightweight
Grout-Filled
Concrete
Concrete
over
Block
Metal Deck

(Including
Cracked)

City of L.A.; Underwriters


Laboratories; Factory Mutual

Underwriters Laboratories;
Factory Mutual

Florida

173

Lag Screw
Expansion Shield

174

Expansion
Screw Anchor

174

Machine
Screw Anchor

175

Hollow Wall
Anchors

176

Sure Wall and


Sure Wall Toggle

177

Spring Wing
Toggle Bolt

178

Powder-Actuated Fasteners

199

Gas Pins

181

Underwriters Laboratories;
Factory Mutual

Factory Mutual; ICC-ES


pending (THD50234RH)

Factory Mutual

BASE MATERIAL:
Plywood and
Gypsum Drywall

ICC-ES; City of L.A.; Florida;


Factory Mutual
ICC-ES pending

1. Load values and code listings may not be available for all base materials cited in the table. To verify code listed applications refer to the code report at www.simpsonanchors.com
or contact Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. at 1-800-999-5099 (U.S. and Canada).
2. For Ultimate Strength Design (USD), reference USD data in this catalog.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND GENERAL NOTES


TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE
Non-catalog products must be designed by the customer and will be
fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance with customer
specifications.

PRODUCT USE
Products in this catalog are designed and manufactured for the specific
purposes shown, and should not be used in construction not approved by
a qualified designer. Modifications to products or changes in installation
procedures should only be made by a qualified designer. The performance
of such modified products or altered installation procedures is the sole
responsibility of the designer.

Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does not make any representations


regarding the suitability of use or load-carrying capacities of non-catalog
products. Simpson Strong-Tie provides no warranty, express or implied,
on non-catalog products.
F.O.B. Shipping Point unless otherwise specified.

INDEMNITY

SPECIAL ORDER PRODUCTS

Customers modifying products or installation procedures, or designing


non-catalog products for fabrication by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
shall, regardless of specific instructions to the user, indemnify, defend,
and hold harmless Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for any and all
claimed loss or damage occasioned in whole or in part by non-catalog or
modified products.

Some products can be ordered as special sizes or with other modifications. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for information on special order products.
Additional lead time and charges may apply. Special order products are noncancellable, non-refundable and non-returnable.

NON-CATALOG AND MODIFIED PRODUCTS


Consult Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for product applications for
which there is no catalog information, or for anchors or fasteners for use in
hostile environments, or with abnormal loading or erection requirements.

LIMITED WARRANTY
of construction, and the condition of the soils involved, damage may nonetheless result to a structure and its contents even if the loads resulting from
the impact event do not exceed Simpson catalog specifications and Simpson
Strong-Tie products are properly installed in accordance with applicable
building codes.

Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. warrants catalog products to be free


from substantial defects in material or manufacturing. Simpson Strong-Tie
Company Inc. products are further warranted for adequacy of design when
used in accordance with design limits in this catalog and when properly
specified, installed, and maintained. This warranty does not apply to uses
not in compliance with specific applications and installation procedures
set forth in this catalog, or to non-catalog or modified products, or to
deterioration due to environmental conditions.
Simpson Strong-Tie products are designed to enable structures to
resist the movement, stress, and loading that results from impact events
such as earthquakes and high velocity winds. Simpson Strong-Tie
products are designed to the load capacities and uses listed in this catalog.
Properly-installed Simpson Strong-Tie products will perform substantially
in accordance with the specifications set forth on the website or in the
applicable Simpson catalog. Additional performance limitations for specific
products may be listed on the applicable catalog pages.
Due to the particular characteristics of potential impact events, the specific
design and location of the structure, the building materials used, the quality

This warranty is expressly in lieu of all other warranties, expressed


or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for a
particular purpose, all such other warranties being hereby expressly
excluded. This warranty may change periodically consult our websites
(www.strongtie.com and www.simpsonanchors.com) for current
information.

TABLE ICON SYSTEM


In order to allow easier identification of performance data, the following icon system has been incorporated into the sections of the catalog with multiple load
tables. These icons will appear in the heading of the table to promote easier visual identification of the type of load, insert type and substrate addressed in the
table. Icons are intended for quick identification. All specific information regarding suitability should be read from the table itself.

Threaded Rod

Rebar

Steel

10

Normal-Weight
Concrete

Tension Load

Lightweight
Concrete

Shear Load

Concrete Block
(CMU)

Oblique Load

Lightweight Concrete
over Metal Deck

Edge Distance

Spacing

Unreinforced
Brick (URM)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

All warranty obligations of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. shall be


limited, at the discretion of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc., to repair or
replacement of the defective part. These remedies shall constitute Simpson
Strong-Tie Company Inc.s sole obligation and sole remedy of purchaser
under this warranty. In no event will Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
be responsible for incidental, consequential, or special loss or damage,
however caused.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND GENERAL NOTES


TECHNICAL SUPPORT
When you call for engineering technical support, we can help you if you have the following information at hand. This will help us to serve you
promptly and efficiently.
What Simpson Strong-Tie catalog are you using? (See the front cover for the form number).
Which Simpson Strong-Tie product are you considering?
What are the design requirements? (e.g. loads, anchor diameter, base material, edge/spacing distance, etc.).

For the most up-to-date information about our products visit our website at:
www.simpsonanchors.com
Our toll-free technical engineering support number is (800) 999-5099

This catalog reflects changes in the loads and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products. This catalog is effective until
December 31, 2010, and supersedes all information in all earlier publications, including catalogs, brochures, fliers, technical bulletins, etc.
Information on loads and configurations is updated periodically.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

KEEP THIS CATALOG IT IS NOW VALID FOR TWO YEARS


Simpson Strong-Tie will now publish its Anchoring and
Fastening Systems catalog every two years. In an effort to
continue to provide our customers with current information
on our ever-expanding product line, we will be publishing an
addendum on years we dont print a catalog. The addendum
will contain new product information, updated testing
information and any other information needed to keep our
customers up to date with our product line. As always,
please be sure to visit our website regularly for updates
that occur throughout the year www.simpsonanchors.com.

11

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND GENERAL NOTES


WARNING
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. structural connectors, anchors and other
products are designed and tested to provide specified design loads. To obtain
optimal performance from Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and
achieve maximum allowable design load and design strength, the products
must be properly installed and used in accordance with the installation
instructions and design limits provided by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
To ensure proper installation and use, designers and installers must carefully
read the following General Notes, General Instructions for the Installer and
General Instructions for the Designer as well as consult the applicable catalog
pages for specific product installation instructions and notes. If you do not
understand the catalog, or if you have any questions, contact Simpson
Strong-Tie Company Inc. for further information.

In addition to following all notes, warnings and instructions provided in the


catalog, installers, designers, engineers and consumers should consult the
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. web site at www.simpsonanchors.com to
obtain additional design and installation information.
Failure to follow fully all of the notes and instructions provided by Simpson
Strong-Tie Company Inc. may result in improper design or installation of
products. Improperly designed or installed products may not perform to the
specifications set forth in this catalog and may reduce a structures ability to
resist the movement, stress and loading that occurs from gravity loads as well
as impact events such as earthquakes and high velocity winds.
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. does not guarantee the performance
or safety of products that are modified, improperly installed, or not used in
accordance with the design and load limits set forth in this catalog.

GENERAL NOTES
These general notes are provided to ensure proper installation of
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc products and must be followed fully.
a) Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. reserves the
right to change specifications, designs, and models
without notice or liability for such changes.
b) Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in
inches and loads are in pounds.

c) Do not overload, which will jeopardize the anchorage. Service loads shall
not exceed published allowable loads. Factored loads shall not exceed
design strengths calculated in accordance with published design data.
d) Some hardened fasteners may experience premature failure if exposed
to moisture. These fasteners are recommended to be used in dry
interior applications.
e) Do not weld products listed in this catalog. Some steel types
have poor weldability and a tendency to crack when welded.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE INSTALLER

a) Do not modify Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products. The


performance of modified products may be substantially weakened.
Simpson Strong-Tie will not warrant or guarantee the performance of
such modified products.
b) Do not alter installation procedures from those set forth in this catalog.
c) Drill holes for mechanical anchors with carbide-tipped drill bits meeting
the diameter requirements of ANSI B212.15 shown in the table below.
A properly-sized hole is critical to the performance of mechanical
anchors. Rotary-hammer drills with light, high-frequency impact are
recommended for drilling holes. When holes are to be drilled in archaic
or hollow base materials, the drill should be set to rotation-only mode.
d) For mechanical anchors that require a specific installation torque: Failure
to apply the recommended installation torque can result in excessive
displacement of the anchor under load or premature failure of the
anchor. These anchors will lose pre-tension after setting due to pre-load
relaxation. See Supplemental Topic M1 on page 14 for more information.
e) Do not disturb, bolt up, or apply load to adhesive anchors prior to the
full cure of the adhesive.
f) For powder-actuated fastening, refer to the Important Information
on page 183.
g) Use proper safety equipment.

12

Finished Diameters for Rotary and Rotary Hammer


Carbide Tipped Concrete Drills per ANSI B212.15
Nominal Drill Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Tolerance Range
Minimum
(in.)

Tolerance Range
Maximum
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2

0.134
0.165
0.198
0.229
0.260
0.327
0.390
0.458
0.520
0.582
0.650
0.713
0.775
0.837
0.869
0.905
0.968
1.030
1.160
1.223
1.285
1.352
1.410
1.472
1.535
1.588
1.655
1.772
2.008

0.140
0.171
0.206
0.237
0.268
0.335
0.398
0.468
0.530
0.592
0.660
0.723
0.787
0.849
0.881
0.917
0.980
1.042
1.175
1.238
1.300
1.367
1.425
1.487
1.550
1.608
1.675
1.792
2.028

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

These general instructions for the installer are provided to ensure the
proper selection and installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
products and must be followed carefully. These general instructions are in
addition to the specific design and installation instructions and notes provided
for each particular product, all of which should be consulted prior to and
during the installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND GENERAL NOTES


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR
FOR THE
THE DESIGNER
DESIGNER
GENERAL
These general instructions for the designer are provided to ensure the
proper selection and installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
products and must be followed carefully. These general instructions are in
addition to the specific design and installation instructions and notes provided
for each particular product, all of which should be consulted prior to and
during the design process.
a) The term Designer used throughout this catalog is intended to mean
a licensed/certified building design professional, a licensed professional
engineer, or a licensed architect.
b) All connected members and related elements shall be designed by the
Designer and must have sufficient strength (bending, shear, etc) to
resist the loads imposed by the anchors.
c) When the allowable stress design method is used, the design service
loads shall not exceed the published allowable loads.
d) When the ultimate strength design method is used, the factored loads
shall not exceed the design strengths calculated in accordance with the
published design data.
e) Simpson Strong-Tie strongly recommends the following addition
to construction drawings and specifications: Simpson Strong-Tie
products are specifically required to meet the structural calculations of
plan. Before substituting another brand, confirm load capacity based on
reliable published testing data or calculations. The Engineer/Designer of
Record should evaluate and give written approval for substitution prior
to installation.
f)

Local and/or regional building codes may require meeting special


conditions. Building codes often require special inspections of
anchors installed in concrete or masonry. For compliance with these
requirements, it is necessary to contact the local and/or regional
building authority. Except where mandated by code, Simpson
Strong-Tie products do not require special inspection.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

g) Allowable loads and design strengths are determined from test results,
calculations, and experience. These are guide values for sound base
materials with known properties. Due to variation in base materials
and site conditions, site-specific testing should be conducted if exact
performance in a specific base material at a specific site must be
known.
h) Unless stated otherwise, tests conducted to derive performance
information were performed in members with minimum thickness
equal to 1.5 times the anchor embedment depth. Anchoring into thinner
members requires the evaluation and judgment of a qualified Designer.
i)

j)

Tests are conducted with anchors installed perpendicular (6) to the


surface of the base material. Deviations can result in anchor bending
stresses and reduce the load carrying capacity of the anchor.
Allowable loads and design strengths do not consider bending stresses
due to shear loads applied with large eccentricities.

k) Metal anchors and fasteners will corrode and may lose load-carrying
capacity when installed in corrosive environments or exposed to
corrosive materials. See Supplemental Topic G3.
l)

Mechanical anchors should not be installed into concrete that is


less than 7 days old. The allowable loads and design strengths of
mechanical anchors that are installed into concrete less than 28 days
old should be based on the actual compressive strength of the concrete
at the time of installation.

m) Nominal embedment depth (embedment depth) is the distance from


the surface of the base material to the installed end of the anchor and
is measured prior to application of an installation torgue (if applicable).
Effective embedment depth is the distance from the surface of the base
material to the deepest point at which the load is transferred to the base
material.
n) Drill bits shall meet the diameter requirements of ANSI B212.15. For
adhesive anchor installations in oversized holes, see Supplemental
Topic A1. For adhesive anchor installations into core-drilled holes, see
Supplemental Topic A2.
o) Threaded-rod inserts for adhesive anchors shall be UNC fully threaded
steel.
p) Allowable loads and design strengths are generally based on testing of
adhesive anchors installed into dry holes. For installations in damp, wet
and submerged environments, see Supplemental Topic A3.
q) Adhesive anchors should not be installed into concrete that is less
than 7 days old. The allowable loads and design strengths of adhesive
anchors that are installed into concrete less than 28 days old should be
based on the actual compressive strength of the concrete at the time
load is applied.
r) Adhesive anchors can be affected by elevated base material
temperature. See Supplemental Topic A4.
s) Anchors are permitted to support fire-resistive construction provided at
least one of the following conditions is fulfilled: a) Anchors are used to
resist wind or seismic forces only. b) Anchors that support gravity loadbearing structural elements are within a fire-resistance-rated envelope
or a fire-resistance-rated membrane, are protected by approved fireresistance rated materials, or have been evaluated for resistance to fire
exposure in accordance with recognized standards. c) Anchors are used
to support nonstructural elements.
t)

Some adhesives are not qualified for resisting long-term sustained


loads. These adhesives are for resisting short-term loads such as wind
or seismic loads only. See Supplemental Topic A5.

u) Exposure to some chemicals may degrade the bond strength of


adhesive anchors. Refer to the product description for chemical
resistance information. Information is also available in Simpson
Strong-Tie Company Inc. Technical Bulletin T-SAS-CHEMRES.

SUPPLEMENTAL TOPICS FOR ANCHORS


GENERAL
G1. Base Materials
"Base material" is a generic industry term that refers to the element or
substrate to be anchored to. Base materials include concrete, brick, concrete
block (CMU) and structural tile, to name a few. The base material will
determine the type of fastener for the application. The most common type of
base material where adhesive and mechanical anchors are used is concrete.
Concrete Concrete can be cast in place or precast concrete. Concrete has
excellent compressive strength, but relatively low tensile strength. Cast-inplace (or sometimes called "poured in place") concrete is placed in forms
erected on the building site. Cast-in-place concrete can be either normalweight or lightweight concrete. Lightweight concrete is specified when it is
desirable to reduce the weight of the building structure.

Lightweight concrete differs from normal-weight concrete by the weight of


aggregate used in the mixture. Normal-weight concrete has a unit weight of
approximately 150 pounds per cubic foot compared to approximately 115
pounds per cubic foot for lightweight concrete.
The type of aggregate used in concrete can affect the tension capacity of an
adhesive anchor. Presently, the relationship between aggregate properties and
anchor performance is not well understood. A recent study based on a limited
test program has shown that in relative terms, concrete with harder and more
dense aggregates tend to yield greater anchor tension capacities. Conversely,
use of softer, less dense aggregates tends to result in lower anchor tension
capacities. Research in this area is ongoing. Test results should not be
assumed to be representative of expected performance in all types of
concrete aggregate.

13

SUPPLEMENTAL TOPICS FOR ANCHORS

The compressive strength of concrete varies according to the proportions


of the components in the mixture. The desired compressive strength of the
concrete will be specified according to the application. Water and cement
content of the mix is the main determinant of the compressive strength.

Concrete Edge Breakout Failure


This failure mode is observed for both mechanical and adhesive anchors
installed at less than critical edge distance under either tension or shear loading. For this failure mode neither the adhesive nor mechanical anchor fail, but
rather the concrete fails. According to Simpson Strong-Tie testing, the tension
load at which failure occurs is correlated to the concrete aggregate performance. Other factors may also influence tension load.

The compressive strength of concrete can range from 2,000 psi to over
20,000 psi, depending on the mixture and how it is cured. Most concrete mixes
are designed to obtain the desired properties within 28 days after being cast.

Concrete Splitting Failure


This failure mode is observed for both mechanical and adhesive anchors
installed in a "thin" concrete member under tension loading.

Concrete Masonry Units (CMU) Block is typically formed with large


hollow cores. Block with a minimum 75% solid cross section is called solid
block even though it contains hollow cores. In many parts of the country
building codes require steel reinforcing bars to be placed in the hollow cores,
and the cores to be filled solid with grout.

Anchor Slipping Failure


This failure mode is observed for mechanical anchors under tension loading
in which the anchor either pulls out of the member (e.g.- a Drop-In Anchor
installed through metal deck and into a concrete fill) or the anchor body pulls
through the expansion clip (e.g.- a Wedge-All anchor installed at a deep
embedment depth in concrete).

In some areas of the eastern United States, past practice was to mix
concrete with coal cinders to make cinder blocks. Although cinder blocks are
no longer made, there are many existing buildings where they can be found.
Cinder blocks require special attention as they soften with age.
Brick Clay brick is formed solid or with hollow cores. The use of either
type will vary in different parts of the United States. Brick can be difficult
to drill and anchor into. Most brick is hard and brittle. Old, red clay brick is
often very soft and is easily over-drilled. Either of these situations can cause
problems in drilling and anchoring. The most common use of brick today
is for building facades (curtain wall or brick veneer) and not for structural
applications. Brick facade is attached to the structure by the use of brick ties
spaced at intervals throughout the wall. In older buildings, multiple widths, or
wythes of solid brick were used to form the structural walls. Three and four
wythe walls were common wall thicknesses.
Clay Tile Clay tile block is formed with hollow cores and narrow cavity
wall cross sections. Clay tile is very brittle, making drilling difficult without
breaking the block. Caution must be used in attempting to drill and fasten into
clay tile.

G2. Anchor failure modes


Anchor Failure Modes
The failure modes for both mechanical and adhesive anchors depends on
a number of factors including the anchor type and geometry, anchor material
mechanical properties, base material mechanical properties, loading type and
direction, edge distance, spacing and embedment depth.
Six different failure modes are generally observed for mechanical and adhesive anchors installed in concrete under tension loading: concrete cone breakout, concrete edge breakout, concrete splitting, anchor slip, adhesive bond,
and steel fracture. Three failure modes are generally observed for mechanical
and adhesive anchors installed in concrete under shear loading: concrete edge
breakout, pryout and steel failure.

MECHANICAL ANCHORS
M1. Pre-Load Relaxation
Expansion anchors that have been set to the required installation torque
in concrete will experience a reduction in pre-tension (due to torque) within
several hours. This is known as pre-load relaxation. The high compression stresses placed on the concrete cause it to deform which results in a

14

Concrete Cone Breakout Failure


This failure mode is observed for both mechanical and adhesive anchors installed at shallow embedment depths under tension loading. This failure mode
is also observed for groups of mechanical and adhesive anchors installed at
less than critical spacing.

Adhesive Bond Failure


This failure mode is observed for adhesive anchors under tension loading
in which a shallow concrete cone breakout is observed along with an adhesive
bond failure at the adhesive/base material interface. The concrete-cone breakout is not the primary failure mechanism.
Steel Fracture
This failure mode is observed for both mechanical and adhesive anchors under
tension or shear loading where the concrete member thickness and mechanical
properties along with the anchor embedment depth, edge distance, spacing, and
adhesive bond strength (as applicable), preclude base material failure.
Pryout Failure
This failure mode is observed for both mechanical and adhesive anchors
installed at shallow embedment under shear loading.

G3. Corrosion resistance


Metal anchors and fasteners will corrode and may lose load-carrying
capacity when installed in corrosive environments or exposed to corrosive
materials. There are many environments and materials which may cause
corrosion including ocean salt air, fire-retardants, fumes, fertilizers,
preservative-treated wood, dissimilar metals, and other corrosive elements.
Some types of preservative-treated woods and fire-retardant woods are
known to be especially caustic to zinc and can cause anchors and fasteners to
deteriorate. Zinc-coated anchors and fasteners should not be placed in contact
with treated wood unless the treated wood is adequately verified to be suitable
for such contact. See page 16 in this catalog and contact the wood supplier for
additional information.
Some products are available with additional coating options or in stainless
steel to provide additional corrosion resistance.
Highly-hardened fasteners can experience premature failure due to
hydrogen-assisted stress corrosion cracking when loaded in environments
producing hydrogen. Simpson Strong-Tie recommends that such fasteners
be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments only.

relaxation of the pre-tension force in the anchor. Tension in this context refers
to the internal stresses induced in the anchor as a result of applied torque and
does not refer to anchor capacity. Historical data shows it is normal for the
initial tension values to decrease by as much as 4060% within the first few
hours after installation. Retorquing the anchor to the initial installation torque
is not recommended, or necessary.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Prefabricated concrete is also referred to as "precast concrete". Precast


concrete can be made at a prefabricating plant or site-cast in forms
constructed on the job. Precast concrete members may be solid or may
contain hollow cores. Many precast components have thinner cross sections
than cast in place concrete. Precast concrete may be either normal or
lightweight concrete. Reinforced concrete contains steel bars, cable, wire
mesh or random glass fibers. The addition of reinforcing material enables
concrete to resist tensile stresses which lead to cracking.

SUPPLEMENTAL TOPICS FOR ANCHORS


ADHESIVE ANCHORS
A1. Oversized Holes
The performance data for adhesive anchors are based
upon anchor tests in which holes were drilled with carbidetipped drill bits of the same diameter listed in the products
load table. Additional static tension tests were conducted to
qualify anchors installed with SET, ET, EDOT and Acrylic-Tie
adhesives for installation in holes with diameters larger than
those listed in the load tables. The tables indicate the acceptable
range of drilled-hole sizes and the corresponding allowable
tension-load reduction factor (if any). The same conclusions
also apply to the published allowable shear load values. Drilled
holes outside of the range shown below are not recommended.
Please note that the use of oversized holes is NOT permitted
for anchors installed with SET-XP adhesive or the IXP Anchor
with SET-XP adhesive.

Epoxy-Tie (SET and ET)


Insert
Acceptable Hole
Acceptable Load
Diameter Diameter Range
Reduction Factor
(in.)
(in.)

1
1
1
1

A2. Core-Drilled Holes


The performance data for adhesive anchors are based upon anchor tests in
which holes were drilled with carbide-tipped drill bits. Additional static tension
tests were conducted to qualify anchors installed with SET, ET and Acrylic-Tie
anchoring adhesives for installation in holes drilled with diamond-core bits.
In these tests the diameter of the diamond-core bit matched the diameter of
the carbide-tipped drill bit recommended in the products load table. The test
results showed that no reduction of the published allowable tension load for
SET, ET and Acrylic-Tie anchoring adhesives is necessary for this condition.
The same conclusions also apply to the published allowable shear loads.
Please note that the use of core-drilled holes is NOT permitted for anchors
installed with EDOT, SET-XP adhesive or the IXP Anchor with SET-XP
adhesive.

A3. Installation in Damp, Wet and Submerged Environments


SET-XP: The performance data for adhesive anchors using SET-XP
epoxy anchoring adhesive are based upon tests according to ICC-ES AC308.
This criterion requires adhesive anchors that are to be installed in outdoor
environments to be tested in water-saturated concrete holes that have been
cleaned with less than the amount of hole cleaning recommended by the
manufacturer. A products sensitivity to this installation condition is considered
in determining the products Anchor Category (strength reduction factor).
Based on Reliability Testing per ICC-ES AC308
C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Acrylic-Tie

Dry Concrete Cured concrete whose moisture content is in equilibrium


with surrounding non-precipitate atmospheric conditions.
Water-Saturated Concrete Cured concrete whose internal aggregate
materials are soaked with moisture.
Submerged Concrete Cured concrete that is covered with water and
water saturated.
Water-Filled Hole Drilled hole in water-saturated concrete that is clean
yet contains standing water at the time of installation.
SET, ET, EDOT, Acrylic-Tie and VGC: The performance data for adhesive
anchors using SET, ET, EDOT, Acrylic-Tie and VGC adhesives are based
upon tests in which anchors are installed in dry holes. Additional static
tension tests were conducted for some products in damp holes, water-filled
holes and submerged holes. The test results show that no reduction of
the published allowable tension load is necessary for SET, ET, EDOT, and
Acrylic-Tie adhesives in damp holes, or for SET and Acrylic-Tie adhesives in
water-filled holes. For SET, ET, and Acrylic-Tie adhesives in submerged holes,
the test results show that a reduction factor of 0.60 is applicable. The same
conclusions also apply to the published allowable shear load values.
Based on Service Condition Testing per ICC-ES AC58
Dry Concrete Cured concrete whose moisture content is in equilibrium
with surrounding non-precipitate atmospheric conditions.
Damp Hole - A damp hole, as defined in ASTM E1512 and referenced
in ICC-ES AC58, is a drilled hole that has been properly drilled, cleaned
and then is filled with standing water for seven days. After seven days,
the standing water is blown out of the hole with compressed air and the
adhesive anchor is installed.

-
-
- 1
- 1
1 - 1
1 - 1
1 - 1
1 - 2
1 - 2

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

Insert
Acceptable
Diameter Hole Diameter
(in.)
Range
(in.)

-
-
-
-
1
1 - 1

Acceptable
Load
Reduction
Factor
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
.75 for 1 only

1. Anchor diameters over 1" in diameter were not


tested for greater than " hole overdrill.

Water-Filled Hole - A water-filled hole is defined similarly to a damp


hole; however, the standing water is not blown out of the hole. Instead,
the adhesive is injected directly into the water-filled hole (from the
bottom of the hole up) and the insert is installed.
Submerged Hole - A submerged hole is similar to a water-filled hole with
one major exception in addition to standing water within the hole; water
also completely covers the surface of the base material as well. Note
that drilling debris and sludge should be removed from the drilled hole
prior to installation. ASTM E1512 and ICC-ES AC58 do not address this
condition.

A4. Elevated In-Service Temperature


The performance of all adhesive anchors is affected by elevated base
material temperature. The in-service temperature sensitivity table provided
for each adhesive provides the information necessary to apply the appropriate
load-adjustment factor to either the allowable tension based on bond strength
or allowable shear based on concrete edge distance based for a given base
material temperature. While there is no commonly used method to determine
the exact load-adjustment factor, there are a few guidelines to keep in mind
when designing an anchor that will be subject to elevated base-material
temperature. In any case, the final decision must be made by a qualified
design professional using sound engineering judgment:
When designing an anchor connection to resist wind and/or seismic
forces only, the effect of fire (elevated temperature) may be disregarded.
The base-material temperature represents the average internal
temperature and hence, the temperature along the entire bonded length
of the anchor.
The effects of elevated temperature may be temporary. If the in-service
temperature of the base material is elevated such that a load-adjustment
factor is applicable, but over time the temperature is reduced to a
temperature below which a load-adjustment factor is applicable, the
full allowable load based on bond strength is still applicable. This is
applicable provided that the degradation temperature of the anchoring
adhesive (350 F for SET-XP, SET, ET, and AT) has not been reached.

A5. Creep Under Long-Term Loads


Creep is the slow continuous deformation of a material under constant
stress. Creep occurs in many construction materials, including concrete and
steel when the stress is great enough. The creep characteristics of adhesives
are product dependent. Adhesive anchors that are not creep resistant can pull
out slowly over time when sustained tensile loads are applied.
Because of the creep phenomenon, it is important for Designers to consider
the nature of the applied tension loads and to determine if the tension loads
will be continuously applied to the anchor over the long-term. If this is the
case, a product that is suitable for resisting sustained loads over the long-term
must be selected.
All Simpson Strong-Tie anchoring adhesives (SET-XP, SET, ET, EDOT,
Acrylic-Tie and VGC) have been qualified for resisting long-term loads
through ICC-ES AC58 or AC308 creep tests in which an anchor is loaded and
monitored for movement over time. According to AC58 and AC308, anchors
that pass the creep test are determined to be suitable for resisting long-term
tensile loads.

15

CORROSION INFORMATION
UNDERSTANDING THE ISSUES
Metal anchors and fasteners will corrode and may lose load-carrying
capacity when installed in corrosive environments or exposed to corrosive
materials. There are many environments and materials which may cause
corrosion including ocean salt air, fire-retardants, fumes, fertilizers,
preservative-treated wood, dissimilar metals, and other corrosive elements.
The many variables present in a single building environment make it
impossible to accurately predict if, or when, significant corrosion will
begin or reach a critical level. This relative uncertainty makes it crucial that
specifiers and users be knowledgeable of the potential risks and select a
product coating or metal suitable for the intended use. It is also important
that regular maintenance and periodic inspections are performed, especially
for outdoor applications.
It is common to see some corrosion on anchors and fasteners especially
in outdoor applications. Even stainless steel can corrode. The presence
of some corrosion does not mean that load capacity has necessarily been
affected or that a failure will occur. If significant corrosion is apparent or
suspected, then the wood, anchors and fasteners should be inspected by a
professional engineer or general contractor and may need to be replaced.
In the last several years, preservative-treated wood formulations have
changed significantly. Many of the new formulations are more corrosive to
steel anchors and fasteners than the traditionally used formulation of CCA-C.
Simpson Strong-Tie testing has shown that ACQ-C, ACQ-D (Carbonate), CBAA and CA-B treated woods are approximately 2 times more corrosive than
CCA-C, while SBX-DOT (Sodium Borate) treated woods were shown to be
less corrosive than CCA-C. (See technical bulletin T-PTWOOD for details).
GENERAL SIMPSON STRONG-TIE RECOMMENDATIONS
Outdoor environments are generally more corrosive to steel. If you choose
to use MG or HDG on an outdoor project (i.e. deck, patio cover), you
should periodically inspect your anchors and fasteners or have a professional inspection performed. Regular maintenance including water-proofing of the wood used in your outdoor project is also a good practice.
For wood with actual retention levels greater than 0.40 pcf for ACQ
and MCQ, 0.41 pcf for CBA-A, or 0.21 pcf for CA-B (ground contact),
stainless-steel anchors and fasteners are recommended. Verify actual
retention level with the wood treater.

Due to the many different preservative-treatment formulations, fluctuating


retention levels, moisture content, and because the formulations may vary
regionally, or change without warning, understanding which anchors and
fasteners to use with these materials has become a complex task. We have
attempted to provide basic knowledge on the subject here, but it is important
to fully educate yourself by reviewing our technical bulletins on the topic, and
also by viewing information and literature provided by others. Additionally,
because the issue is evolving, it is important to get the very latest anchor
and fastener information on the topic by visiting our website at
www.simpsonanchors.com/corrosioninfo.
Stainless steel is always the most effective solution to corrosion risk.
However, it is also more expensive and sometimes more difficult to obtain.
To best serve our customers, Simpson Strong-Tie is evaluating the options to
identify the safest and most cost-effective solutions. Based on our testing and
experience there are some specific applications that are appropriate for hotdip galvanized (HDG), mechanically galvanized (MG) or electroplated anchors
(see chart below).
Because increased corrosion from some newer preservative-treated wood
is a new issue with little historical data, we have to base our recommendations on the testing and experience we have to date. It is possible that as we
learn more, our recommendations may change, but these recommendations
are based on the best information we have at this time.
See www.simpsonanchors.com/corrosioninfo for additional
critical information.

Testing indicates wood installed dry reduces potential corrosion. If dry


wood is used, see our website for additional information.
Due to the many variables involved, Simpson Strong-Tie cannot provide
estimates on service life of anchors or fasteners. We suggest that all users
and specifiers also obtain recommendations for HDG, MG, or other coatings
from the treated-wood supplier for the type of wood used. However, as long
as Simpson Strong-Tie recommendations are followed, Simpson Strong-Tie
stands behind its product performance and the standard limited warranty
(page 10) applies.

GUIDELINES FOR SELECTING THE PROPER ANCHOR OR FASTENER


Evaluate the Application.
Low = Use Simpson Strong-Tie zinc plated anchors or fasteners as
Consider the type of structure and how it will be used. These recommendations
a minimum.
may not apply to non-structural applications such as fences.
Med = Use MG (ASTM B695, Class 55), HDG or Type 410 stainless steel
as a minimum.
Evaluate the Environment.
2
High = Use Type 304 or 316 stainless steel anchors and fasteners as
Testing and experience indicate that indoor dry environments are less corrosive
a minimum.
than outdoor environments. Determining the type of environment where an
anchor or fastener will be used is an important factor in selecting the most
appropriate material and finish for use on the anchors and fasteners. To help in
your decision making, consider the following general exposure information:
Interior Dry Use: Includes wall and ceiling cavities, and raised floor
applications of enclosed buildings that have been designed to ensure that
condensation and other sources of moisture do not develop.
Exterior - Dry: Includes outdoor installations in low-rainfall environments
and no regular exposure to moisture.
Exterior - Wet: Includes outdoor installations in higher moisture and rainfall
environments.
Higher Exposure Use: Includes exposure to ocean-salt air, large bodies of
water, fumes, fertilizers, soil, some preservative-treated woods, industrial
zones, acid rain, and other corrosive elements.

16

Anchor and Fastener Minimum Coating Recommendation - Structural Applications

Untreated
Wood

Environment

ACQ-C, ACQ-D (Carbonate),


CA-B & CBA-A

SBX/DOT
& Zinc
Borate

MCQ

Other
or
Higher ACZA
No
With
Uncertain
Chemical
Ammonia Ammonia
Content1

Interior Dry

Low

Low

Low

Med

Med

High

High

High

Exterior - Dry5

Med

N/A2

Med

Med

High

High

High

High

Med

N/A2

Med3,4

Med3,4

High

High

High

High

High

N /A

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

N/A2

High

High

High

High

High

High

Exterior - Wet5
Higher Exposure
Uncertain5

Evaluate and select a suitable preservative-treated wood for


the intended application and environment.
The treated- wood supplier should provide all the information needed
regarding the wood being used. This information should include: the specific
type of wood treatment used, if ammonia was used in the treatment, and the
chemical retention level. If the needed information is not provided then
Simpson Strong-Tie would recommend the use of stainless-steel anchors and
fasteners. You should also ask the treated-wood supplier for an anchor or
fastener coating or material recommendation.

Use the chart on the right, which was created based on Simpson
Strong-Tie testing and experience to select the anchor or fastener
finish or material.
If a preservative-treated wood product is not identified on the chart, Simpson 5 Compare the treated wood supplier's recommendation with
the Simpson Strong-Tie recommendation.
Strong-Tie has not evaluated test results regarding such product and thereIf these recommendations are different, Simpson Strong-Tie recommends
fore cannot make any recommendation other than the use of stainless steel
with that product. Manufacturers may independently provide test results or
that the most conservative recommendation be followed.
other product use information; Simpson Strong-Tie expresses no opinion
regarding any such information.

1. Woods with actual retention levels greater than 0.40 pcf for ACQ and MCQ, 0.41 pcf
for CBA-A, or 0.21 pcf for CA-B (Ground Contact level).
2. Borate treated woods are not appropriate for outdoor use.
3. Test results indicate that MG/HDG will perform adequately, subject to regular
maintenance and periodic inspection. However, the test method used is an
accelerated test, so data over an extended period of time is not available.
If uncertain, use 304 or 316 stainless steel.
4. Some treated wood may have excess surface chemicals making it potentially
more corrosive. If you suspect this or are uncertain, use 304 or 316 stainless steel.
5. Mechanically-galvanized Titen HD anchors are only recommended for temporary
exterior applications.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN (ASD) METHOD


In allowable stress design (ASD), the Designer must size the anchorage such
that the service load does not exceed the allowable load for any anchor:
Tservice Tallowable

The allowable loads in this catalog are derived from full-scale testing,
calculations, and/or experience. In general, the allowable load is determined
by taking the average ultimate load from full scale tests and dividing by a
safety factor ().

Vservice Vallowable
The Designer must read the allowable load from the applicable table and
adjust the allowable load for all applicable design parameters for the anchor,
such as spacing, edge distance, in-service temperature or allowable-stress
increase for short-term loads. Load-adjustment factors for anchors are applied
cumulatively. For adhesive anchors, the designer must also ensure that the
service load does not exceed the allowable load of the steel insert.
For anchors subjected to simultaneous tension and shear loading, the following
equation must be satisfied, where the value of n is product-specific. Use a value
of n=1 unless otherwise specified in the applicable products load table.

T
V
Tallowable = ultimate ; Vallowable = ultimate

For some anchors, the average ultimate load and/or allowable load is also
controlled by anchor displacement limits.
The allowable loads for steel inserts used with adhesive anchors is
determined as follows:
For threaded rod: Tallowable = 0.33 FuAg ; Vallowable = 0.17FuAg
For Grade 60 rebar: Tallowable = (24,000 psi)Ag ; Vallowable = 0.17(90,000 psi)Ag
Where:

Tservice n
Vservice n
+
1.0
Tallowable
Vallowable
Linear interpolation of allowable loads between embedment depths and/
or compressive strengths shown in the load tables is permitted. Linear
interpolation of load-adjustment factors in the edge distance and spacing tables
is also permitted.

Ag = Gross cross-sectional area of the insert


Threaded Insert
Steel Type

Fu
(psi)

A307, Grade C

58,000

A193, Grade B7

125,000

304/316 Stainless
(Diam. 5/8")

100,000

304/316 Stainless
(Diam ")

85,000

Where:
Fu = Ultimate tensile strength of steel insert

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ULTIMATE STRENGTH DESIGN (USD) METHOD

(UNDER ACI 318


APPENDIX D, ICC-ES AC193,
AND ICC-ES AC308)

In ultimate strength design (USD), the Designer must size the anchorage
such that the required strength (i.e. factored load) does not exceed the lowest
design strength of the anchor or anchor group considering all possible failure
modes.

Nn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in tension


as determined per ACI 318 Appendix D, AC193, AC308 and IBC Section
1908.1.16.

Nua Nn

Vn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in shear


as determined per ACI 318 Appendix D, AC193, AC308 and IBC Section
1908.1.16.

Vua Vn

Calculations are performed in accordance with the applicable design


standards: ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 Appendix D for mechanical anchors
and ICC-ES AC308 for adhesive and torque-controlled adhesive anchors. The
additional design provisions of AC308 are shown elsewhere in this catalog.
The nominal strengths and design data in this catalog are derived from
full-scale testing and calculations in accordance with ACI 355.2, ICC-ES AC193
and ICC-ES AC308. In general, nominal strengths are 5% fractile strengths
calculated using the average ultimate load, and standard deviation of full-scale
test results. A 5% fractile strength is the nominal strength for which there is a
90% confidence that there is a 95% probability of the actual strength exceeding the nominal strength.
For anchors that are designed using ACI 318 Appendix D, AC193, or
AC308, it is possible to convert design strengths (i.e. Nn or Vn) to
allowable loads using the following approach from AC193 (dated February
2008) and AC308 (dated February 2008):
N
V
Tallowable, ASD = n and Vallowable, ASD = n

= Conversion factor calculated as a weighted average of the load factors for the controlling load combination. In addition, shall include all
applicable factors to account for non-ductile failure modes and required
over-strength.
Interaction shall be calculated as follows:
For tension loads, T 0.2Tallowable, the full allowable load in shear shall be
permitted.
For shear loads, V 0.2Vallowable, the full allowable load in tension shall be
permitted.
For all other cases:

T
V
+
1.2
Vallowable
Tallowable

Where:
Tallowable,ASD = Allowable tension load
Vallowable,ASD = Allowable shear load

17

ICC-ES AC308 ULTIMATE STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD FOR


ADHESIVE AND TORQUE-CONTROLLED ADHESIVE ANCHORS
Ultimate-strength design calculations are performed in accordance
with ICC-ES AC308, which makes the following amendments to
ACI 318 Appendix D:
3.3 Strength design - amendments to ACI 318:

3.3.1.1 Add Section D.4.1.2, D.4.1.4, D.5.2.9, D.5.3.7, D.5.3.8, D.5.3.9,


D.5.3.10, D.5.3.11, D.5.3.12, D.5.3.13, and D.6.3.2 to ACI 318 as follows:
D.4.1.2 In Eq. (D-1) and (D-2), Nn and Vn are the lowest design
strengths determined from all appropriate failure modes. Nn is the lowest
design strength in tension of an anchor or group of anchors as determined
from consideration of Nnsa, either Na or Nag and either Ncb or Ncbg.
Vn is the lowest design strength in shear of an anchor or a group of
anchors as determined from consideration of: Vsa, either Vcb or Vcbg,
and either Vcp or Vcpg.
D.4.1.4 For adhesive anchors installed overhead and subjected to tension
resulting from sustained loading, Eq. (D-1) shall also be satisfied taking
Nn = 0.75Na for single anchors and Nn = 0.75Nag for groups of anchors, whereby Nua is determined from the sustained load alone, e.g., the
dead load and that portion of the live load acting that may be considered as
sustained. Where shear loads act concurrently with the sustained tension
load, interaction of tension and shear shall be checked in accordance with
Section D.4.1.3.
D.5.2.9 - The limiting concrete strength of adhesive anchors in tension
shall be calculated in accordance with D.5.2.1 to D.5.2.8 where the value of
k to be used in Eq. (D-7) shall be
k = 17 where analysis indicates cracking at service-load levels in the
anchor vicinity (cracked concrete)
k = 24 where analysis indicates no cracking (t < r) at service-load
levels in the anchor vicinity (uncracked concrete)
The value of k shall be permitted to be increased to k = 24 (cracked
concrete) and k = 30 (uncracked concrete) based on the results of tests in
accordance with AC308.

D.5.3.7 - The nominal strength of an adhesive anchor Na or group of


adhesive anchors Nag in tension shall not exceed
(a) for a single anchor
A
Na = Na ed,Na p,Na Na0
ANa0

(D-16a)

(b) for a group of anchors


Nag =

ANa

N
ANa0 ed,Na g,Na ec,Na p,Na a0

(D-16b)

where
ANa is the projected area of the failure surface for the anchor or group
of anchors that shall be approximated as the base of the rectilinear geometrical figure that results from projecting the failure surface outward
a distance ccr,Na from the center lines of the anchor, or in the case of a
group of anchors, from a line through a row of adjacent anchors. ANa
shall not exceed nANaO where n is the number of anchors in tension in
the group. (Refer to ACI 318 Figures RD.5.2.1(a) and RD.5.2.1(b) and replace the terms 1.5hef and 3.0hef with ccr,Na and scr,Na, respectively.)
ANa0 is the projected area of the failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges in accordance with Eq. (D-16c):
ANa0 = (scr,Na)2

(D-16c)

with
scr,Na = as given by Eq. (D-16d)
D.5.3.8 - The critical spacing scr,Na and critical edge distance ccr,Na shall
be calculated as follows:
scr,Na = 20.d.

k,uncr
1,450

s
ccr,Na = cr,Na
2

3.hef

(D-16d)
(D-16e)

D.5.3.9 - The basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension in


cracked concrete shall not exceed
Na0 = k,cr ..d.hef

18

(D-16f)

Continued on next page.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

3.3.1 Adhesive anchors: This section provides amendments to ACI 318


Appendix D as required for the strength design of adhesive anchors. In
conformance with ACI 318, all equations are expressed in inch-pound units.

ICC-ES AC308 ULTIMATE STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD FOR


ADHESIVE AND TORQUE-CONTROLLED ADHESIVE ANCHORS
Continued from previous page.
D.5.3.10 - The modification factor for the influence of the failure surface of
a group of adhesive anchors is
g,Na = g,Na0 +

[( s )

0.5

cr,Na

(1 g,Na0 )

D.5.3.14 - When an adhesive anchor or a group of adhesive anchors is


located in a region of a concrete member where analysis indicates no
cracking at service load levels, the modification factor p,Na shall be
taken as

(D-16g)

p,Na = 1.0

p,Na = max

where
k,cr
g,Na0 = n - ( n - 1)
k,max,cr

(D-16h)

k,cr is the characteristic bond strength in cracked concrete having


strength 'c evaluated from tests per AC308.
kc,cr
.d

|ca,min; ccr,Na |
cac

(D-16o)

when ca,min < cac

(D-16p)

1.5

) ] 1.0

n is the number of tension loaded adhesive anchors in a group

k,max,cr =

when ca,min cac

hef . 'c

(D-16i)

where
cac shall be determined by testing in accordance with AC308.
For all other cases p,Na = 1.0.
D.6.3.2 - The nominal pryout strength of an adhesive anchor Vcp or group
of adhesive anchors Vcpg shall not exceed
(a) for a single adhesive anchor
Vcp = min kcp .Na ; kcp .Ncb

kc,cr = 17

(D-30a)

(b) for a group of adhesive anchors

whereby the value of kc,cr shall be permitted to be increased to a


maximum value based on the results of tests in cracked concrete in accordance with AC308

Vcpg = min kcp .Nag ; kcp .Ncbg

(D-30b)

where
kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in.

D.5.3.11 - The modification factor for eccentrically loaded adhesive anchor


groups is

ec,Na

1
1.0
1+ 2e'N
scr,Na

Na is calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-16a)


(D-16j)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

If the loading on an anchor group is such that only some anchors are in
tension, only those anchors that are in tension shall be considered when
determining the eccentricity e'N for use in Eq. (D-16j).
In the case where eccentric loading exists about two othogonal axes, the
modification factor ec,Na shall be computed for each axis individually
and the product of these factors used as ec,Na in Eq. (D-16b).
D.5.3.12 - The modification factor for edge effects for single adhesive
anchors or anchor groups loaded in tension is

ed,Na =

(0.7 + 0.3 cc ) 1.0


a,min
cr,Na

(D-16l)

(D-16m)

D.5.3.13 - When an adhesive anchor or a group of adhesive anchors is


located in a region of a concrete member where analysis indicates no
cracking at service load levels, the nominal strength Na or Nag of a single
adhesive anchor or a group of adhesive anchors shall be calculated
according to Eq. (D-16a) and Eq. (D-16b) with k,uncr substituted for k,cr
in the calculation of the basic strength Na0 in accordance with Eq. (D-16f)
k,uncr shall be established based on tests in accordance with AC308. The
factor g,Na0 shall be calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-16h) whereby
the value of k,max,uncr shall be calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-16n)
and substituted for k,max,cr in Eq. (D-16h)
kc,uncr
k,max,uncr =
hef . f'c
.d

Nag is calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-16b)


Ncb , Ncbg are determined in accordance with D.5.2.9

s
Eq. (D-16j) is valid for e'N 2

ed,Na = 1.0 when ca,min ccr,Na

kcp = 2.0 for hef 2.5 in.

(D-16n)

D.8.7 - For adhesive anchors that will remain untorqued, the minimum
edge distance shall be based on minimum cover requirements for reinforcement in 7.7. For adhesive anchors that will be torqued, the minimum
edge distance and spacing shall be taken as 6do and 5do, respectively,
unless otherwise determined in accordance with AC308.
3.3.2 Torque-controlled adhesive anchors: This section provides
amendments to ACI 318 Appendix D as required for the strength design of
torque-controlled adhesive anchors.
3.3.2.1 Add Section D.5.3.7 to ACI 318 as follows:
D.5.3.7 - For torque-controlled adhesive anchors, the value of Np shall
be based on the 5 percent fractile of tests performed and evaluated in
accordance with AC308.
D.8.7 - For torque-controlled adhesive anchors the minimum edge
distance shall be taken as 8do unless otherwise determined by testing
in accordance with AC308.
NOTE: Bond strength determination: Bond strength values are a function
of the special-inspection level provided and installation conditions. Bond
strength values must be modified with the factor Ksat for cases where the
holes are drilled in water-saturated concrete as follows:
Special
Inspection
Level

Permissible
Installation Condition

Bond
Strength

Associated Strength
Reduction Factor
dry,ci

Continuous

Dry Concrete

Continuous

Water-saturated

k x Ksat,ci

sat,ci

Periodic

Dry Concrete

dry,pi

Periodic

Water-saturated

k x Ksat,pi

sat,pi

Where applicable, the modified bond strengths must be used in lieu of


k,cr or k,uncr in AC308 Equations (D-16a) and (D-16b). The resulting
nominal bond strength must be multiplied by the strength-reduction
factor for the special-inspection level listed above. The various factors are
given in Table 5 of ESR-2508 and page 35 of this catalog.

19

TREATMENT OF DESIGN METHODS

UNDER MODEL BUILDING CODES

Structural Post-Installed Anchor Design Methods Permitted by Building Codes


Permitted Design Methods3
Building Code

2006 IBC/IRC
2003 IBC/IRC
2000 IBC/IRC
1997 UBC

Base Material

Traditional
ASD

ACI 318
App. D/
ICC-ES AC193

ICC-ES
AC308

Concrete1

No

Yes

Yes

Masonry2

Yes

N/A4

N/A4

Concrete1

No

Yes

Yes

Masonry2

Yes

N/A4

N/A4

Concrete1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Masonry2

Yes

N/A4

N/A4

Concrete1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Masonry2

Yes

N/A4

N/A4

1. Concrete includes all concrete base materials such as concrete on metal deck and precast concrete shapes.
2. Masonry includes all masonry base materials such as hollow and grout-filled CMU and unreinforced brick masonry.
3. Code interpretations vary. Confirm with the local Building Official.
4. Not applicable since masonry is beyond the scope of this design method.

Building codes and material standards have traditionally allowed Designers to take a one third allowablestress increase on the calculated design capacities of some building materials and components when
designing for forces generated from wind and/or seismic events. Newer codes and standards only allow
the allowable stress increase to be taken when using an alternate set of load combinations. The table below
summarizes when allowable-stress increases are permitted.

Building Code
2006 IBC/IRC

2003 IBC/IRC

2000 IBC/IRC

1997 UBC

Base Material

Is 1/3 Allowable Stress Increase Permitted for PostInstalled Anchors Designed with Traditional ASD?

Concrete1

N/A3

Masonry2

Yes4

N/A3

Masonry2

Yes4

Yes4

Masonry2

Yes4

Concrete1

Yes4

Yes4

Concrete

Concrete

Masonry

1. Concrete includes all concrete base materials such as reinforced concrete, concrete on metal deck and
precast concrete shapes.
2. Masonry includes all masonry base materials such as hollow and grout-filled CMU and unreinforced clay-brick masonry.
3. Not applicable since this code does not use traditional ASD for post-installed anchors.
4. Only when indicated in the applicable load table in this catalog and when alternative basic load combinations as prescribed
in the code are used.

20

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1/3 Allowable-Stress Increase for Structural Post-Installed Anchors

TREATMENT OF DESIGN METHODS

UNDER MODEL BUILDING CODES

Structural Post-Installed Anchor Selection Guide


Design Methods Covered
Adhesive
Anchors

Traditional
ASD1

ICC-ES
AC308

ASD

(USD & ASD)

Base Materials Covered


Concrete

Conc. over Mtl. Deck

Uncracked

Cracked

Uncracked

Cracked

X3

X3

SET-XP

IXP

SET

ET

CMU
GroutFilled

Hollow

URM4

Code
Listings2

ICC-ES
ICC-ES
Pending

X3

ICC-ES

ICC-ES

ICC-ES

Acrylic-Tie

VGC

X3

EDOT

1. Allowable loads for traditional ASD are derived from applicable test methods such as ASTM E488, ASTM E1512 and legacy ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC58 and AC60.
2. Code listings may not be available for all products/applications cited in the table. To verify code listed products/applications refer to code reports at
www.simpsonanchors.com or contact Simpson Strong-Tie at 1-800-999-5099 (U.S. and Canada).
3. Installed into top surface.
4. Unreinforced clay brick masonry.

Design Methods Covered


Mechanical
Anchors

Traditional
ASD1

ACI 318
App. D/
ICC-ES AC193

ASD

(USD & ASD)

Torq-Cut
Strong-Bolt

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Titen HD

Base Materials Covered


Concrete

Conc. over Mtl. Deck

Uncracked

Cracked

Uncracked

Cracked

Wedge-All

Sleeve-All

Drop-In

Blue Banger
Hanger

Easy-Set

Titen Screw

CMU
GroutFilled

Code
Listings2

Hollow
ICC-ES
Pending
ICC-ES

ICC-ES
ICC-ES

X
X

1. Allowable loads for traditional ASD are derived from applicable test methods such as ASTM E488, ASTM E1512 and legacy ICC-ES acceptance criteria
AC01, AC70, and AC106.
2. Code listings may not be available for all products/applications cited in the table. To verify code listed products/applications refer to code reports at
www.simpsonanchors.com or contact Simpson Strong-Tie at 1-800-999-5099 (U.S. and Canada).

21

EXAMPLE CALCULATION

Adhesive Anchors (Traditional ASD)

Example calculation for a grouping of adhesive anchors


using ASD:

Four Anchor Layout

Design a connection comprised of four " diameter all-thread rods


installed in f'c = 2,000 psi concrete using SET adhesive as shown.
The anchor grouping is subject to an applied tension load of 3,000 lb.
and an applied shear load of 1,000 lb. acting simultaneously.
ADDITIONAL DATA:
All-thread rod material: ASTM A307.
All-thread rod embedment depth: 6"
All-thread rod spacing: S1=S3=8", S2=11.3" (use 11")
(Scritical = 27" > Sactual, therefore reduced efficiency.)
All-thread rod edge distance: C1=C2=3"
(Ccritical = 10" > Cactual, therefore reduced efficiency.)

Unadjusted allowable shear loads:


Based on concrete strength = Vconc = 6,310 lbs.
Based on steel strength = Vsteel = 4,360 lbs.
Calculate reduced efficiency factors for all-thread rod installed at
an edge distance of 3" using tables on pages 4849:
Tension: C1=C2=3", fc = 0.56 from fc - Tension Table
Shear: C1=C2=3", fc = 0.29 from fc - Shear Table
Calculate reduced efficiency factors for all-thread rod installed at
a spacing of 8" using tables on pages 5051:
Tension: S1=S3=8", fs = 0.91 from fs - Tension Table
S2=11", fs = 0.925 from fs - Tension Table
Shear: S1=S3=8", fs = 0.95 from fs - Shear Table
S2=11", fs = 1.00 from fs - Shear Table
Reduce allowable tension value based on bond strength. The reduction
factors are cumulative due to the influence of two reduced edge distance
conditions and three reduced spacing conditions:
(Tbond)net = (fc )(fs)(Tbond)
= (0.56 x 0.56)(0.91 x 0.91 x 0.925)(10,525 lbs.)
= 2,528 lbs.

The allowable tension (or shear) value for a group


of anchors is equal to the lowest (minimum) tension
(or shear) value for a single anchor within the group
multiplied by the number of anchors within the group.

CHECK COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR INTERACTION:


For adhesive anchors, use the straight-line method (n=1.0, see
Figure 1) when calculating the interaction of both tension and shear
upon the anchor per the following equation:
(Design shear/allowable shear)n + (Design tension/allowable tension)n
1.0, n=1.0
Design shear (V) = 1,000 lbs.
Allowable shear (Vall) = 1,912 lbs.
Design tension (T) = 3,000 lbs.
Allowable tension (Tall) = 10,112 lbs.
(1,000/1,912)1.0 + (3,000/10,112)1.0 = 0.82 1.0 O.K.

Figure 1
C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SOLUTION:
Unadjusted allowable tension loads:
Based on adhesive bond strength = Tbond = 10,525 lbs.
Based on steel strength = Tsteel = 8,460 lbs.

Allowable tension value is the lesser of:


Tension based on net bond strength = 2,528 lbs. (governs) or
Tension based on steel strength = 8,460 lbs.
For a group of 4 anchors the combined allowable tension value is:
= (4 anchors)(2,528 lbs./anchor) = 10,112 lbs. > 3,000 lbs.
(design tension) O.K.
(Note: If high in-service temperature is expected, the allowable based
on bond/concrete should be multiplied by a strength reduction factor found
in the adhesive's temperature sensitivity table.)
Reduce allowable shear value based on concrete strength. The reduction
factors are cumulative due to the influence of two reduced edge-distance
conditions and three reduced spacing conditions:
(Vconc)net = (fc)(fs)(Vconc)
= (0.29 x 0.29)(.95 x .95 x 1.00)(6,310 lbs.)
= 478 lbs.
Allowable shear value is the lesser of:
Shear based on net concrete strength = 478 lbs. (governs) or
Shear based on steel strength = 4,360 lbs.
For a group of 4 anchors the combined allowable shear value is:
= (4 anchors)(478 lbs./anchor) = 1,912 lbs. > 1,000 lbs.
(design shear) O.K.
(Note: If high in-service temperature is expected, the allowable shear
based on bond/concrete should be multiplied by a strength reduction
factor found in the adhesive's temperature sensitivity table.)
22

Would you like help with these calculations?


Visit www.simpsonanchors.com to download the
Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Designer software.

EXAMPLE CALCULATION

Mechanical Anchors (Traditional ASD)

Example calculation for a group of (2) Titen HD anchors


using ASD:

Two Anchor Layout

Design a connection comprised of two (2) " diameter Titen HD


anchors installed in the face of an 8" normal weight grouted CMU wall as
shown. The anchor group has an applied tension load of 600 lbs. and an
applied shear load of 500 lbs. acting simultaneously.

C1 = 4"

ADDITIONAL DATA:
Embedment depth = 5"
Spacing = Sact = S1 = 8".
Critical spacing for " dia. anchor at
embedment = Scr = 12".
Sact < Scr therefore use spacing reduction factor for S1.
End distance = Cact = C1 = 4"
Edge distance = Cact = C2 = 12"
Critical edge distance = Ccr = 12".
Critical end distance = Ccr = 12".
C1 < Ccr, therefore use perpendicular-to-edge reduction
factor for C1.
C2 > Ccr, therefore no edge reduction
factor for C2.
SOLUTION:
TENSION
Determine uninfluenced allowable tension load in the face of an 8"
normal wt. concrete grouted CMU wall:

S1 = 8"

C2 = 12"

600 lb.
Tension

500 lb.
Shear

The allowable tension (or shear) value for a group


of anchors is equal to the lowest (minimum) tension
(or shear) value for a single anchor within the group
multiplied by the number of anchors within the group.

Uninfluenced allowable tension = 1,600 lbs.


Calculate reduced efficiency factors for Edge Distance:
Cact = C1 = 4"
Cact = C2 = 12"
fcC1 = 0.66 = Load adjustment factor (page 130)
Calculate reduced efficiency factor for spacing:
Sact = S1 = 8"
fsS1 = 0.67 = Load adjustment factor (page 130)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Calculate allowable tension load per anchor:


Allowable tension = (uninfluenced allowable tension) (fcC1)(fsS1)
Allowable tension = (1,600 lbs.)(0.66)(0.67)= 708 lbs. per anchor
For a group of 2 anchors the combined allowable tension value is:
= (2 anchors)(708 lbs./anchor) = 1,416 lbs. > 600 lbs.
(design tension) O.K.
SHEAR
Determine uninfluenced allowable shear load in
the face of an 8" normal wt. concrete grouted CMU wall:

CHECK COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR INTERACTION:


For the Titen HD in grouted CMU, use the straight-line method
(n = 1, see Figure 1) when calculating the interaction of both
tension and shear upon the anchor per the following equation:
(Design shear/Allowable shear)n + (Design tension/Allowable tension)n
1.0, n = 1
Design shear (V) = 500 lbs.
Allowable shear (Vall) = 945 lbs.
Design tension (T) = 600 lbs.
Allowable tension (Tall) = 1,416 lbs.
(600/1,416)1 + (500/945)1 = 0.95 1.0 O.K.

Figure 1

Uninfluenced allowable shear = 3,000 lbs.


Calculate reduced efficiency factor for end distance:
Cact = C1 = 4"
Cact = C2 = 12"
fcC1 = 0.21 = Load adjustment factor (page 130)
Calculate reduced efficiency factor for spacing:
Sact = S1 = 8"
fsS1 = 0.75 = Load adjustment factor (page 130)
Calculate allowable shear load per anchor:
Allowable shear = (uninfluenced allowable shear) (fcC1)(fsS1)
Allowable shear = (3,000 lbs.)(0.21)(0.75) = 473 lbs. per anchor
For a group of 2 anchors the combined allowable shear value is:
= (2 anchors)(473 lbs./anchor) = 945 lbs. > 500 lbs.
(design shear) O.K.

Would you like help with these calculations?


Visit www.simpsonanchors.com to download the
Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Designer software.

Note: The elliptical method permits greater


allowable tension and shear loads to be used
than the straight-line method.
23

EXAMPLE CALCULATION Mechanical Anchors (ACI 318 App. D/ICC-ES AC193)


Example calculation for a single Strong-Bolt anchor
using USD:
Determine if a single " diameter Strong-Bolt torque-controlled
expansion anchor with a minimum 5" embedment (hef = 4 inches)
installed 4" from the edge of a 12" deep spandrel beam is adequate for
a service tension load of 1,000 lb. for wind and a reversible service
shear load of 350 lb. for wind. The anchor will be in the tension zone,
away from other anchors in 'c = 3,000 psi normal-weight concrete.

1000 lb.
350 lb.
4"

4"

Reference the appropriate tables in this catalog for Strong-Bolt


anchor performance values as determined from testing in accordance
with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193.

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

Note: Calculations are performed in accordance with ACI 318-05.


1. Determine the factored tension and
shear design loads:

ACI 318, 9.2.1

Nua = 1.6W = 1.6 x 1,000 = 1,600 lb.

Note: Rebar not


shown for clarity.

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

4. Concrete breakout capacity


under tension loading:

D.5.2

Ncb Nua
Ncb =

Vua = 1.6W = 1.6 x 350 = 560 lb.

Eq. (D-1)

ANc

N
ANco ed,N c,N cp,N b

Eq. (D-4);

where:
D.4.1.2

Eq. (D-7)

substituting:

This is a combined tension and shear interaction


problem where values for both Nn and Vn need
to be determined. Nn is the lesser of the design
tension strength controlled by: steel (Nsa),
concrete breakout (Ncb), or pull-out (nNpn).
Vn is the lesser of the design shear strength
controlled by: steel (Vsa), concrete breakout
(Vcb), or pryout (Vcp).

3. Steel capacity under tension Loading:

Nb = kc'c hef1.5
Ncb = ANc ed,N c,N cp,N kc'c hef1.5
ANco
where:

D.5.1

kc = kcr = 17
(Anchor is installed in a tension zone, therefore,
cracking is assumed at service loads

This catalog

D.5.2.7

cp,N = 1.0

Eq. (D-1)

ca,min

ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 1.5h when ca,min < 1.5 hef


ef

Nsa = 13,500 lb.

This catalog

by observation, ca,min = 4 < 1.5hef

= 0.75

This catalog

ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3

sa Nua

n = 1 (single anchor)
Calculating for Nsa:
Nsa = 0.75 x 1 x 13,500 = 10,125 lb. > 1,600 lb. OK
in. diameter anchor is adequate

Eq. (D-11)

(4)
= 0.88
1.5(4.5)

c,N = 1.0 assuming cracking


at service loads (ft > fr)

D.5.2.6

= 0.65 for Condition B


(no supplementary reinforcement provided)

This catalog

ANco = 9hef 2
= 9(4.5)2
= 182.25 in.2

Eq. (D-6)

ANc = (ca1 + 1.5hef)(2 x 1.5hef)


= (4 + 1.5(4.5))(2 x 1.5(4.5))
= 145.13 in.2

Fig. RD.5.2.1(a)

ANc 145.13
=
= 0.8
ANco 182.25
Calculating for Ncb:
Would you like help with these calculations?
Visit www.simpsonanchors.com to download the
Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Designer software.

24

Ncb = 0.65 x 0.8 x 1.0 x 0.88 x 1.0 x 17 x


3,000 x (4.5)1.5 = 4,067 lb. > 1,600 lb. OK

Continued on next page.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

2. Design considerations:

EXAMPLE CALCULATION Mechanical Anchors (ACI 318 App. D/ICC-ES AC193)


Continued from previous page.
CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

5. Pullout capacity:

D.5.3

9. Concrete pryout strength:

D.6.3

Pullout capacity, Npn,cr, is established by reference tests in cracked


concrete by the reliability test of ACI 355.2. Data from the anchor
prequalification testing must be used. Reference Strong-Bolt anchor
"characteristic tension design values" table for the 5 percent fractile
value, Npn,cr.
Npn Nua

Eq. (D-1)

Npn,cr = 2,995 x

3,000
2,500

0.5

= 3,281 lb.

Vsa = 6,560 lb.


= 0.65

10. Check all failure modes under shear Loading:

Steel capacity

AVc
V
AVco ed,V c,V b

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

= 4,264 lb.

Eq. (D-2)

Pryout capacity

This catalog

Vn = 2,301 lb. as concrete breakout capacity controls

= 8,760 lb.

11. Check interaction of tension and shear forces:

D.6.2

If 0.2 Vn Vua, then the full tension


design strength is permitted.

Eq. (D-2)

By observation, this is not the case.

Eq. (D-21)

If 0.2 Nn Nua, then the full shear


design strength is permitted

D.7
D.7.1

D.7.2

By observation, this is not the case.

where:

(do )

Vb = 7

D.4.1.2

Concrete breakout capacity = 2,301 lb. Controls

in. diameter anchor is adequate

Vcb =

D.6.3.1

D.6.1

sa

cb Vua

This catalog

Summary:

Calculating for Vsa:


V = 0.65 x 6,560 = 4,264 lb. > 560 lb. OK

n=1

nVcp = 0.70 x 1 x 12,514 = 8,760 lb. > 560 lb. OK

This catalog

8. Concrete breakout capacity under shear loading:

where:

D.4.1.2

Summary:
Steel capacity
= 10,125 lb.
Concrete breakout capacity = 4,067 lb.
Pullout capacity
= 2,133 lb. Controls
Nn = 2,133 lb. as pullout capacity controls
7. Steel capacity under shear loading:
Vsa Vua

Eq. (D-29)

cp Vua

This catalog

Npn = 0.65 x 3,281 = 2,133 lb. > 1,600 lb. OK


6. Check all failure modes under tension loading:

Eq. (D-2)

Vcp = kcp Ncb

kcp = 2.0 and = 0.70


kcp Ncb = 2.0 x 4,067 = 12,514 lb.
0.65

This catalog

= 0.65

nV

0.2

do 'c ca1

1.5

Eq. (D-24)

substituting:
V = AVc
7 e
cb
AVco ed,V c,V do
where:

( )

Nua
V
+ ua 1.2
Nn
Vn

0.2

do 'c ca11.5

= 0.70 for Condition B


(no supplementary reinforcement provided)

Therefore:
Eq. (D-31)

1,600 + 560 = 0.75 + 0.24 = 0.99 < 1.2 OK


2,133
2,301

D4.4(c)(i)

AVco = 4.5ca12
= 4.5(4)2
AVco = 72 in.2

Eq. (D-23)

AVc = 2(1.5ca1)(1.5ca1)
= 2(1.5(4))(1.5(4))
AVc = 72 in.2
AVc = 72 = 1
AVco 72

Fig. RD.6.2.1(a)

ed,V = 1.0 since ca2 > 1.5ca1

Eq. (D-27)

c,V = 1.0 assuming cracking


at service loads (ft > fr)

D.6.2.7

12. Summary
A single " diameter Strong-Bolt anchor at a 5"
embedment depth is adequate to resist the applied
service tension and shear loads of 1,000 lb. and
350 lb., respectively.

D.6.2.1

do = 0.5 in.
e = 8d0 = 8 (0.5) = 4"

D.6.2.2

ca1 = 4 in.
Vcb = 0.70 x 1 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 7 x

( 0.54 )

0.2

x 0.5

x 3,000 x (4)1.5 = 2,301 lb. > 560 lb. OK

25

EXAMPLE CALCULATION Adhesive Anchors (ICC-ES AC308)


Example calculation for a single SET-XP epoxy adhesive
anchor using USD:
Determine if a single " diameter ASTM A193 Grade B7 anchor rod
in SET-XP epoxy adhesive anchor with a minimum 4" embedment
(hef = 4") installed 1" from the edge of a 12" deep spandrel beam is
adequate for a service tension load of 560 lb. for wind and a reversible
service shear load of 425 lb. for wind. The anchor will be in uncracked
dry concrete, away from other anchors in 'c = 3,000 psi normal-weight
concrete. The anchor will be subjected to a maximum short-term
temperature of 110F and a maximum long-term temperature of 75F.
Continuous inspection will be provided

560 lb.
425 lb.
4"

1"

Note: Rebar not


shown for clarity.

Reference the appropriate tables in this catalog for SET-XP epoxy


adhesive anchor performance values as determined from testing in
accordance with ICC-ES AC308.
REFERENCE

Note: Calculations are performed in accordance with ICC-ES AC308


and ACI 318-05.
1. Determine the factored tension and
shear design loads:

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

4. Concrete breakout capacity


under tension loading:

D.5.2

Ncb Nua
ACI 318, 9.2.1
Ncb =

Nua = 1.6W = 1.6 x 560 = 900 lb.


Vua = 1.6W = 1.6 x 425 = 680 lb.

Eq. (D-1)

ANc

N
ANco ed,N c,N cp,N b

Eq. (D-4);

where:
Nb = kc'c hef1.5

2. Design considerations:

D.4.1.2

This is a combined tension and shear interaction


problem where values for both Nn and Vn need
to be determined. Nn is the lesser of the design
tension strength controlled by: steel (Nsa),
concrete breakout (Ncb), or adhesive (Na).
Vn is the lesser of the design shear strength
controlled by: steel (Vsa), concrete breakout
(Vcb), or pryout (Vcp).

3. Steel capacity under tension loading:


N

sa Nua

Eq. (D-7)

substituting:
Ncb = ANc ed,N c,N cp,N kc'c hef1.5
ANco
where:
kc = kuncr = 24

This catalog

ca,min = 1.75" = cmin OK

D.5.1

cac = 3hef = 3(4.5) = 13.5"

This catalog

cp,N = ca,min = 0.13 1.5hef = 0.5


cac
cac

Eq. (D-13)

Eq. (D-1)

cp,N = 0.5

Nsa = 17,750 lb.

This catalog

= 0.75

This catalog

ca,min

ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 1.5h


ef

when ca,min < 1.5 hef

n = 1 (single anchor)

by observation, ca,min < 1.5hef

Calculating for Nsa:

ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3

Nsa = 0.75 x 1 x 17,750 = 13,313 lb. > 900 lb. OK

Would you like help with these calculations?


Visit www.simpsonanchors.com to download the
Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Designer software.

Eq. (D-11)

1.75
= 0.78
1.5(4.5)

c,N = 1.0 since kc = kuncr = 24

D.5.2.6

= 0.65 for Condition B


(no supplementary reinforcement provided)

This catalog

ANco = 9hef 2
= 9(4.5)2
= 182.25 in.2

Eq. (D-6)

ANc = (ca1 + 1.5hef)(2 x 1.5hef)


= (1.75 + 1.5(4.5))(2 x 1.5(4.5))
= 114.75 in.2
ANc 114.75
=
= 0.63
ANco 182.25

Fig. RD.5.2.1(a)

Calculating for Ncb:


N

cb = 0.65 x 0.63 x 1.0 x 0.78 x 0.5 x 24 x

3,000 x (4.5)1.5 = 2,004 lb. > 900 lb. OK


26

Continued on next page.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

EXAMPLE CALCULATION Adhesive Anchors (ICC-ES AC308)


Continued from previous page.
CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

5. Adhesive anchor capacity under tension loading:

AC308 Section 3.3

8. Concrete breakout capacity under shear loading:

D.6.2

Na Nua
ANa

Na =
ed,Na p,NaNao
ANao

Eq. (D-1)

Eq. (D-2)

Eq. (D-16a)

Eq. (D-21)

Nao = k,uncrdhef = 2,422(0.5)(4.5) = 17,120 lb.


k,uncr
scr,Na = 20d
3hef
1,450

Eq. (D-16f)

A
Vcb = Vc ed,V c,V Vb
AVco

scr,Na = (20)(0.5)

1,450 = 12.92" 3h
2,422

ef

Eq. (D-16d)

= 13.5"

where:
0.2

(doe )

Vb = 7

do 'c ca11.5

Eq. (D-24)

substituting:
Vcb = AVc ed,V c,V 7 e
AVco
do
where:

0.2

( )

scr,Na = 12.92"
s
ccr,Na = cr,Na = 12.92 = 6.46"
2
2

Eq. (D-16e)

ANao = (scr,Na)2 = (12.92)2 = 166.93"2

Eq. (D-16c)
2

do 'c ca11.5

= 0.70 for Condition B


(no supplementary reinforcement provided)
2

D4.4(c)(i)

ANa = (ca1 + ccr,Na)(scr,Na) = (1.75 + 6.46)(12.92) = 106.07"


ed,Na = (0.7 + 0.3 ca,min) 1.0 Since ca,min < ccr,Na
Eq. (D-16m)
c

AVco = 4.5ca1
= 4.5(1.75)2
AVco = 13.78 in.2

Eq. (D-23)

ed,Na = (0.7 + 0.3 ca,min ) = (0.7 + 0.3 1.75 ) = 0.78


ccr,Na
6.46

AVc = 2(1.5ca1)(1.5ca1)
= 2(1.5(1.75))(1.5(1.75))
AVc = 13.78 in.2
AVc = 13.78 = 1
AVco 13.78

Fig. RD.6.2.1(a)

Eq. (D-27)

c,V = 1.4 for uncracked concrete

D.6.2.7

cr,Na

p,Na = max [ca,min; ccr,Na] when ca,min < cac


cac

Eq. (D-16p)

p,Na = max [1.75; 6.46] = 6.46 = 0.48


13.5
13.5
= 0.65 for dry concrete

This catalog

Calculating for Na:


Na = 0.65x 106.07 x0.78x0.48x17,120 = 2,647 lb. > 900 lb. OK
166.93
6. Check all failure modes under tension loading:

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

cb Vua

D.4.1.2

Summary:
Steel capacity
= 13,313 lb.
Concrete breakout capacity = 2,004 lb. Controls
Adhesive capacity
= 2,647 lb.
Nn = 2,004 lb. as concrete breakout capacity controls
7. Steel capacity under shear loading:
Vsa Vua
Vsa = 10,650 lb.
= 0.65
Calculating for Vsa:
Vsa = 0.65 x 10,650 = 6,923 lb. > 680 lb. OK

D.6.2.1

ed,V = 1.0 since ca2 > 1.5ca1

do = 0.5 in.
e = 8d0 = 8 (0.5) = 4"

D.6.2.2

ca1 = 1.75 in.


Vcb = 0.70 x 1 x 1.0 x 1.4 x 7 x

0.2

( 0.54 )

x 0.5

x 3,000 x (1.75)1.5 = 932 lb. > 680 lb. OK


9. Concrete pryout capacity per AC308
Vcp = min[kcpNa; kcpNcb]

Eq. (D-30a)

D.6.1

kcp = 2.0 for hef 2.5"

Eq. (D-2)

Na = 4,072 lb. from adhesive-capacity calculation without factor

This catalog
This catalog

Ncb = 3,083 lb. from concrete-breakout calculation without factor


Vcp = (2.0)(3,083) = 6,166 lb. controls
= 0.7

This catalog

Vcp = (0.7)(6,166) = 4,316 lb. > 680 lb. OK

Continued on next page.

27

EXAMPLE CALCULATION Adhesive Anchors (ICC-ES AC308)


Continued from previous page.
CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

10. Check all failure modes under shear loading:

D.4.1.2

Summary:
Steel capacity

= 6,923 lb.

Concrete breakout capacity = 932 lb. Controls


Pryout capacity

= 4,316 lb.

Vn = 932 lb. as concrete breakout capacity controls

11. Check interaction of tension and shear forces:


If 0.2 Vn Vua, then the full tension
design strength is permitted.

D.7
D.7.1

By observation, this is not the case.


If 0.2 Nn Nua, then the full shear
design strength is permitted

D.7.2

By observation, this is not the case.


Therefore:
Nua
V
+ ua 1.2
Nn
Vn

Eq. (D-31)

900 + 680 = 0.45 + 0.73 = 1.18 < 1.2 OK


2,004
932

12. Summary

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

A single " diameter ASTM A193 Grade B7 anchor rod in SET-XP


epoxy adhesive at a 4" embedment depth is adequate to resist the
applied service tension and shear loads of 560 lb.
and 425 lb., respectively.

28

EXAMPLE CALCULATION Torque Controlled Adhesive Anchors (ICC-ES AC308)


Example calculation for a single IXP anchor with SET-XP epoxy
using USD:
Determine if a single " diameter IXP torque-controlled adhesive
anchor with SET-XP epoxy with a minimum 4" embedment (hef = 4")
installed 4" from the edge of a 12" deep spandrel beam is adequate for
a service tension load of 2,500 lb. for wind and a reversible service shear
load of 450 lb. for wind. The anchor will be in the tension zone, away from
other anchors in 'c = 3,000 psi normal-weight concrete. The anchor will be
subjected to a maximum short-term temperature of 180F and a maximum
long-term temperature of 75F. Continuous inspection will be provided.

2,500 lb.
450 lb.
4"

4"

Reference the appropriate tables in this catalog for IXP anchor with
SET-XP epoxy performance values as determined from testing in
accordance with ICC-ES AC308.

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

Note: Calculations are performed in accordance with ICC-ES AC308


and ACI 318-05.
1. Determine the factored tension and
shear design loads:

Note: Rebar not


shown for clarity.

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

4. Concrete breakout capacity


under tension loading:

D.5.2

Ncb Nua
ACI 318, 9.2.1
Ncb =

Nua = 1.6W = 1.6 x 2,500 = 4,000 lb.


Vua = 1.6W = 1.6 x 450 = 720 lb.

Eq. (D-1)

ANc

N
ANco ed,N c,N cp,N b

Eq. (D-4);

where:
Nb = kc'c hef1.5

2. Design considerations:

D.4.1.2

This is a combined tension and shear interaction


problem where values for both Nn and Vn need
to be determined. Nn is the lesser of the design
tension strength controlled by: steel (Nsa),
concrete breakout (Ncb), or pull-out (nNpn).
Vn is the lesser of the design shear strength
controlled by: steel (Vsa), concrete breakout
(Vcb), or pryout (Vcp).

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

3. Steel capacity under tension loading:


N

sa Nua

Eq. (D-7)

substituting:
Ncb = ANc ed,N c,N cp,N kc'c hef1.5
ANco
where:

D.5.1
Eq. (D-1).

Nsa = 11,075 lb.

This catalog

= 0.75

This catalog

n = 1 (single anchor)
Calculating for Nsa:
Nsa = 0.75 x 1 x 11,075 = 8,306 lb. > 4,000 lb. OK
in. diameter anchor is adequate

kc = kcr = 17
(Anchor is installed in a tension zone, therefore,
cracking is assumed at service loads)

This catalog

cp,N = 1.0

D.5.2.7

ca,min
when ca,min < 1.5 hef
ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 1.5h
ef

Eq. (D-11)

by observation, ca,min = 4 < 1.5hef


ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3

(4)
1.5(4)

= 0.90

c,N = 1.0 assuming cracking


at service loads (ft > fr)

D.5.2.6

= 0.65 for Condition B


(no supplementary reinforcement provided)

This catalog

ANco = 9hef 2
= 9(4)2
= 213.89 in.2

Eq. (D-6)

ANc = (ca1 + 1.5hef)(2 x 1.5hef)


= (4 + 1.5(4))(2 x 1.5(4))
= 178.24 in.2

Fig. RD.5.2.1(a)

ANc 178.24
=
= 0.83
ANco 213.89
Calculating for Ncb:
Would you like help with these calculations?
Visit www.simpsonanchors.com to download the
Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Designer software.

Ncb = 0.65 x 0.83 x 1.0 x 0.90 x 1.0 x 17 x


3,000 x (4)1.5 = 4,866 lb. > 4,000 lb. OK

Continued on next page.

29

EXAMPLE CALCULATION Torque Controlled Adhesive Anchors (ICC-ES AC308)


Continued from previous page.
CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION

REFERENCE

5. Pullout capacity:

D.5.3

9. Concrete pryout strength:

D.6.3

Pullout capacity, Npn,cr, is established by reference tests in cracked


concrete by the reliability test of AC 308. Pullout capacity does not need
to be calculated for IXP with SET-XP epoxy since steel failure controls
over pullout capacity.
6. Check all failure modes under tension loading:
Summary:
Steel capacity

D.4.1.2

= 8,306 lb.

Concrete breakout capacity = 4,866 lb. Controls


Pullout capacity
= N/A
Nn = 4,866 lb. as concrete breakout capacity controls
7. Steel capacity under shear loading:
V V
ua

Vsa = 10,450 lb.


= 0.65

cb Vua

(doe )

This catalog
D.6.3.1

nVcp = 0.70 x 1 x 14,972 = 10,480 lb. > 720 lb. OK

10. Check all failure modes under shear loading:

Steel capacity

Concrete breakout capacity = 3,096 lb. Controls


Pryout Capacity

D.4.1.2

= 6,793 lb.

= 10,480 lb.

Vn = 3,096 lb. as concrete breakout capacity controls


D.6.2

Eq. (D-21)

11. Check interaction of tension and shear forces:


If 0.2 Vn Vua, then the full tension
design strength is permitted.

D.7
D.7.1

By observation, this is not the case.


0.2

do 'c ca11.5

Eq. (D-24)

substituting:
Vcb = AVc ed,V c,V 7 e
AVco
do
where:

D.7.2

0.2

do 'c ca11.5

= 0.70 for Condition B


(no supplementary reinforcement provided)

Therefore:
Nua
V
+ ua 1.2
Nn
Vn
D4.4(c)(i)

AVco = 4.5ca12
= 4.5(4)2
AVco = 106.95 in.2

Eq. (D-23)

AVc = 2(1.5ca1)(1.5ca1)
= 2(1.5(4))(1.5(4))
AVc = 106.95 in.2

Fig. RD.6.2.1(a)

AVc = 106.95 = 1
106.95

D.6.2.1

ed,V = 1.0 since ca2 > 1.5ca1

Eq. (D-27)

Eq. (D-31)

4,000 + 720 = 0.82 + 0.23 = 1.05 < 1.2 OK


4,866
3,096

12. Summary

AVco

c,V = 1.0 assuming cracking


at service loads (ft > fr)

D.6.2.7

do = 0.5 in.
e = 8d0 = 8 (0.5) = 4"

D.6.2.2

ca1 = 4 in.
Vcb = 0.70 x 1 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 7 x

If 0.2 Nn Nua, then the full shear


design strength is permitted
By observation, this is not the case.

( )

30

kcp = 2.0 and = 0.70


4,866 = 14,972 lb.
kcp Ncb = 2.0 x
0.65

This catalog

where:
Vb = 7

n=1

This catalog

Eq. (D-2)

AVc
V
AVco ed,V c,V b

Vcb =

where:

Summary:

in. diameter anchor is adequate


V

Eq. (D-29)

cp Vua

Eq. (D-2)

Calculating for Vsa:


Vsa = 0.65 x 10,450 = 6,793 lb. > 720 lb. OK
8. Concrete breakout capacity under shear loading:

Eq. (D-2)

Vcp = kcp Ncb

( 0.54 )

0.2

x 0.5

x 3,000 x (4)1.5 = 3,096 lb. > 720 lb. OK

A single " diameter IXP anchor with SET-XP epoxy at a 4"


embedment depth is adequate to resist the applied service
tension and shear loads of 2,500 lb. and 450 lb., respectively.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

sa

D.6.1

nV

ADHESIVE ANCHORING INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


WARNING: When drilling and cleaning hole use eye and lung
protection. When installing adhesive use eye and skin protection.

NOTE: Always check expiration date on


product label. Do not use expired product.

Notes:
Refer to specific product
page (within this
catalog) or product label
for proper drill bit size.

HOLE PREPARATION: Concrete, Brick, Hollow and Grout-Filled CMU


For horizontal, vertical and overhead applications.

1. DrillDrill hole to
specified diameter
and depth.

80

80

psi min.

psi min.

3. BrushClean with
a nylon brush (see
page 92) for a
minimum of 4 cycles.

Refer to page 92 of this


catalog for proper brush
part number.

4. BlowRemove dust
from hole with oil-free
compressed air for a
minimum of 4 seconds.

CARTRIDGE PREPARATION: For AT, ET, EDOT, SET and SET-XP Adhesives

Note: Refer to page 89


for proper mixing nozzle
and pages 8788 for
dispensing tool part
number.

EPOXYING
ANCHOR E
ADHESIV

2. OpenOpen
cartridge per
package
instructions.

NOTE: For bulk dispensing, check pail


or drum label for detailed mixing and
preparation instructions.
C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

seconds
(min.)

(min.)

2. BlowRemove dust
from hole with oil-free
compressed air for a
minimum of 4 seconds.

1. CheckCheck expiration
date on product label. Do
not use expired product.
Product is usable
until end of printed
expiration month.

4 cycles

seconds
(min.)

3. AttachAttach proper 4. InsertInsert cartridge


into dispensing tool.
Simpson Strong-Tie
nozzle to cartridge.
Do not modify nozzle.

5. DispenseDispense adhesive
to the side until properly mixed
(uniform color).

FILLING THE HOLE: Vertical Anchorage: For AT, ET, EDOT, SET and SET-XP Adhesives and SET-XP Adhesive with IXP Anchor
Prepare the hole per instructions Hole Preparation.
Dry and Damp Holes:
1. FillFill hole
- full,
starting from
bottom of hole
to prevent
air pockets.
Withdraw
nozzle as hole
fills up.

2a. InsertInsert
clean, oil free
anchor, turning
slowly until the
anchor contacts
the bottom of
the hole.

IXP anchor

Water Filled Holes: (SET or AT only)


1. FillFill hole
completely full,
starting from
bottom of hole
to prevent
water pockets.
Withdraw
nozzle as hole
fills up.

Threaded rod
or rebar

2. InsertInsert
clean, oil-free
anchor, turning
slowly until the
anchor contacts
the bottom of
the hole.

2b. Embed
Embed IXP
anchor to
the bottom
of UNC
thread.

3. Do not disturb
Do not disturb
anchor until
fully cured.
(See cure
schedule
for specific
adhesive.)

IXP anchor

3. Do not disturb
Do not disturb
anchor until
fully cured.
(See cure
schedule
for specific
adhesive.)

Threaded rod or rebar

Installation instructions continued on page 32.

31

ADHESIVE ANCHORING INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


Continued from page 31.
3

FILLING THE HOLE: Horizontal and Overhead Anchorage: For AT, ET, EDOT, SET, and SET-XP Adhesives and SET-XP Adhesive with IXP Anchor.
Prepare the hole per instructions Hole Preparation.

2. FillFill hole - full,


starting from bottom of
hole to prevent air pockets.
Withdraw nozzle as hole
fills up.

1. InstallInstall Simpson
ARC adhesive retaining
cap. Refer to page 89 for
proper ARC size.

IXP
anchor

IXP
anchor

Threaded
rod or rebar

Threaded
rod or
rebar

3. InsertInsert clean, oil-free anchor,


turning slowly until the anchor
contacts the bottom of the hole.

4. Do not disturbDo not disturb


anchor until fully cured. (See cure
schedule for specific adhesive.)

FILLING THE HOLE: When Anchoring with Screens: For AT, ET, and SET Adhesives (except SET1.7KT or SET1.7KTA)
Prepare the hole per instructions Hole Preparation.

1. FillFill screen completely.


Fill from the bottom of
the screen and withdraw
the nozzle as the screen
fills to prevent air pockets.
(Opti-Mesh screens: Close
integral cap after filling.)

2. InsertInsert adhesive
filled screen into hole.

3. InsertInsert clean, oil-free


anchor, turning slowly until
the anchor contacts the
bottom of the screen.

4. Do not disturbDo not


disturb anchor until
fully cured. (See cure
schedule for specific
adhesive.)

FILLING THE HOLE: VGC Vinylester Glass Capsule


(Hammer Capsule)

1. InsertInsert the
VGC capsule(s)
to the bottom of
the hole (either
end first).

32

2. InstallInstall
double nut to
protect thread.

3. DriveDrive stud or
rod to the bottom of
the hole. Spinning
of the stud or rod
is not required.

4. Do not disturbDo not disturb


anchor until fully cured.
(See cure schedule for VGC.)
VGC is not recommended
for overhead applications.

TIGHTENING: When Using IXP Anchor

1. TightenAfter adhesive has fully


cured, tighten to the required
installation torque.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Prepare the hole per instructions Hole Preparation.

EPOXY-TIE ANCHORING ADHESIVES

Simpson Strong-Tie
Epoxy-Tie adhesives
are ideal for:
Anchoring threaded rod, rebar,
smooth dowels, and IXP anchors
in various base materials
Anchoring into concrete tension
zones with SET-XP adhesive

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Simpson Strong-Tie Epoxy-Tie


anchoring formulations:
SET-XP: Tested to AC308 and
2006 IBC requirements including
high performance in cracked and
uncracked concrete under static
and seismic loading
SET: High-strength formula
features excellent load values
and extended working time
EDOT: Formulated for
economy and high strength for
transportation projects
ET: General purpose highstrength anchoring

Dispensing systems
for Epoxy-Tie adhesives:
Cartridge sizes from 1.7 to
56 ounces, and bulk kits from
1 gallon to 100 gallons
Manual, pneumatic, and
battery-operated dispensing
tools for maximum productivity
Simpson Strong-Tie EMN22i
nozzle for 22 oz. and 56 oz. ET,
EDOT, SET and SET-XP epoxy
cartridges and 30 oz. Acrylic-Tie
cartridges ensures proper mixing
and convenience

33

Epoxy Adhesives

SET-XP Structural Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete
SET-XP is a 1:1 two component, high solids epoxy-based anchoring
adhesive formulated for optimum performance in both cracked and uncracked
concrete. SET-XP adhesive has been rigorously tested in accordance with
ICC-ES AC308 and 2006 IBC requirements and has proven to offer increased
reliability in the most adverse conditions, including performance in cracked
concrete under static and seismic loading. SET-XP adhesive is teal in color in
order to be identified as a high-performance adhesive for adverse conditions.
Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the
mixing nozzle. SET-XP adhesive exceeds the ASTM C881 specification for
Type I and Type IV, Grade 3, Class C epoxy.

TESTED
TO
MEET

IBC

2006

EMN22i

SET-XP

USES: When SET-XP adhesive is used with the IXP anchor, all thread rod
or rebar, the system can be used in tension and seismic zones where
there is a risk of cracks occurring that pass through the anchor
location. It is also suitable for uncracked concrete conditions.

EDT22B

CODES: ICC-ES ESR-2508; City of L.A. pending; Florida FL 11506.5


NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (216 in2/1000 gal).
The load tables list values based
upon results from the most recent testing and may not reflect those in current
code reports. Where code jurisdictions apply, consult the current reports for
applicable load values.
APPLICATION: Surfaces to receive epoxy must be clean. The base-material
temperature must be 50 F or above at the time of installation. For best results,
material should be 7080 F at the time of application. Cartridges should
not be immersed in water to facilitate warming. To warm cold material, the
cartridges should be stored in a warm, uniformly-heated area or storage
container for a sufficient time to allow epoxy to warm completely. Mixed
material in nozzle can harden in 57 minutes at a temperature of 40 F or
above.

Software Supported

DESIGN EXAMPLE: See pages 2628


INSTALLATION: See pages 3131
SHELF LIFE: 24 months from date of manufacture in unopened side-by-side
cartridge.

- IMPORTANT -

COLOR: Resin white, hardener black-green. When properly mixed,


SET-XP adhesive will be a uniform teal color.
CLEAN UP: Uncured material Wipe up with cotton cloths. If desired, scrub
area with abrasive, waterbased cleaner and flush with water. If approved,
solvents such as ketones (MEK, acetone, etc.), lacquer thinner or adhesive
remover can be used. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN ADHESIVE FROM
SKIN. Take appropriate precautions when handling flammable solvents.
Solvents may damage surfaces to which they are applied.
Cured Material chip or grind off surface.
TEST CRITERIA: Anchors installed with SET-XP Epoxy-Tie adhesive have
been tested in accordance with ICC-ESs Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed
Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Elements (AC308) for the following:
Seismic and wind loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Static tension and shear loading in cracked and
uncracked concrete
Horizontal and overhead installations
Long-term creep at elevated-temperatures
Static loading at elevated-temperatures
Damp holes
Freeze-thaw conditions
Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing
PROPERTY
Consistency
Glass transition temperature
Bond strength (moist cure)
Water absorption
Compressive yield strength
Compressive modulus
Gel time

34

TEST METHOD
ASTM C881
ASTM E1356
ASTM C882
ASTM D570
ASTM D695
ASTM D695
ASTM C881

RESULTS
Passed, non-sag
155F
3,742 psi at 2 days
0.10%
14,830 psi
644,000 psi
49 minutes

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE: Very good to excellent against distilled water,


in-organic acids and alkalis. Fair to good against organic acids and alkalis, and
many organic solvents. Poor against ketones. For more detailed information
visit our website or contact Simpson Strong-Tie.

SEE Pages 3132


FOR INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS

SET-XP Adhesive
SET-XP Cartridge System

Model No.

Capacity
ounces
(cubic
inches)

Cartridge
Type

SET-XP22 22 (39.7) side-by-side

Carton Dispensing
Mixing Nozzle
Quantity
tool(s)

10

EDT22B,
EDT22AP,
EDT22CKT

EMN22i

1. Cartridge estimation guides are available on page 64.


2. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and other adhesive
accessories is available on pages 8792.
3. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzle in accordance with
Simpson Strong-Tie instructions. Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle
may impair epoxy performance.

Cure Schedule
Base Material
Temerature

Cure Time

50

10

72 hrs.

70

21

24 hrs.

90

32

24 hrs.

110

43

24 hrs.

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION: Anchoring adhesive shall be a twocomponent high-solids, epoxy-based system supplied in manufacturers
standard cartridge and dispensed through a static-mixing nozzle supplied by
the manufacturer. The adhesive anchor shall have been tested and qualified
for performance in cracked and uncracked concrete per ICC-ES AC308.
Adhesive shall be SET-XP Epoxy-Tie adhesive from Simpson
Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA. Anchors shall be installed per Simpson
Strong-Tie instructions for SET-XP Epoxy-Tie adhesive.
ACCESSORIES: See pages 8792 for information on dispensing tools,
mixing nozzles and other accessories.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

STORAGE CONDITIONS: For best results, store between 4590 F. To store


partially used cartridges, leave hardened nozzle in place. To re-use, attach new
nozzle.

SET-XP Structural Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete
Characteristic

Symbol

Drill Bit Diameter


Maximum Tightening Torque
Permitted Embedment Depth (hef) Range2

Minimum
Maximum

Minimum Concrete Thickness


Critical Edge Distance
Minimum Edge Distance
Minimum Anchor Spacing

Units

Installation Information
d
in.
ft-lb
Tinst
in.
in.
hmin
in.
cac
in.
cmin
in.
in.
smin

/ #4

40
2
10

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ICC-ES AC308. See pages 1819.
2. Minimum and maximum embedment depths are set so as to fit the ICC-ES AC308 design model.

SET-XP Epoxy Tension Design Data for Threaded Rod and Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1,12

C-SAS-2009 2009 simpson strong-tie company inc.

Characteristic

Symbol Units

Nominal Anchor Diameter


/ #5
/ #6
/ #7

90
3
12

130
3
15
2.25 x hef
3 x hef
1
3

1
300
4
20

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch) / Rebar Size


/ #4
/ #5
/ #6
/ #7
1 / #8

Steel Strength in Tension


Minimum Tensile Stress Area
Ase
in2
0.142
0.226
0.334
Tension Resistance of Steel - ASTM A193, Grade B7
17,750
28,250
41,750
8,235
13,110
19,370
- ASTM A307, Grade C
Threaded
Nsa
lb.
Rod
- Type 410 Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6)
15,620
24,860
36,740
10,650
16,950
25,050
- Type 304 Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8)
Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure
0.759

Minimum Tensile Stress Area


Ase
in2
0.20
0.31
0.44
lb.
18,000
27,900
39,600
Tension Resistance of Steel - Rebar (ASTM A615, Grade 60)
Nsa
Rebar
Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure
0.659

15
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension
Effectiveness Factor - Uncracked Concrete
kuncr
24
17
Effectiveness Factor - Cracked Concrete
kcr
Strength Reduction Factor - Breakout Failure
0.6511

Bond Strength in Tension (2,500 psi f'c 8,000 psi)15


8
Characteristic
Bond
Strength
psi
2,422
2,263
1,942
k,uncr
Temp. Range 1
Minimum
2
3Z,
3Zx
for Uncracked
hef
in
Concrete2,4,5 Permitted Embedment Depth Range
Maximum
10
12Zx
15
8,13,14
psi
1,040
718
1,003
k,cr
Temp. Range 1 Characteristic Bond Strength
Minimum
4
5
6
for Cracked
hef
in
Concrete2,4,5 Permitted Embedment Depth Range
Maximum
10
12Zx
15
6,8
psi
1,250
1,170
1,005
k,uncr
Temp. Range 2 Characteristic Bond Strength
Minimum
for Uncracked
2
3Z,
3Zx
hef
in
Concrete3,4,5 Permitted Embedment Depth Range
Maximum
10
12Zx
15
6,8,13,14
psi
537
371
518
k,cr
Temp. Range 2 Characteristic Bond Strength
4
5
6
Minimum
for Cracked
in
hef
Concrete3,4,5 Permitted Embedment Depth Range
Maximum
10
12Zx
15
Bond Strength in Tension - Bond Strength Reduction Factors for Continuous Special Inspection
Strength Reduction Factor - Dry Concrete
0.6510
dry, ci
Strength Reduction Factor - Water-saturated Concrete
0.4510
sat, ci
Ksat, ci
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete7
0.57
Bond Strength in Tension - Bond Strength Reduction Factors for Periodic Special Inspection
Strength Reduction Factor - Dry Concrete
0.5510
dry, pi
Strength Reduction Factor - Water-saturated Concrete
0.4510
sat, pi
Ksat, pi
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete7
0.48
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ICC-ES
AC308, except as modified below. See pages 1819.
2. Temperature Range 1: Maximum short-term temperature of 110F. Maximum long-term temperature of 75F.
3. Temperature Range 2: Maximum short-term temperature of 150F. Maximum long-term temperature of 110F.
4. Short-term concrete temperatures are those that occur over short intervals (diurnal cycling).
5. Long-term concrete temperature are constant temperatures over a significant time period.
6. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths may be increased by 72%.
7. In water-saturated concrete, multiply k,uncr and k,cr by Ksat.
8. For anchors installed in overhead and subjected to tension resulting from sustained loading, multiply the
value calculated for Na according to ICC-ES AC308 by 0.75. See page 18.
9. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. If the load
combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
10. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C
are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .

1
200
3
17 1/2

1 / #8

Epoxy Adhesives

SET-XP Epoxy Anchor Installation Information and Additional Data for Threaded Rod and Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1

0.462
57,750
26,795
50,820
34,650

0.606
75,750
35,150
66,660
45,450

0.60
54,000

0.79
71,100

1,670
3
17Zx
619
7
17Zx
860
3
17Zx
320
7
17Zx

2,003
4
20
968
8
20
1,035
4
20
500
8
20

11. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If
the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of
Section D4.4(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D4.4 to determine the
appropriate value of . If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used,
refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
12. Sand-lightweight and all-lightweight concrete are beyond the scope of this table.
13. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E
or F, the bond strength values for 7/8" anchors or #7 rebar anchors must be
multiplied by N,seis = 0.80.
14. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D,
E or F, the bond strength values for 1" anchors or #8 rebar anchors must be
multiplied by N,seis = 0.92
15. The values of f'c used for calculation purposes must not exceed 8,000 psi (55.1 MPa)
for uncracked concrete. The value of f'c used for calculation purposes must not
exceed 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) for cracked concrete when calculating concrete
breakout strength in tension and pullout strength in tension.

35

Epoxy Adhesives

SET-XP Structural Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete
*

SET-XP Epoxy Shear Design Data for Threaded Rod and Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1,5
Characteristic

Symbol Units

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch) / Rebar Size


/ #4
/ #5
/ #6
/ #7
1 / #8

Steel Strength in Shear


Minimum Shear Stress Area

Ase

in2

Shear Resistance of Steel - ASTM A193, Grade B7


- ASTM A307, Grade C
- Type 410 Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6)
Threaded Rod

lb.

Vsa6

- Type 304 Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8)

0.142

0.226

0.334

0.462

0.606

10,650

16,950

25,050

34,650

45,450

4,940

7,865

11,625

16,080

21,090

9,370

14,910

22,040

30,490

40,000

6,390

10,170

15,030

20,790

27,270

Reduction for Seismic Shear - ASTM A307, Grade C6


Reduction for Seismic Shear - ASTM A193, Grade B76

0.71
0.71

V,seis

Minimum Shear Stress Area

Ase

in2

0.20

0.31

0.44

0.60

0.79

Shear Resistance of Steel - Rebar (ASTM A615, Grade 60)

Vsa6

lb.

10,800

16,740

23,760

32,400

42,660

0.875

1.000

Reduction for Seismic Shear - Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6)6

0.80

Reduction for Seismic Shear - Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8)6


Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure

Rebar

Reduction for Seismic Shear - Rebar (ASTM A615, Grade 60)6


Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure

0.80
0.652

V,seis

0.80

0.602

Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear


Outside Diameter of Anchor
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear

do
e

Strength Reduction Factor - Breakout Failure

in.

0.500

0.625

0.750

in.

hef

0.703

Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear


Coefficient for Pryout Strength

Strength Reduction Factor - Pryout Failure

kcp

2.0

0.704

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ICC-ES AC308, except as modified below. See pages 1819.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of AC 318 Appendix C are used,
refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
3. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D4.4 to determine
the appropriate value of . If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
4. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
5. Sand-lightweight and all-lightweight concrete are beyond the scope of this table.
6. The values of Vsa are applicable for both cracked and uncracked concrete. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E
or F, Vsa must be multiplied by V,seis for the corresponding anchor material.
7. The values of f'c used for calculation purposes must not exceed 8,000 psi (55.1 MPa) for uncracked concrete. The value of f'c used for calculation purposes
must not exceed 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) for cracked concrete when calculating concrete pryout strength in shear.

36

C-SAS-2009 2009 simpson strong-tie company inc.

IXP ANCHOR

Torque-Controlled Adhesive Anchor

TESTED
TO
MEET

IBC

2006

FEATURES:

Epoxy Adhesives

The Simpson Strong-Tie IXP anchor is a torque-controlled adhesive anchor that,


when used with Simpson Strong-Tie SET-XP epoxy, provides optimum performance in
both cracked and uncracked concrete under a variety of adverse service conditions. The
IXP anchor was rigorously tested according to ICC-ES AC308 and 2006 IBC requirements.
The unique conical shape of the helix configuration enables the IXP anchor to mimic the
follow-up expansion behavior of a torque-controlled expansion anchor when tension-zone
cracks in the base material intersect the anchor location. In addition, the tri-lobular shape
of the helix configuration functions as an anti-rotation feature that prevents the anchor
from unscrewing during torquing, vibratory and seismic loading, and the normal open and
closed cycling of tension zone cracks over the service life of the anchor.
Conical helix configuration provides follow-up expansion forces when
cracks intersect the anchor
Tri-lobular configuration prevents the anchor from unscrewing during
torquing, vibratory and seismic loading, and open and closed cycling
of cracks
Installs like threaded rod: no special drill bits required
Head stamped with sign for easy identification after installation

DESIGN EXAMPLE: See pages 2930


INSTALLATION: See pages 3132
The load tables list values based upon results from the most
CODES: ICC-ES pending.
recent testing and may not reflect those in current code reports. Where code jurisdictions
apply, consult the current reports for applicable load values.

Software Supported

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

MATERIAL: ASTM A193, Grade B7


FINISH: Zinc plated

IXP Anchor

TEST CRITERIA: IXP anchors installed with SET-XP adhesive have been tested
in accordance with ICC-ESs Acceptance Criteria for PostInstalled Adhesive Anchors
in Concrete (AC308) for the following:
Seismic and wind loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Static tension and shear loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Horizontal and overhead applications
Long-term creep
Static loading at elevated-temperatures
Damp holes
Freeze-thaw conditions
Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing

(Patent Pending)

IXP Product Data


Size (in.)

Model No.

Ctn Qty

" x 6"

IXP37600

20

" x 7"

IXP50712

20

" x 9"

IXP62914

10

" x 11"

IXP751100

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION: Torque-controlled adhesive anchors shall be IXP anchors


from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA. The anchors have a conical and tri-lobular
shaped helix configuration that is installed in concrete with the SET-XP Epoxy-Tie
adhesive from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA. The anchor shall have been tested and
qualified for performance in cracked concrete per ICC-ES AC308.

- IMPORTANT SEE Pages 3132


FOR INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS

IXP Anchor with SET-XP Epoxy Installation and Additional Data in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Characteristic

Symbol

Units

Nominal Anchor Diameter


meter (inch)

in.

Installation Information
Drill Bit Diameter

Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter

dc

in.

0.438

0.563

0.688

0.875

Installation Torque

Tinst

ft-lb

30

60

100

160

Embed. Depth & Eff. Embed Depth

hnom & hef

in.

Critical Edge Distance

cac

in.

10

12

Minimum Edge Distance

cmin

in.

Minimum Spacing

smin

in.

Minimum Concrete
Thickness

hmin

in.

13

16

0.1414

0.2064

Additional Data
Anchor Category

category

Yield Strength

fya

psi

105,000

Tensile Strength

futa

psi

Minimum Tensile Stress Area

Ase

in2

125,000
0.0494

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D.

0.0886

37

Epoxy Adhesives

IXP ANCHOR

Torque-Controlled Adhesive Anchor

IXP Anchor with SET-XP Epoxy Tension Design Data in Normal-Weight Concrete1,10
Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

Characteristic

Symbol

Units

Embedment Depth

hnom

in.

lb.

6,175

11,075

17,675

25,800

Steel Strength in Tension


Nominal Steel Strength in Tension

Nsa7

Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure

0.75

Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension6


Effective Embedment Depth

hef

in.

Critical Edge Distance4

cac

in.

10

12

Effectiveness Factor - Uncracked Concrete

kuncr

Effectiveness Factor - Cracked Concrete

17

Ratio of kuncr/kcr

kcr
c,N

1.41

Strength Reduction Factor - Concrete Breakout Failure

0.655

24

Pullout Strength in Tension (2,500 fc 8,000 psi)


Nominal Pullout Strength - Cracked Concrete

Npn,cr

lb.

-3

Nominal Pullout Strength - Uncracked Concrete

Npn,uncr

lb.

-3

Strength Reduction Factor - Pullout Failure

-3

Pullout Strength in Tension for Seismic Applications (2,500 fc 8,000 psi)


Tension Resistance - Seismic Loads

Neq

lb.

-3

Strength Reduction Factor - Pullout Failure

-3

5. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 section 9.2 are
used and the requirements of section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load
combinations of ACI 318 section 9.2 are used and the requirements of section D4.4(c)
for Condition A are met, refer to section D4.4 to determine the appropriate value of .
If the load combinations of ACI 318 appendix C are used, refer to section D4.5 to
determine the appropriate value of .
6. Sand-lightweight concrete and all-lightweight concrete are beyond the scope of this table.
7. For anchors installed overhead and subjected to tension resulting from sustained
loading, multiply Nn by 0.75.
8. Maximum short-term temperature is 180. Maximum long-term temperature is 75.
9. Short-term concrete temperatures are those that occur over short intervals (diurnal cycling).
10. Long-term concrete temperature are constant temperatures over a significant time period.

IXP Anchor with SET-XP Epoxy Shear Design Data in Normal-Weight Concrete1,8
Characteristic

Symbol

Units

Embedment Depth

hnom

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

in.

4,370

10,450

15,515

22,445

0.625

0.750

12,415

17,960

Steel Strength in Shear


Nominal Steel Strength in Shear

Vsa

lb.

Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure

0.652

Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear5


Outside Diameter

do

in.

0.375

0.500

Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear

in.

Strength Reduction Factor - Concrete Breakout Failure

0.703

Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear


Coefficient for Pryout Strength

kcp

2.0

Strength Reduction Factor - Concrete Pryout Failure

0.704

Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications

38

Nominal Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Loads

Veq

Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with with the
design criteria of ACI 318, appendix D, except as modified below and is valid for
2,500 psi f'c 8,000 psi.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 section 9.2 are used. If
the load combinations of ACI 318 appendix C are used, refer to section D4.5 to determine
the appropriate value of . IXP anchors are considered ductile steel elements.
3. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 section 9.2 are used
and the requirements of section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations
of ACI 318 section 9.2 are used and the requirements of section D4.4(c) for Condition A
are met, refer to section D4.4 to determine the appropriate value of .

lb.
-

3,500

8,360
0.65

If the load combinations of ACI 318 appendix C are used, refer to section D4.5
to determine the appropriate value of .
4. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 section 9.2 are
used and the requirements of section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load
combinations of ACI 318 appendix C are used, refer to section D4.5 to determine
the appropriate value of .
5. Sand-lightweight concrete and all-lightweight concrete are beyond the scope of this table.
6. Maximum short-term temperature is 180. Maximum long-term temperature is 75.
7. Short-term concrete temperatures are those that occur over short intervals (diurnal cycling).
8. Long-term concrete temperature are constant temperatures over a significant time period.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design
criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below and is valid for
2,500 psi f'c 8,000 psi.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 section 9.2 are used.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to section D4.5 to
determine the appropriate value of . IXP anchors are considered ductile steel elements.
3. Pullout strength is not reported since steel failure controls.
4. The modification factor cp,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete. Otherwise, the modification
factor for uncracked concrete without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting
is either: (1) cp,N = 1.0 if ca,min cac
ca,min 1.5hef
or (2) cp,N = c c if ca,min < cac. The modification factor,
ac
ac
cp,N is applied to the nominal concrete breakout strength, Ncb or Ncbg.

SET

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

SET22

Epoxy Adhesives

SET Epoxy-Tie epoxy is a two-component, 1:1 ratio, high solids,


epoxy-based adhesive for use as a high strength, non-shrink anchor grouting
material. Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously
through the mixing nozzle. SET meets or exceeds the requirements of
ASTM C-881 specification for Type I, II, IV and V, Grade 3, Class B and C.

EMN22i

USES: Threaded-rod anchoring


Rebar doweling
Bonding hardened concrete to hardened concrete
Pick-proof sealant around doors, windows and fixtures
Paste-over for crack injection
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-1772 (CMU & URM); City of L.A. RR25279;
Florida FL 11506.4; Caltrans approved; multiple DOT listings; NSF/ANSI
Standard 61 (216 in2/1000 gal), except SET1.7KTA. SET-PAC-EZ adhesive
covered by ICC-ES, City of L.A. and NSF/ANSI listings only.
The load tables
list values based upon results from the most recent testing and may not reflect
those in current code reports. Where code jurisdictions apply, consult the
current reports for applicable load values.

EDT22B

APPLICATION: Surfaces to receive epoxy must be clean. For installations


in or through standing water, see page 15 for details. The base material
temperature must be 40F or above at the time of installation. For best results,
material should be 7080F at the time of application. Cartridges should
not be immersed in water to facilitate warming. To warm cold material, the
cartridges should be stored in a warm, uniformly heated area or storage
container for a sufficient time to allow epoxy to warm completely. Mixed
material in nozzle can harden in 57 minutes at a temperature of 40F or above.
ASD DESIGN EXAMPLE: See page 22

SET1.7KTA

INSTALLATION: See pages 3132


SHELF LIFE: 24 months from date of manufacture in unopened side-by-side
cartridge. SET-PAC-EZ cartridge - 24 months from date of manufacture, unopened.
STORAGE CONDITIONS: For best results store between 45F - 90F.
To store partially used cartridges, leave hardened nozzle in place. To re-use,
attach new nozzle.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

COLOR: Resin white, hardener black


When properly mixed SET adhesive will be a uniform light gray color.
CLEAN UP: Uncured materialWipe up with cotton cloths. If desired scrub
area with abrasive, waterbased cleaner and flush with water. If approved,
solvents such as ketones (MEK, acetone, etc.), lacquer thinner or adhesive
remover can be used. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN ADHESIVE FROM
SKIN. Take appropriate precautions when handling flammable solvents.
Solvents may damage surfaces to which they are applied. Cured material
Chip or grind off surface.
TEST CRITERIA: Anchors installed with SET Epoxy-Tie adhesive have
been tested in accordance with ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Adhesive
Anchors (AC58) for the following:
Seismic/wind loading
Long-term creep at elevated-temperature
Static loading at elevated-temperature
Damp and water-filled holes
Freeze-thaw conditions
Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing
In addition, anchors installed with SET Epoxy-Tie adhesive have been
tested in accordance with ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Unreinforced
Masonry Anchors (AC60).
PROPERTY
Consistency
Heat deflection
Bond strength (moist cure)

TEST METHOD
ASTM C 881
ASTM D 648
ASTM C 882

RESULTS
Non-sag/thixotropic paste
136F (58C)
3,218 psi (2 days)
3,366 psi (14 days)
Water absorption
ASTM D 570
0.110% (24 hours)
Compressive yield strength ASTM D 695
5,065 psi (24 hours)
12,650 psi (7 days)
Compressive modulus
ASTM D 695
439,000 psi (7 days)
Gel Time (75F)
ASTM C 881
30 min. 60 gram mass
60 min Thin film
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Very good to excellent against distilled water,
inorganic acids and alkalis. Fair to good against organic acids and alkalis,
and many organic solvents. Poor against ketones. For more detailed
information visit our website or contact Simpson Strong-Tie and request
Technical Bulletin T-SAS-CHEMRES08.

SET56
56
SET-PAC-EZ Adhesive

- IMPORTANT -

U.S. Patent
6,634,524

SEE Pages 3132


FOR INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS

SET Cartridge Systems


Model
No.

Capacity
ounces Cartridge Carton
(cubic
Type
Quantity
inches)

SET1.7KTA

1.7
(3.1)

side-by-side

12

SET-PAC-EZ

8.5
(16.2)

single

12

SET22
SET56

22
side-by-side
(39.7)
56
side-by-side
(101.1)

10
6

Dispensing
Tool(s)

Mixing 4
Nozzle

Adaptor included
EMN1.7
for standard
(2 included)
caulking tool
CDT10 or high
quality standard 2 included
caulking tool
EDT22B, EDT22AP,
EMN22i
or EDT22CKT
EMN22i or
EDT56AP
EMN50

1. Bulk containers also available, call Simpson Strong-Tie for details.


2. Cartridge and bulk estimation guides are available on pages 6366.
3. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and other adhesive
accessories is available on pages 8792.
4. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzle in accordance with Simpson
Strong-Tie instructions. Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair
epoxy performance.

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS: Anchoring adhesive shall be a twocomponent high-solids epoxy based system supplied in manufacturer's
standard cartridge and dispensed through a static-mixing nozzle supplied
by the manufacturer. Epoxy shall meet the minimum requirements of
ASTM C-881 specification for Type I, II, IV, and V, Grade 3, Class B and C
and must develop a minimum 12,650 psi compressive yield strength after
7 day cure. Epoxy must have a heat deflection temperature of a minimum
136F (58C). Adhesive shall be SET Epoxy-Tie adhesive from
Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA. Anchors shall be installed per
Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for SET Epoxy-Tie adhesive.
ACCESSORIES: See pages 8792 for information on dispensing tools,
mixing nozzles and other accessories.
39

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Cure Schedule
Base Material
Temperature
F
40
65
85
90

C
4
18
29
32

In-Service Temperature Sensitivity


Cure
Time
72 hrs.
24 hrs.
20 hrs.
16 hrs.

Base Material
Temperature
F
40
70
110
135
150
180

C
4
21
43
57
66
82

Percent
Allowable
Load
100%
100%
100%
75%
44%
20%

1. Refer to temperature sensitivity chart


for allowable bond strength reduction
for temperature. See page 15 for
more information.
2. Percent allowable load may be linearly
interpolated for intermediate base
material temperatures.
3. C = (F-32) / 1.8

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete (continued on next page)

Tension Load
Tension Load Based on Bond Strength
Rod Drill Embed. Critical Critical
Based on Steel Strength
Dia.
Bit
Depth
Edge Spacing
f'c 2000 psi
f'c 4000 psi
A307
A193 GR B7
F593
in.
Dia.
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
(27.6 MPa) Concrete
(SAE 1018) (SAE 4140) (A304SS)
(mm) in.
(mm)
in.
in.
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
Allow.
Allow.
Allow.
(mm)
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
7
1,900
485
475
1,900
475
1
2

(178)
(8.5)
(2.2)
(2.1)
(8.5)
(2.1)
(44)
(67)
14
10,200
119
2,550
10,280
97
2,570
2,105
4,535
3,630
3
5

(356)
(45.4)
(0.5)
(11.3)
(45.7)
(0.4)
(11.4)
(9.4)
(20.2)
(16.1)
(89)
(133)
(9.5)
18
10,613
84
2,655
10,613
2,655
4
6

(457)
(47.2)
(0.4)
(11.8)
(47.2)
(11.8)
(114)
(171)
7,216
1,163
1,805
7,216
1,805
2
3
8

(32.1)
(5.2)
(8.0)
(32.1)
(8.0)
(54)
(81)
(216)
17
17,700
629
4,425
18,400
788
4,600
3,750
8,080
6,470
4
6

(432)
(78.7)
(2.8)
(19.7)
(81.8)
(3.5)
(20.5)
(16.7)
(35.9)
(28.8)
(108)
(162)
(12.7)
6
9
24
18,556
853
4,640
18,556
4,640

(152)
(229)
(610)
(82.5)
(3.8)
(20.6)
(82.5)
(20.6)
10
6,780
315
1,695
6,780
1,695
2
3

(254)
(30.2)
(1.4)
(7.5)
(30.2)
(7.5)
(64)
(95)
15
4,190
4,875
3
5

(381)
(18.6)
(21.7)
(95)
(143)
5
20
26,700
1,121
6,680
32,200
964
8,050
5,875
12,660
10,120
7

(127)
(508)
(118.8)
(5.0)
(29.7)
(143.2)
(4.3)
(35.8)
(26.1)
(56.3)
(45.0)
(191)
(15.9)
7,515
8,200
7
10
28

(33.4)
(36.5)
(183)
(276)
(730)
33,402
1,198
8,350
33,402
8,350
9
14
37

(148.6)
(5.3)
(37.1)
(148.6)
(37.1)
(238)
(359)
(953)
15,456
2,621
3,865
15,456
3,865
3
5
13

(68.8)
(11.7)
(17.2)
(68.8)
(17.2)
(86)
(129)
(343)
7,195
7,245
5
7
20

(32.0)
(32.2)
(129)
(194)
(514)
27
42,100
1,945
10,525
42,480
1,575
10,620
8,460
18,230
12,400
6
10

(686)
(187.3)
(8.7)
(46.8)
(189.0)
(7.0)
(47.2)
(37.6)
(81.1)
(55.2)
(171)
(257)
(19.1)
9
36
11,220
11,265
13

(229)
(914)
(49.9)
(50.1)
(343)
45
47,634
608
11,910
47,634
11,910
11
16

(1143)
(211.9)
(2.7)
(53.0)
(211.9)
(53.0)
(286)
(429)
See Notes on Next Page

40

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

" 1" Diameters


on next page

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Epoxy Adhesives

SET

SET

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Tension Load
Tension Load Based on Bond Strength
Rod Drill Embed. Critical Critical
Based on Steel Strength
Dia.
Bit
Depth
Edge Spacing
f'c 2000 psi
f'c 4000 psi
A307
A193 GR B7
F593
in.
Dia.
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
(27.6 MPa) Concrete
(SAE 1018) (SAE 4140) (A304SS)
(mm) in.
(mm)
in.
in.
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
Allow.
Allow.
Allow.
(mm)
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
19,120
1,239
4,780
19,120
4,780
3
5
15

(85.1)
(5.5)
(21.3)
(85.1)
(21.3)
(98)
(148)
(394)
8,535
9,250
5
8
23

(38.0)
(41.1)
(148)
(222)
(591)
31
49,160
2,149
12,290
54,880
1,050
13,720
11,500
24,785
16,860
7
11

1
(787)
(218.7)
(9.6)
(54.7)
(244.1)
(4.7)
(61.0)
(51.2)
(110.2)
(75.0)
(197)
(295)
(22.2)
14,480
15,195
10
15
41

(64.4)
(67.6)
(265)
(397)
(1060)
66,679
506
16,670
66,679
16,670
13
19
52

(296.6)
(2.3)
(74.2)
(296.6)
(74.2)
(333)
(498)
(1334)
18
20,076
2,388
5,020
20,076
5,020
4
6

(457)
(89.3)
(10.6)
(22.3)
(89.3)
(22.3)
(114)
(171)
27
10,020
10,640
6
10

(686)
(44.6)
(47.3)
(171)
(257)
1
9
36
60,060
5,472
15,015
65,020
2,924
16,255
15,025
32,380
22,020
13
1
(25.4)
(229)
(914)
(267.2)
(24.3)
(66.8)
(289.2)
(13.0)
(72.3)
(66.8)
(144.0)
(97.9)
(343)
12
18
48
17,810
18,430

(305)
(457)
(1219)
(79.2)
(82.0)
15
60
82,401
6,432
20,600
82,401
20,600
22

(381)
(1524)
(366.5)
(28.6)
(91.6)
(366.5)
(91.6)
(572)
27,560
6,890
27,560
6,890
5
7
20

(122.6)
(30.6)
(122.6)
(30.6)
(130)
(197)
(521)
12,105
12,500
7
11
30

(53.8)
(55.6)
(194)
(292)
(775)
69,200
17,300
72,340
18,085
19,025
41,000
27,880
1
10
15
40

1
(307.8)
(77.0)
(321.8)
(80.4)
(84.6)
(182.4)
(124.0)
(28.6)
(257)
(387)
(1029)
54
21,380
21,770
13
20

(1372)
(95.1)
(96.8)
(343)
(514)
101,820
25,455
101,820
25,455
16
25
67

(452.9)
(113.2)
(452.9)
(113.2)
(429)
(645)
(1715)
35,858
2,389
8,965
35,858
8,965
5
8
22

(159.5)
(10.6)
(39.9)
(159.5)
(39.9)
(143)
(214)
(572)
14,115
14,115
8
12
33

(62.8)
(62.8)
(214)
(324)
(857)
45
77,045
7,024
19,260
77,045
19,260
23,490
50,620
34,425
1
11
16

1
(1143)
(342.7)
(31.2)
(85.7)
(342.7)
(85.7)
(104.5)
(225.2)
(153.1)
(31.8)
(286)
(429)
15
60
24,965
24,965
22

(381)
(1524)
(111.0)
(111.0)
(572)
75
122,681
10,940
30,670
122,681
30,670
18
28

(1905)
(545.7)
(48.7)
(136.4)
(545.7)
(136.4)
(476)
(714)
1. Allowable load must the lesser of the bond or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind
or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 48 and 50.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind
or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used
to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
7. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless
proper consideration is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.
8. Allowable load based on bond strength may be interpolated for concrete compressive
strengths between 2000 psi and 4000 psi.

Epoxy Adhesives

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete (continued from previous page)

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons.

41

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

(19.1)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1
(28.6)

1
(31.8)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

1
(44)
3
(89)
4
(114)
2
(54)
4
(108)
6
(152)
2
(64)
5
(127)
9
(238)
3
(86)
6
(171)
11
(286)
3
(98)
7
(197)
13
(333)
4
(114)
9
(229)
15
(381)
5
(130)
10
(257)
16
(429)
5
(143)
11
(286)
18
(476)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

5
(133)

6
(162)

7
(191)

10
(257)

11
(295)

13
(343)

15
(387)

16
(429)

*
Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)
2
(67)
5
(133)
5
(133)
3
(83)
6
(162)
6
(162)
3
(95)
7
(191)
7
(191)
5
(130)
10
(257)
10
(257)
5
(149)
11
(295)
11
(295)
6
(171)
13
(343)
13
(343)
7
(197)
15
(387)
15
(387)
8
(216)
16
(429)
16
(429)

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev.
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
4,573
317
1,145
(20.3)
(1.4)
(5.1)
6,935
965
1,735
(30.8)
(4.3)
(7.7)
1,735

(7.7)
7,001
437
1,750
(31.1)
(1.9)
(7.8)
11,116
1,696
2,780
(49.4)
(7.5)
(12.4)
2,780

(12.4)
14,427
826
3,605
(64.2)
(3.7)
(16.0)
19,501
1,027
4,875
(86.7)
(4.6)
(21.7)
4,875

(21.7)
21,180
942
5,295
(94.2)
(4.2)
(23.6)
25,244
2,538
6,310
(112.3)
(11.3)
(28.1)
6,310

(28.1)
28,333
2,406
7,085
(126.0)
(10.7)
(31.5)
33,533
2,793
8,385
(149.2)
(12.4)
(37.3)
8,385

(37.3)
30,520
2,166
7,630
(135.8)
(9.6)
(33.9)
50,187
2,176
12,545
(223.2)
(9.7)
(55.8)
12,545

(55.8)
41,325
10,330

(183.8)
(46.0)
58,285
14,570

(259.3)
(64.8)
14,570

(64.8)
52,130
3,969
13,035
(231.9)
(17.7)
(58.0)
66,383
3,948
16,595
(295.3)
(17.6)
(73.8)
16,595

(73.8)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind
or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 49 and 51.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind
or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be
used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

42

Shear Load Based on


Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

1,085
(4.8)

2,340
(10.4)

1,870
(8.3)

1,930
(8.6)

4,160
(18.5)

3,330
(14.8)

3,025
(13.5)

6,520
(29.0)

5,220
(23.2)

4,360
(19.4)

9,390
(41.8)

6,385
(28.4)

5,925
(26.4)

12,770
(56.8)

8,685
(38.6)

7,740
(34.4)

16,680
(74.2)

11,345
(50.5)

9,800
(43.6)

21,125
(94.0)

14,365
(63.9)

12,100
(53.8)

26,075
(116.0)

17,730
(78.9)

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Epoxy Adhesives

SET

SET

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Rod Dia. Drill Bit Embed. Stemwall


in.
Dia.
Depth
Width
(mm)
in.
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)

(15.9)

(22.2)

10
(254.0)
15
(381.0)

6
(152.4)
8
(203.2)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

1
(44.5)
1
(44.5)

5
(127.0)
5
(127.0)

f'c 2500 psi


(17.2 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
13,634
3,410
(60.6)
(15.2)
22,664
5,665
(100.8)
(25.2)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading
due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment
for temperature.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the
anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction,
the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(12.7)

(15.9)

4
(108.0)
5
(127.0)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

1
(44.5)
1
(44.5)

8
(219.9)
10
(254.0)

En

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Edge and end distances for


threaded rod in concrete
foundation stemwall corner
installation

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance

Shear Load Based on


Steel Strength

f'c 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
8,496
654
2,125
(37.8)
(2.9)
(9.5)
8,857
225
2,215
(39.4)
(1.0)
(9.9)

A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,930
(8.6)
3,025
(13.5)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance, steel strength
or wood bearing capacity.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind or
seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing on page 51.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors
resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can
also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been
given to fire-exposure conditions.

W=

6"or 8"

A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
5,875
(26.1)
11,500
(51.2)

Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete,


Load Applied Parallel to Concrete Edge
Rod Dia. Drill Bit Embed.
in.
Dia.
Depth
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)

Edge

Tension Load Based on Tension Load Based on


Bond Strength
Steel Strength

Epoxy Adhesives

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

43

SET

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Epoxy Adhesives

Tension Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete


Tension Load Based on Bond Strength
Rebar Drill Bit Embed. Critical Critical
Size
Dia.
Depth
Edge Spacing
f'c

2000
psi
f'c 4000 psi
No.
in.
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
(27.6 MPa) Concrete
(mm)
(mm)
in.
in.
Allow.
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
(mm)
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev.
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
17
16,480
245
4,120
18,320
560
4,580
4
6
(432)
(73.3)
(1.1)
(18.3)
(81.5)
(2.5)
(20.4)
(108)
(162)
#4

(12.7)
6
9
24
19,360
678
4,840
19,360
4,840

(152)
(229)
(610)
(86.1)
(3.0)
(21.5)
(86.1)
(21.5)
5
20
24,600
2,598
6,150
26,040
1,740
6,510
7
(127)
(508)
(109.4)
(11.6)
(27.4)
(115.8)
(7.7)
(29.0)
(191)
#5

(15.9)
48,380
2,841
12,095
48,380
12,095
9
14
37

(215.2)
(12.6)
(53.8)
(215.2)
(53.8)
(238)
(359)
(953)
27
38,380
4,044
9,595
40,500
1,533
10,125
6
10
(686)
(170.7)
(18.0)
(42.7)
(180.2)
(6.8)
(45.0)
(171)
(257)
#6

(19.1)
45
65,020
3,152
16,255
65,020
16,255
11
16

(1143)
(289.2)
(14.0)
(72.3)
(289.2)
(72.3)
(286)
(429)
31
47,760
1,266
11,940
47,760
11,940
7
11

(787)
(212.4)
(5.6)
(53.1)
(212.4)
(53.1)
(197)
(295)
#7
1
(22.2)
81,560
3,575
20,390
81,560
20,390
13
19
52

(362.8)
(15.9)
(90.7)
(362.8)
(90.7)
(333)
(498)
(1334)
9
36
53,680
13,420
53,680
13,420
13

(229)
(914)
(238.8)
(59.7)
(238.8)
(59.7)
(343)
#8
1
(25.4)
15
60
94,240
7,520
23,560
94,240
23,560
22

(381)
(1524)
(419.2)
(33.5)
(104.8)
(419.2)
(104.8)
(572)
53,680
7,977
13,420
53,680
13,420
10
15
40

(238.8)
(35.5)
(59.7)
(238.8)
(59.7)
(257)
(387)
(1029)
#9
1
(28.6)
111,460
5,753
27,865
111,460
27,865
16
25
67

(495.8)
(25.6)
(123.9)
(495.8)
(123.9)
(429)
(645)
(1715)
45
76,000
1,408
19,000
76,000
19,000
11
16

(1143)
(338.1)
(6.3)
(84.5)
(338.1)
(84.5)
(286)
(429)
#10
1
(31.8)
28
75
125,840
9,551
31,460
125,840
31,460
18

(711)
(1905)
(559.8)
(42.5)
(139.9)
(559.8)
(139.9)
(476)
87,500
3,498
21,875
87,500
21,875
12
18
49

(389.2)
(15.6)
(97.3)
(389.2)
(97.3)
(314)
(473)
(1257)
#11
1
(34.9)
28
132,080 11,297
33,020
132,080
33,020
20
82

(711)
(587.5)
(50.3)
(146.9)
(587.5)
(146.9)
(524)
(2096)

Tension Load Based


on Steel Strength
ASTM A615
Grade 60 Rebar
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
4,800
(21.4)

7,440
(33.1)

10,560
(47.0)

14,400
(64.1)

18,960
(84.3)

24,000
(106.8)

30,480
(135.6)

37,440
(166.5)

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

1. Allowable load must be the lesser


of the bond or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads listed under
allowable bond are based on a
safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased
by 33 percent for short-term
loading due to wind or seismic
forces.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment
factors for spacing and edge
distance on pages 48 and 50.
5. Refer to in-service temperature
sensitivity chart for allowable load
adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used
within fire-resistive construction,
provided the anchors resist wind
or seismic loads only. For use in
fire-resistive construction, the
anchors can also be permitted
to be used to resist gravity loads,
provided special consideration
has been given to fire-exposure
conditions.
7. Anchors are not permitted to
resist tension forces in overhead
or wall installations unless proper
consideration is given to fire
exposure and elevated-temperature
conditions.
8. Allowable load based on bond
strength may be interpolated for
concrete compressive strengths
between 2000 psi and 4000 psi.

Shear Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete

#4
(12.7)

#5
(15.9)

#6
(19.1)

#7
(22.2)

#8
(25.4)

#9
(28.6)

44

#10
(31.8)

#11
(34.9)

4
(108)
6
(152)
5
(127)
9
(238)
6
(171)
11
(286)
7
(197)
13
(333)
9
(229)
15
(381)
10
(257)
16
(429)
11
(286)
18
(476)
12
(314)
20
(524)

6
(162)

6
(162)

7
(191)

7
(191)

10
(257)

10
(257)

11
(295)

11
(295)

13
(343)

13
(343)

15
(387)

15
(387)

16
(429)

16
(429)

18
(473)

18
(473)

15,156
(67.4)
15,156
(67.4)
24,245
(107.8)
24,245
(107.8)
33,195
(147.7)
33,195
(147.7)
47,017
(209.1)
47,017
(209.1)
58,880
(261.9)
58,880
(261.9)
58,880
(261.9)
58,880
(261.9)
65,840
(292.9)
65,840
(292.9)
81,400
(362.1)
81,400
(362.1)

542
(2.4)

1,121
(5.0)

2,314
(10.3)

2,227
(9.9)

1,487
(6.6)

7,120
(31.7)

9,596
(42.7)

3,790
(16.9)
3,790
(16.9)
6,060
(27.0)
6,060
(27.0)
8,300
(36.9)
8,300
(36.9)
11,755
(52.3)
11,755
(52.3)
14,720
(65.5)
14,720
(65.5)
14,720
(65.5)
14,720
(65.5)
16,460
(73.2)
16,460
(73.2)
20,350
(90.5)
20,350
(90.5)

Shear Load Based


on Steel Strength
ASTM A615
Grade 60 Rebar
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

*
*See page 10 for an explanation
of the load table icons

3,060
(13.6)

4,740
(21.1)

6,730
(29.9)

9,180
(40.8)

12,085
(53.8)

15,300
(68.1)

19,430
(86.4)

23,870
(106.2)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser


of the load based on concrete edge
distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on
concrete edge distance are based
on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased
by 5 percent for short-term loading
due to wind or seismic forces
where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment
factors for spacing and edge
distance on pages 49 and 51.
5. Refer to in-service temperature
Sensitivity chart for allowable
load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used
within fire-resistive construction,
provided the anchors resist wind
or seismic loads only. For use in
fire-resistive construction, the
anchors can also be permitted
to be used to resist gravity loads,
provided special consideration
has been given to fire-exposure
conditions.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Shear Load Based on


Rebar Drill Bit Embed. Critical Critical
Concrete Edge Distance
Size
Dia.
Depth Edge Spacing
No.
in.
in.
Dist.
Dist.
f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Concrete
(mm)
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm) (mm) Ultimate lbs. (kN) Std. Dev. lbs. (kN) Allow. lbs. (kN)

SET

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

1
(44)
3
(89)
2
(54)
4
(108)
2
(64)
5
(127)

2
(67)
5
(133)
3
(79)
6
(162)
3
(95)
7
(191)

3
(89)
7
(178)
4
(108)
8
(216)
5
(127)
10
(254)

Tension Load Based on


Bond Strength
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Lightweight Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev.
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
2,400
540
600
(10.7)
(2.4)
(2.7)
6,220
422
1,555
(27.7)
(1.9)
(6.9)
2,900
550
725
(12.9)
(2.4)
(3.2)
6,720
1,087
1,680
(29.9)
(4.8)
(7.5)
4,820
327
1,205
(21.4)
(1.5)
(5.4)
9,160
1,677
2,290
(40.7)
(7.5)
(10.2)

Tension Load Based on


Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

2,105
(9.4)

4,535
(20.2)

3,630
(16.1)

3,750
(16.7)

8,080
(35.9)

6,470
(28.8)

5,875
(26.1)

12,660
(56.3)

10,120
(45.0)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where
permitted by code.
4. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. No reduction in spacing is allowed.
5. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 52.
6. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
7. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only.
For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
8. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration is given to
fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

Epoxy Adhesives

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Sand-Lightweight Concrete

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

1
(44)
3
(89)
2
(54)
4
(108)
2
(64)
5
(127)

2
(67)
5
(133)
3
(79)
6
(162)
3
(95)
7
(191)

3
(89)
7
(178)
4
(108)
8
(216)
5
(127)
10
(254)

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Lightweight Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev.
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
2,364
129
590
(10.5)
(0.6)
(2.6)
5,784
547
1,445
(25.7)
(2.4)
(6.4)
2,948
224
735
(13.1)
(1.0)
(3.3)
8,436
891
2,110
(37.5)
(4.0)
(9.4)
3,584
1,072
895
(15.9)
(4.8)
(4.0)
11,784
650
2,945
(52.4)
(2.9)
(13.1)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where
permitted by code.
4. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. No reduction in spacing is allowed.
5. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 52.
6. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
7. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only.
For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

Shear Load Based on


Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

1,085
(4.8)

2,340
(10.4)

1,870
(8.3)

1,930
(8.6)

4,160
(18.5)

3,330
(14.8)

3,025
(13.5)

6,520
(29.0)

5,220
(23.2)

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

45

Epoxy Adhesives

SET

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in 8-inch


Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

Min.
Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

*
*See page 10 for an
explanation of the
load table icons

8-inch Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Loads


Based on CMU Strength

Tension
Shear
Ultimate
Allowable
Ultimate
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed Anywhere on the Face of the CMU Wall (See Figure 1)
17
17
17
6,496
1,300
6,766
1,355
4
(432)
(432)
(432)
(28.9)
(5.8)
(30.1)
(6.0)
(108)
5
20
20
20
8,232
1,645
13,676
2,735
(127)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(36.6)
(7.3)
(60.8)
(12.2)
27
27
27
15,656
3,130
17,578
3,515
6
(686)
(686)
(686)
(69.6)
(13.9)
(78.2)
(15.6)
(171)

Figure 1
INSTALLATION
IN THIS AREA
FOR REDUCED
ALLOWABLE
LOAD CAPACITY

4" MINIMUM
END DISTANCE
CRITICAL END
DISTANCE
(SEE LOAD TABLE)

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


2. Values for 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II concrete masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90.
The masonry units, when grouted, must be fully grouted with grout complying with UBC Section 2103.4, or IBC Section 2103.12.
Mortar is prepared in accordance with Section 2103.3 of the UBC and UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8. The minimum
specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
3. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
4. Allowable loads may be increased 33% for short-term loading due to wind forces or seismic forces where permitted by code.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. For installations under
the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
7. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for end distance, edge distance and spacing on page 53.

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in 6 and 8-inch
Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening (Top of Wall) See Figure 2

CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE


(SEE LOAD TABLE)

4" MINIMUM
EDGE DISTANCE

INSTALLATIONS IN THIS AREA FOR


FULL ALLOWABLE LOAD CAPACITY

Shaded Area = Placement for


Full and Reduced Allowable Load
Capacity in Grout-Filled CMU

Figure 2
Edge

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(15.9)

(19.1)

(22.2)

(15.9)

(19.1)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

6 and 8-inch Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Loads


Based on CMU Strength

Tension
Shear
Ultimate
Allowable
Ultimate
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Allowable Tension and Shear Values EXCLUDING Earthquake Loads 1
5
3
20
12,573
2,515
9,530
1,905
3
(127)
(76)
(508)
(55.9)
(11.2)
(42.4)
(8.5)
(89)
5
3
20
2,515
1,905
3

(127)
(76)
(508)
(11.2)
(8.5)
(89)
12
2
48
8,908
1,780
3

(305)
(51)
(1219)
(39.6)
(7.9)
(98)
2
Allowable Tension and Shear Values INCLUDING Earthquake Loads
5
3
20
6,500
1,300
6,780
1,355
3
(127)
(76)
(508)
(28.9)
(5.8)
(30.2)
(6.0)
(89)
5
3
20
1,300
1,355
3

(127)
(76)
(508)
(5.8)
(6.0)
(89)

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in


Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
Rod Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Min.
Edge Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
End Dist.
in.
(mm)

46

Anchor installed in cell opening


(top of wall)
1. Allowable Tension and Shear Values
EXCLUDING Earthquake Loads may not
be increased for wind forces.
2. Allowable Tension and Shear Values
INCLUDING Earthquake Loads may be
increased 33% for wind forces or
seismic forces where permitted by code.
3. Also see notes 13 and 57 below.

6 and 8-inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads


Based on CMU Strength

Tension
Shear
Ultimate
Allowable
Ultimate
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Face Shell w/Simpson Strong-Tie Epoxy-Tie Carbon-Steel Screen Tube
4
881
175
1,440
290
3
4

(101.6)
(3.9)
(0.8)
(6.4)
(1.3)
(88.9)
(117.5)
(15.9)
4
175
290
3
4

(101.6)
(0.8)
(1.3)
(88.9)
(117.5)
(19.1)

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


2. Values for 6 and 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II concrete masonry
units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90.
The masonry units, when grouted, must be fully grouted with grout
complying with UBC Section 2103.4, or IBC Section 2103.12.
Mortar is prepared in accordance with Section 2103.3 of the UBC and
UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8. The minimum specified
compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
3. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete
masonry unit for installations through a face shell.
4. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to
wind forces or seismic forces.

End

5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for


allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety
factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC.
For installations under the UBC use a safety factor of
4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
7. Anchors must be spaced a minimum distance of four
times the anchor embedment.
8. Screen tubes not for use with SET1.7KT or
SET1.7KTA.
9. Set drill to rotation-only mode when drilling into
hollow CMU.

Figure 3
4"

4"

Anchor installed in face shell w/


screen tube in hollow cell

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

SET

High Strength Epoxy-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Rod/Rebar Drill Embed.


Min.
Min.
Min.
Tension Load Based
Dia./Size
Bit
Depth Edge/End Vertical Horiz.
on URM Strength
in.
Dia.
in.
Dist.
Spacing Spacing
Minimum Net Mortar
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
Dist.
Dist.
Strength = 50 psi
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)
Allowable lbs. (kN)

(19.1)
#5
(15.9)
#6
(19.1)

(19.1)

(15.9)

*
Shear Load Based
on URM Strength

Configuration A
(Shear)

Minimum Net Mortar


Strength = 50 psi
Allowable lbs. (kN)

Configuration A (Simpson Strong-Tie ETS or ETSP Screen Tube Required)


8
16
16
16
1,000
1

(203)
(406)
(406)
(406)
(4.4)
8
16
16
16
750
1

(203)
(406)
(406)
(406)
(3.3)
8
16
16
16
1,000
1

(203)
(406)
(406)
(406)
(4.4)
Configuration B (Simpson Strong-Tie ETS or ETSP Screen Tube Required)
13
16
16
16
1,200
1,000
1
(330)
(406)
(406)
(406)
(5.3)
(4.4)
Configuration C (Simpson Strong-Tie ETS Screen Tube and AST Steel Sleeve Required)
16
16
16
1,200
750
1
**
(406)
(406)
(406)
(5.3)
(3.3)

Configuration B
(Tension & Shear)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


*See page 10 for explanation
2. All holes are drilled with a 1" diameter carbide-tipped drill bit
of the load table icons
with the drill set in the rotation-only mode.
3. The unreinforced brick walls must have a minimum thickness
of 13 inches (three wythes of brick).
4. The allowable load is applicable only where in-place shear tests indicate minimum net mortar strength of 50 psi.
5. The allowable load for Configuration B and C anchors subjected to a combined tension and shear load
is determined by assuming a straight-line relationship between allowable tension and shear.
6. The anchors installed in unreinforced brick walls are limited to resisting seismic or wind forces only.
7. Configuration A has a straight threaded rod or rebar embedded 8 inches into the wall with a " diameter by
8-inch long screen tube (part # ETS758 or ETS758P). This configuration is designed to resist shear loads only.
8. Configuration B has a " threaded rod bent and installed at a 22.5-degree angle and installed 13 inches into the wall,
to within 1-inch (maximum) of the exterior wall surface. This configuration is designed to resist tension and shear loads.
The pre-bent threaded rod is installed with a " diameter by 13-inch long screen tube (part # ETS7513 or ETS7513P).
9. Configuration C is designed to resist tension and shear forces. It consists of a " diameter, ASTM A 307 threaded rod
and an 8" long sleeve (part # AST800) and a " diameter by 8-inch long screen tube (part # ETS758). The steel sleeve
has a plastic plug in one end. A 6" by 6" by " thick ASTM A 36 steel plate is located on the back face of the wall.
10. Special inspection requirements are determined by local jurisdiction and must be confirmed by the local building official.
11. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
12. Screen tubes not for use with SET1.7KT or SET1.7KTA.

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in


Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Epoxy Adhesives

Tension and Shear Loads for Installations in Unreinforced Brick


Masonry Walls Minimum URM Wall Thickness is 13" (3 wythes thick)

Configuration C
(Tension & Shear)

8-inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads


Based on CMU Strength

Tension
Shear
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Face Shell w/Simpson ETSP (Plastic) Screen Tube
3
12
8
1,500
300
1,280
255

(76.2)
(305)
(203)
(6.7)
(1.3)
(5.7)
(1.1)
3
12
8
1,500
300
1,280
255

(76.2)
(305)
(203)
(6.7)
(1.3)
(5.7)
(1.1)
3
12
8
1,500
300
1,380
275

(76.2)
(305)
(203)
(6.7)
(1.3)
(6.1)
(1.2)

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


*See page 10 for an explanation
2. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations
of the load table icons
under the IBC and IRC. For installations under the UBC use a safety factor
of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
3. Edge distances may be reduced to 4" with a corresponding 32% reduction in tension capacity. Shear capacity is unaffected.
4. Values for 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units
conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90 with min. compressive strength of 1,900 psi and 1" thick face shell.
5. Mortar is prepared in accordance with UBC Section 2103.3 and UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8.
6. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
7. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
8. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces. Wall design must satisfy
applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied loads.
9. Screen tubes not for use with SET1.7KT or SET1.7KTA.

Installation Instructions for


Configuration C:
1. Drill hole perpendicular to the wall
to a depth of 8" with a 1" diameter
carbide-tipped drill bit (rotation
only mode).
2. Clean hole with oil-free compressed
air and a nylon brush.
3. Fill 8" steel screen tube with mixed
adhesive and insert into hole.
4. Insert steel sleeve slowly into screen
tube (adhesive will displace).
5. Allow adhesive to cure
(see cure schedule).
6. Drill through plastic plug in (inside) end
of steel sleeve with " bit.
7. Drill completely through the wall with
" carbide tipped concrete drill bit
(rotation mode only).
8. Insert " rod through hole and attach
metal plate and nut.

47

Epoxy Adhesives

SET

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for SET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight Concrete:


Edge Distance, Tension Load
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values only.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
16
17

#4

1
2
1
0.65
0.65
0.75
1.00

3
5
1
0.65
0.65
0.68
0.78
0.88
0.98
1.00

4
6
1
0.69
0.69
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.89
0.95
1.00

2
3
1
0.65
0.65
0.71
0.95
1.00

#5
6
9
1
0.59
0.59
0.60
0.66
0.72
0.77
0.83
0.89
0.94
1.00

4
6
1
0.65
0.65
0.67
0.74
0.82
0.90
0.97
1.00

2
3
1
0.48
0.48
0.55
0.81
1.00

5
7
1
0.48
0.48
0.50
0.59
0.68
0.77
0.86
0.95
1.00

#6
9
14
1
0.64
0.64
0.65
0.68
0.71
0.73
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
1.00

3
5
1
0.48
0.48
0.52
0.68
0.83
0.99
1.00

6
10
1
0.48
0.48
0.50
0.56
0.62
0.68
0.74
0.81
0.87
0.93
0.99
1.00

11
16
1
0.57
0.57
0.58
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.86
0.92
0.98
1.00

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

Edge Distance Tension (fc) (contd)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28

48

Dia.
Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
#7

3
5
1
0.48
0.48
0.61
0.77
1.00

7
11
1
0.48
0.48
0.53
0.60
0.70
0.81
0.91
1.00

1
#8

13
19
1
0.52
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.63
0.69
0.74
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.96
1.00

4
6
1
0.48
0.48
0.58
0.71
0.92
1.00

9
13
1
0.48
0.48
0.52
0.58
0.67
0.76
0.85
0.93
1.00

1
#9

15
22
1
0.47
0.47
0.50
0.53
0.58
0.63
0.68
0.73
0.78
0.83
0.89
0.94
1.00

#10

#11

5
7
2
0.58

10
15
2
0.58

16
25
2
0.51

5
8
2
0.58

11
16
2
0.58

18
28
2
0.51

12
18
2
0.58

20
28
2
0.51

0.58
0.69
0.85
1.00

0.58
0.62
0.69
0.76
0.82
0.89
0.96
1.00

0.51
0.54
0.58
0.62
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.80
0.84
0.88
0.97
1.00

0.58
0.67
0.82
0.97
1.00

0.58
0.62
0.68
0.74
0.80
0.86
0.91
0.97
1.00

0.51
0.53
0.57
0.61
0.65
0.69
0.73
0.77
0.80
0.84
0.92
1.00

0.58
0.61
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.82
0.88
0.93
0.98
1.00

0.51
0.53
0.57
0.61
0.65
0.69
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.84
0.92
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

See Notes Below

SET

Technical Information

How to use these charts:


1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Shear Load
Based on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

#4
1
5
1
0.49
0.49
0.53
0.67
0.82
0.96
1.00

Epoxy Adhesives

Load-Adjustment Factors for SET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight Concrete:


Edge Distance, Shear Load

3
5
1
0.32
0.32
0.37
0.56
0.76
0.95
1.00

4
5
1
0.35
0.35
0.40
0.58
0.77
0.95
1.00

2
6
1
0.37
0.37
0.40
0.54
0.68
0.81
0.95
1.00

4
6
1
0.20
0.20
0.24
0.42
0.59
0.76
0.94
1.00

4
6
1
0.25
0.25
0.29
0.45
0.61
0.78
0.94
1.00

#5
6
6
1
0.24
0.24
0.28
0.45
0.61
0.77
0.94
1.00

2
7
1
0.18
0.18
0.22
0.36
0.50
0.64
0.79
0.93
1.00

5
7
1
0.15
0.15
0.19
0.33
0.48
0.63
0.78
0.93
1.00

5
7
1
0.21
0.21
0.24
0.38
0.52
0.66
0.79
0.93
1.00

#6
9
7
1
0.19
0.19
0.23
0.37
0.51
0.65
0.79
0.93
1.00

3
10
1
0.16
0.16
0.19
0.29
0.39
0.49
0.59
0.69
0.79
0.89
0.99
1.00

6
10
1
0.16
0.16
0.19
0.29
0.39
0.49
0.59
0.69
0.79
0.89
0.99
1.00

6
10
1
0.18
0.18
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.69
0.79
0.89
0.99
1.00

11
10
1
0.15
0.15
0.18
0.28
0.38
0.48
0.58
0.68
0.78
0.89
0.99
1.00

See Notes Below

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Edge Distance Shear (fc) (contd)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Dia.
Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

#7
3
11
1
0.14
0.14
0.23
0.25
0.34
0.42
0.51
0.60
0.68
0.77
0.86
0.95
1.00

7
11
1
0.13
0.13
0.22
0.24
0.33
0.42
0.50
0.59
0.68
0.77
0.86
0.94
1.00

7
11
1
0.14
0.14
0.23
0.25
0.34
0.42
0.51
0.60
0.68
0.77
0.86
0.95
1.00

#8
13
11
1
0.10
0.10
0.19
0.21
0.31
0.40
0.49
0.58
0.67
0.76
0.85
0.94
1.00

4
13
1
0.14
0.14
0.21
0.23
0.30
0.38
0.45
0.52
0.60
0.67
0.74
0.82
0.89
0.96
1.00

9
13
1
0.10
0.10
0.18
0.20
0.27
0.35
0.43
0.50
0.58
0.66
0.73
0.81
0.89
0.96
1.00

9
13
1
0.12
0.12
0.19
0.21
0.29
0.36
0.44
0.51
0.59
0.66
0.74
0.81
0.89
0.96
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

1
#9

15
13
1
0.10
0.10
0.18
0.20
0.27
0.35
0.43
0.50
0.58
0.66
0.73
0.81
0.89
0.96
1.00

#10

#11

5
15
2
0.17

10
15
2
0.16

16
15
2
0.12

5
16
2
0.17

11
16
2
0.16

18
16
2
0.12

12
18
2
0.16

20
18
2
0.12

0.17
0.19
0.25
0.32
0.39
0.45
0.52
0.59
0.65
0.72
0.78
0.85
0.92
0.98
1.00

0.16
0.18
0.24
0.31
0.38
0.45
0.51
0.58
0.65
0.71
0.78
0.85
0.92
0.98
1.00

0.12
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.35
0.42
0.49
0.56
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.84
0.91
0.98
1.00

0.17
0.18
0.24
0.30
0.36
0.42
0.48
0.54
0.60
0.65
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.89
0.95
1.00

0.16
0.17
0.23
0.29
0.35
0.41
0.47
0.53
0.59
0.65
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.89
0.95
1.00

0.12
0.14
0.20
0.26
0.32
0.38
0.45
0.51
0.57
0.63
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.95
1.00

0.16
0.17
0.23
0.28
0.33
0.38
0.44
0.49
0.54
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.91
1.00

0.12
0.13
0.19
0.24
0.30
0.36
0.41
0.47
0.52
0.58
0.63
0.69
0.74
0.80
0.85
0.91
1.00

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

49

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for SET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight Concrete:


Spacing, Tension Load
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values only.

Spacing Tension (fs)

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

1
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
32
36
40
45

#4

1
7

0.52
0.52
0.53
0.61
0.76
0.92
1.00

3
14
1
0.89

4
18
2
0.90

0.89
0.91
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.98
1.00

0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

2
8
1
0.52

0.58
0.71
0.84
0.97
1.00

#5

4
17
2
0.89

6
24
3
0.90

0.90
0.92
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.98
0.99
1.00

0.90
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
1.00

2
10
1
0.52

0.56
0.67
0.78
0.89
1.00

5
20
2
0.89

#6
9
37
4
0.90

0.90
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

0.90
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
1.00
1.00

3
13
1
0.52

0.53
0.61
0.69
0.78
0.86
0.94
1.02

6
27
3
0.89

11
45
5
0.90

0.89
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which
anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100%
load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for
reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load
at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load
at critical spacing distance. fscr is always
= 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable
load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin)
/ (Scr - Smin)].

Spacing Tension (fs) (contd)

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
50
60
70
75
82

50

See Notes Above

1
#7

3
15
2
0.52
0.52
0.56
0.59
0.63
0.66
0.73
0.80
0.88
0.95
1.00

7
31
3
0.89

0.89
0.89
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

1
#8

13
52
6
0.90

0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

4
18
2
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

9
36
4
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

1
#9

15
60
7
0.90

0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.95
0.96
0.98
1.00

5
20
2
0.52
0.53
0.56
0.58
0.61
0.66
0.72
0.77
0.83
0.88
0.99
1.00

10
40
5
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

#10
16
67
8
0.90

0.90
0.91
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.95
0.97
0.99
1.00

5
22
2
0.52
0.52
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.65
0.69
0.74
0.79
0.84
0.94
1.00

11
45
5
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

#11
18
75
9
0.90

0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.98
0.99
1.00

12
49
6
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
1.00

20
82
10
0.90

0.90
0.91
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.94
0.95
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Epoxy Adhesives

SET

SET

Technical Information

How to use these charts:


1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Shear Load
Based on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

Spacing Shear (fs)

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
17
18

Epoxy Adhesives

Load-Adjustment Factors for SET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight Concrete:


Spacing, Shear Load

1
2

3
5
1
0.83

0.90
0.90
0.91
0.94
0.96
0.99
1.00

0.84
0.87
0.89
0.92
0.94
0.99
1.00

#4
4
6
2
0.83

2
3
1
0.90

0.92
0.94
0.96
0.99
1.00

0.85
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.95
0.99
1.00

#5
5
7
2
0.83

2
3
1
0.90

0.91
0.93
0.95
0.97
0.99
1.00

0.83
0.85
0.86
0.88
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.00

3
5
1
0.90

0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.97
1.00

#6
6
10
3
0.83

0.83
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

3
5
2
0.90

#7
7
11
3
0.83

0.90
0.91
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.98
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.96
1.00

See Notes Below

Spacing Shear (fs) (contd)

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

1
4
6
2
0.90

1
#8
9
13
4
0.83

5
7
2
0.90

1
#9
10
15
5
0.83

5
8
2
0.90

#10
11
16
5
0.83

#11
12
18
6
0.83

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
17
18

0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.96
0.98
1.00

0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.93
0.97
1.00

0.91
0.92
0.93
0.95
0.97
0.99
1.00

0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.00

0.90
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

0.84
0.85
0.87
0.88
0.90
0.93
0.96
0.99
1.00

0.84
0.85
0.87
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.96
0.98
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which
anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for
100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for
reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load
at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load
at critical spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load
at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

51

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for SET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive in Sand-Lightweight Concrete:


Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance only.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values or allowable Shear Load
Based on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

*
Edge Distance Tension (fc)
Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
1
0.65
0.65
0.75
0.85
0.95
1.00

3
5
1
0.65
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.93
0.95
0.98
1.00

*
Edge Distance Shear (fc)

2
3
1
0.65
0.65
0.71
0.78
0.84
0.90
0.97
1.00

4
6
1
0.65
0.65
0.67
0.69
0.71
0.73
0.74
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.91
0.93
0.95
0.97
0.99
1.00

2
3
1
0.48
0.48
0.55
0.61
0.68
0.74
0.81
0.87
0.94
1.00

5
7
1
0.48
0.48
0.50
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.59
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.68
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.89
0.91
0.93
0.95
0.98
1.00

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

52

1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
1
0.25
0.25
0.46
0.68
0.89
1.00

3
5
1
0.25
0.25
0.30
0.36
0.41
0.46
0.52
0.57
0.63
0.68
0.73
0.79
0.84
0.89
0.95
1.00

2
3
1
0.20
0.20
0.35
0.49
0.64
0.78
0.93
1.00

4
6
1
0.20
0.20
0.24
0.29
0.33
0.37
0.42
0.46
0.50
0.55
0.59
0.63
0.68
0.72
0.76
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.94
0.98
1.00

2
3
1
0.15
0.15
0.26
0.36
0.47
0.58
0.68
0.79
0.89
1.00

5
7
1
0.15
0.15
0.19
0.22
0.26
0.30
0.33
0.37
0.41
0.45
0.48
0.52
0.56
0.59
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.89
0.93
0.96
1.00

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Epoxy Adhesives

SET

SET

Technical Information

How to use these charts:


1. The following tables are for reduced end and edge distance and spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the end or edge distance (Cact) or spacing (Sact) at which the
anchor is to be installed.

End Distance Tension (fc)

Cact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

4
8
12
16
17
20
24
27

4
17
4
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

5
20
4
0.84
0.84
0.88
0.92
0.96
0.97
1.00

Cact
(in.)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Cact
(in.)

4
8
12
16
17
20
24
27

4
17
4
0.43
0.43
0.61
0.78
0.96
1.00

5
20
4
0.25
0.25
0.44
0.63
0.81
0.86
1.00

6
27
4
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.51
0.64
0.67
0.77
0.90
1.00

Sact
(in.)

8
12
16
17
20
24
27

4
17
4
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

5
20
4
0.84
0.84
0.88
0.92
0.96
0.97
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the

6
load table icons
27
4
0.54**
0.54
0.62
**The allowable tension load reduction factor
is permitted to equal 1.0 provided both of
0.70
the following conditions are met:
0.78
(a) The anchor is installed with a minimum
0.80
end distance, Cmin, between 4 inches and
8 inches; and (b) a masonry return wall of
0.86
identical construction is on the opposite side
0.94
(such as two masonry walls intersecting at a
1.00
building corner).

4
17
8
0.89
0.89
0.94
0.99
1.00

5
20
8
0.81
0.81
0.87
0.94
0.95
1.00

6
27
8
0.59
0.59
0.68
0.76
0.78
0.85
0.94
1.00

End and Edge Distance


Shear (fc) Shear Load
Parallel to End or Edge

Cact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

4
8
12
16
17
20
24
27

Spacing Tension (fs)


Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

See Notes Below

End and Edge Distance


Shear (fc) Shear Load
Perpendicular to End or Edge
Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

4
8
12
16
17
20
24
27

See Notes Below

The load-adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row and column.
Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.
Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension or Shear Load
Based on CMU Strength values only.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)

6
27
4
0.54**
0.54
0.62
0.70
0.78
0.80
0.86
0.94
1.00

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Epoxy Adhesives

Load-Adjustment Factors for SET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive in Face of Wall Installation in 8"
Grout-Filled CMU: End / Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads

4
17
4
0.95
0.95
0.97
0.98
1.00
1.00

5
20
4
0.51
0.51
0.63
0.76
0.88
0.91
1.00

6
27
4
0.45
0.45
0.55
0.64
0.74
0.76
0.83
0.93
1.00

Spacing Shear (fs)

Sact
(in.)

8
12
16
17
20
24
27

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual end or edge distance at which
anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical end or edge distance for 100%
load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum end or edge distance for
reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at
actual end or edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load
at critical end or edge distance.
fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at
minimum end or edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

4
17
8
1.00

5
20
8
1.00

6
27
8
1.00

1.00 for all spacing 8 in.

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which
anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for
100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for
reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load
at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load
at critical spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load
at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

53

Epoxy Adhesives

ET Epoxy-Tie

Anchoring Adhesive

ET Epoxy-Tie is a two-component, high solids, epoxy-based system


for use as a high-strength, non-shrink anchor grouting material. Resin
and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing
nozzle. ET meets the ASTM C-881 specifications for Type I, II, IV and V,
Grade 3, Classes B and C, except gel time.

EMN22i
ET22

USES: Threaded rod anchoring


Rebar doweling
Bonding hardened concrete to hardened concrete
Pick-proof sealant around doors, windows and fixtures
Paste-over for crack injection

EDT22B

CODES: ICC-ES ER-4945 (URM); City of L.A. RR25185, RR25120;


The load tables list values
Florida FL 11506.2; Multiple DOT Listings.
based upon results from the most recent testing and may not reflect those
in current code reports. Where code jurisdictions
apply, consult the current reports for applicable load values.
APPLICATION: Surfaces to receive epoxy must be clean. For installations
in or through standing water, see page 15 for details. The base material
temperature must be 40F or above at the time of installation. For best
results, material should be 70F - 80F at the time of application. Cartridges
should not be immersed in water to facilitate warming. To warm cold
material, the cartridges should be stored in a warm, uniformly heated area
or storage container for a sufficient time to allow epoxy to warm completely.
Mixed material in nozzle can harden in 57 minutes at a temperature of
40F or above.
INSTALLATION: See pages 3132
SHELF LIFE: 24 months from date of manufacture in unopened container
STORAGE CONDITIONS: For best results store between 45F - 90F.
To store partially used cartridges, leave hardened nozzle in place. To re-use,
attach new nozzle.
COLOR: Resin white, hardener black
When properly mixed, ET adhesive will be a uniform medium gray color.

ET56

CLEAN UP: Uncured material Wipe up with cotton cloths. If desired


scrub area with abrasive, waterbased cleaner and flush with water. If
approved, solvents such as ketones (MEK, acetone, etc.), lacquer thinner,
or adhesive remover can be used. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN
ADHESIVE FROM SKIN. Take appropriate precautions when handling
flammable solvents. Solvents may damage surfaces to which they are
applied. Cured Material: Chip or grind off surface.

In addition, anchors installed with ET adhesive have been tested in


accordance with ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Unreinforced Masonry
Anchors (AC60).
PROPERTY
TEST METHOD
Consistency (77F)
ASTM C 881
Heat deflection
ASTM D 648
Bond strength (moist cure) ASTM C 882

54

RESULTS
Non-sag/thixotropic paste
168F (76C)
2,030 psi (2 days)
4,240 psi (14 days)
Water absorption
ASTM D 570
0.19% (24 hours)
Compressive yield strength ASTM D 695
9,174 psi (24 hours)
13,390 psi (7 days)
Compressive modulus
ASTM D 695
658,200 psi (7 days)
Gel time (77F)
ASTM C 881
10 min. 60 gram mass
30 min Thin film
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Very good to excellent against distilled water,
inorganic acids and alkalis. Fair to good against organic acids and alkalis,
and many organic solvents. Poor against ketones. For more detailed
information visit our website or contact Simpson Strong-Tie and request
Technical Bulletin T-SAS-CHEMRES08.

- IMPORTANT SEE Pages 3132


FOR INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS
ET Cartridge Systems
Model
No.
ET22
ET56

Capacity
ounces Cartridge Carton
(cubic
Type
Quantity
inches)
22
side-by-side
(39.7)
56
side-by-side
(101.1)

10
6

Dispensing
Tool(s)

Mixing 4
Nozzle

EDT22B, EDT22AP,
or EDT22CKT

EMN22i

EDT56AP

EMN22i or
EMN50

1. Bulk containers also available, call Simpson Strong-Tie for details.


2. Cartridge and bulk estimation guides are available on pages 6366.
3. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and other adhesive
accessories is available on pages 8792.
4. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzle in accordance with Simpson
Strong-Tie instructions. Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair
epoxy performance.

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS: Anchoring adhesive shall be a twocomponent high solids epoxy based system supplied in manufacturer's
standard side-by-side cartridge and dispensed through a static-mixing
nozzle supplied by the manufacturer. Epoxy shall meet the minimum requirements of ASTM C-881 specification for Type I, II, IV, and V, Grade 3, Class B
and C, except gel time, and must develop a minimum 13,390 psi compressive yield strength after 7 day cure. Epoxy must have a heat deflection
temperature of a minimum 168F (76C). Adhesive shall be ET Epoxy-Tie
adhesive from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA. Anchors shall be
installed per Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for ET Epoxy-Tie adhesive.
ACCESSORIES: See pages 8792 for information on dispensing tools,
mixing nozzles and other accessories.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

TEST CRITERIA: Anchors installed with ET Epoxy-Tie adhesive have


been tested in accordance with ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Adhesive
Anchors (AC58) for the following:
Seismic and wind Loading
Long-term creep at elevated-temperature
Static loading at elevated-temperature
Damp holes
Freeze-thaw conditions
Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing

ET22

ET Epoxy-Tie

Anchoring Adhesive

Base Material
Temperature
F
40
60
80
100

C
4
16
27
38

In-Service Temperature Sensitivity


Base Material
Temperature

Cure
Time

F
40
70
110
135
150
180

72 hrs.
24 hrs.
24 hrs.
12 hrs.

C
4
21
43
57
66
82

Epoxy Adhesives

Cure Schedule

Percent
Allowable
Load
100%
100%
100%
85%
69%
58%

1. Refer to temperature-sensitivity chart


for allowable bond strength reduction
for temperature. See page 15 for
more information.
2. Percent allowable load may be linearly
interpolated for intermediate base
material temperatures.
3. C = (F-32) / 1.8

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

3
(89)
4
(108)
5
(127)
6
(171)
7
(197)
9
(229)
10
(257)
11
(286)

5
(133)
6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(257)
11
(295)
13
(343)
15
(387)
16
(429)

14
(356)
17
(432)
20
(508)
27
(686)
31
(787)
36
(914)
40
(1029)
45
(1143)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(22.2)
1
(25.4)
1
(28.6)
1
(31.8)

1
1
1
1

*
Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
8,777
324
2,195
(39.0)
(1.4)
(9.8)
15,368
605
3,840
(68.4)
(2.7)
(17.1)
22,877
718
5,720
(101.8)
(3.2)
(25.4)
35,459
4,940
8,865
(157.7)
(22.0)
(39.4)
43,596
1,130
10,900
(193.9)
(5.0)
(48.5)
47,333
1,243
11,835
(210.5)
(5.5)
(52.6)
61,840
15,460

(275.1)
(68.8)
78,748
4,738
19,685
(350.3)
(21.1)
(87.6)

Tension Load
Based on Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
2,105
(9.4)
3,750
(16.7)
5,875
(26.1)
8,460
(37.6)
11,500
(51.2)
15,025
(66.8)
19,025
(84.6)
23,490
(104.5)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
4,535
(20.2)
8,080
(35.9)
12,660
(56.3)
18,230
(81.1)
24,785
(110.2)
32,380
(144.0)
41,000
(182.4)
50,620
(225.2)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
3,630
(16.1)
6,470
(28.8)
10,120
(45.0)
12,400
(55.2)
16,860
(75.0)
22,020
(97.9)
27,880
(124.0)
34,420
(153.1)

1. Allowable load must the lesser of the bond or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind
or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 60 and 61.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind
or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be
used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
7. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper
consideration is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

55

Epoxy Adhesives

ET Epoxy-Tie

Anchoring Adhesive

Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

3
(89)
4
(108)
5
(127)
6
(171)
7
(197)
9
(229)
10
(257)
11
(286)

5
(133)
6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(257)
11
(295)
13
(343)
15
(387)
16
(429)

5
(133)
6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(257)
11
(295)
13
(343)
15
(387)
16
(429)

(22.2)
1
(25.4)
1
(28.6)
1
(31.8)

1
1
1
1

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
7,615
591
1,905
(33.9)
(2.6)
(8.5)
11,273
1,502
2,820
(50.1)
(6.7)
(12.5)
19,559
1,289
4,890
(87.0)
(5.7)
(21.8)
27,696
2,263
6,925
(123.2)
(10.1)
(30.8)
6,925

(30.8)
53,960
3,821
13,490
(240.0)
(17.0)
(60.0)
59,280
14,820

(263.7)
(65.9)
64,572
3,503
16,145
(287.2)
(15.6)
(71.8)

Shear Load Based on


Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,085
(4.8)
1,930
(8.6)
3,025
(13.5)
4,360
(19.4)
5,925
(26.4)
7,740
(34.4)
9,800
(43.6)
12,100
(53.8)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
2,340
(10.4)
4,160
(18.5)
6,520
(29.0)
9,390
(41.8)
12,770
(56.8)
16,680
(74.2)
21,125
(94.0)
26,075
(116.0)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,870
(8.3)
3,330
(14.8)
5,220
(23.2)
6,385
(28.4)
8,685
(38.6)
11,345
(50.5)
14,365
(63.9)
17,730
(78.9)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind
or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 60 and 61.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind
or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be
used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall

(15.9)

(15.9)

(22.2)
(22.2)

9
(241.3)
12
(304.8)
12
(317.5)
15
(393.7)

6
(152.4)
6
(152.4)
8
(203.2)
8
(203.2)

1
(44.5)
1
(44.5)
1
(44.5)
1
(44.5)

Tension Load Based on


Tension Load Based on
Min.
Bond Strength
Steel Strength
End
f'c 2000 psi
A307
Dist.
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
(SAE 1018)
in.
Allowable
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
5
10,720
1,559
2,680
5,875
(127.0) (47.7)
(6.9)
(11.9)
(26.1)
5
16,150
260
4,040
5,875
(127.0) (71.8)
(1.2)
(18.0)
(26.1)
5
17,000
303
4,250
11,500
(127.0) (75.6)
(1.3)
(18.9)
(51.2)
5
23,340
762
5,835
11,500
(127.0) (103.8)
(3.4)
(26.0)
(51.2)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading
due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment
for temperature.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the
anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction,
the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

56

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Edge

W=

6"or 8"

En

Edge and end distances for


threaded rod in concrete
foundation stemwall corner
installation

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rod Dia. Drill Bit Embed. Stemwall Min.


in.
Dia.
Depth
Width
Edge
(mm)
in.
in.
in.
Dist.
(mm)
(mm)
in.
(mm)

ET Epoxy-Tie

Anchoring Adhesive

Rebar
Size
No.
(mm)

#4
(12.7)

#5
(15.9)

#6
(19.1)

#7
(22.2)

#8
(25.4)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

#9
(28.6)

#10
(31.8)

#11
(34.9)

#14
(44.5)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

4
(108)
6
(152)
5
(127)
9
(238)
6
(171)
11
(286)
7
(197)
13
(333)
9
(229)
12
(305)
15
(381)
9
(229)
13
(330)
16
(429)
11
(286)
15
(381)
18
(476)
12
(314)
16
(419)
20
(524)
15
(400)

6
(162)
9
(229)
7
(191)
14
(359)
10
(257)
16
(429)
11
(295)
19
(502)
13
(343)
18
(457)
22
(572)
13
(343)
19
(495)
25
(645)
16
(429)
22
(572)
28
(714)
18
(473)
24
(629)
31
(787)
23
(600)

17
(432)
24
(610)
20
(508)
37
(953)
27
(686)
45
(1143)
31
(787)
52
(1334)
36
(914)
48
(1219)
60
(1524)
36
(914)
52
(1321)
67
(1715)
45
(1143)
60
(1524)
75
(1905)
49
(1257)
66
(1676)
82
(2096)
63
(1600)

Tension Load Based


on Steel Strength

Tension Load Based on Bond Strength


f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
17,596
533
4,400
(78.3)
(2.4)
(19.6)

25,427
(113.1)

1,899
(8.4)

6,355
(28.3)

41,812
(186.0)

595
(2.6)

10,455
(46.5)

50,241
(223.5)

2,995
(13.3)

12,560
(55.9)

60,145
(267.5)

5,493
(24.4)

15,035
(66.9)

15,035
(66.9)

70,685
(314.4)

1,112
(4.9)

17,670
(78.6)

78,422
(348.8)

4,603
(20.5)

19,605
(87.2)

91,518
(407.1)

3,797
(16.9)

22,880
(101.8)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind or
seismic forces for only the shallowest embedment depths listed where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 60 and 61.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist
wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be
permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to
fire-exposure conditions.
7. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper
consideration is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
4,400

(19.6)
20,250
263
5,060
(90.1)
(1.2)
(22.5)
6,355

(28.3)
29,510
2,270
7,375
(131.3)
(10.1)
(32.8)
10,455

(46.5)
44,210
1,227
11,050
(196.7)
(5.5)
(49.2)
12,560

(55.9)
59,325
3,444
14,830
(263.9)
(15.3)
(66.0)
15,035

(66.9)
18,260

(81.2)
85,970
17,965
21,490
(382.4)
(79.9)
(95.6)
15,035

(66.9)
21,310

(94.8)
110,370
4,768
27,590
(491.0)
(21.2)
(122.7)
17,670

(78.6)
23,960

(106.6)
120,976
6,706
30,245
(538.1)
(29.8)
(134.5)
19,605

(87.2)
28,605

(127.2)
150,415
8,287
37,605
(669.1)
(36.9)
(167.3)
22,880

(101.8)

ASTM A615
Grade 60 Rebar
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

Epoxy Adhesives

Tension Loads for Rebar Dowels


in Normal-Weight Concrete

4,800
(21.4)

7,440
(33.1)

10,560
(47.0)

14,400
(64.1)

18,960
(84.3)

24,000
(106.8)

30,480
(135.6)

37,440
(166.5)

54,000
(240.2)

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

57

Anchoring Adhesive

Shear Loads for Rebar Dowels


in Normal-Weight Concrete
Rebar
Size
No.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

#4
(12.7)
#5
(15.9)
#6
(19.1)
#7
(22.2)
#8
(25.4)
#9
(28.7)
#10
(32.3)
#11
(35.8)
#14
(43.0)

4
(108)
5
(127)
6
(171)
7
(197)
9
(229)
10
(257)
11
(286)
12
(314)
12
(314)

8
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)
18
(457)
20
(508)
22
(559)
22
(559)

6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(257)
11
(295)
13
(343)
15
(387)
16
(429)
18
(473)
18
(473)

1
1
1
1
1
2

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance

Shear Load Based


on Steel Strength

f'c 2500 psi


(17.2 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev.
Allow.
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
13,564
971
3,390
(60.3)
(4.3)
(15.1)
20,914
3,034
5,230
(93.0)
(13.5)
(23.3)
30,148
1,322
7,535
(134.1)
(5.9)
(33.5)
39,838
1,854
9,960
(177.2)
(8.2)
(44.3)
53,090
3,562
13,270
(236.2)
(15.8)
(59.0)
63,818
3,671
15,955
(148.7)
(16.3)
(71.0)
82,782
2,245
20,695
(368.2)
(10.0)
(92.1)
96,056
3,671
24,015
(427.3)
(16.3)
(106.8)
24,015

(106.8)

ASTM A615
Grade 60 Rebar
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
3,060
(13.6)
4,740
(21.1)
6,730
(29.9)
9,180
(40.8)
12,085
(53.8)
15,300
(68.1)
19,430
(86.4)
23,865
(106.2)
34,425
(153.1)

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in 6 and 8-inch Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Rod Drill Embed.
Dia.
Bit Depth 8
in.
Dia.
in.
(mm) in.
(mm)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

58

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

(15.9)

(19.1)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

1. Allowable load must be the lesser


of the load based on concrete edge
distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on
concrete edge distance are based
on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads must be decreased by
12 percent for short-term loading due to
wind or seismic forces.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment
factors for spacing and edge
distance on pages 60 and 61.
5. Refer to in-service temperature
sensitivity chart for allowable
load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within
fire-resistive construction, provided the
anchors resist wind or seismic loads only.
For use in fire-resistive construction,
the anchors can also be permitted to
be used to resist gravity loads, provided
special consideration has been given
to fire-exposure conditions.

Figure 1

6 and 8-inch Grout-Filled CMU


Allowable Loads Based on CMU Strength

Tension
Shear
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Face Shell (See Figure 1)
12
4
14
6,489
1,300
5,231
1,045
(305)
(102)
(356)
(28.9)
(5.8)
(23.3)
(4.6)
3
(89)
12
12
14
7,247
1,450
6,738
1,350
(305)
(305)
(356)
(32.2)
(6.4)
(30.0)
(6.0)
12
4
17
8,646
1,730
5,705
1,140
(305)
(102)
(432)
(38.5)
(7.7)
(25.4)
(5.1)
4
(108)
12
12
17
8,975
1,795
10,879
2,175
(305)
(305)
(432)
(39.9)
(8.0)
(48.4)
(9.7)
12
4
19
10,213
2,045
5,973
1,195
(305)
(102)
(483)
(45.4)
(9.1)
(26.6)
(5.3)
4
(121)
12
12
19
11,290
2,260
13,027
2,605
(305)
(305)
(483)
(50.2)
(10.1)
(57.9)
(11.6)
6
4
24
4,905
980
4,766
955
4
(152)
(102)
(610)
(21.8)
(4.4)
(21.2)
(4.2)
(117)
12
4
27
11,976
2,395

(305)
(102)
(686)
(53.3)
(10.7)
6
(171)
12
12
27
19,141
3,830

(305)
(305)
(686)
(85.1)
(17.0)
Anchor Installed in Mortar T Joint (See Figure 2)
8
8
14
7,646
1,530
5,507
1,100
3
(203)
(203)
(356)
(34.0)
(6.8)
(24.5)
(4.9)
(89)
8
8
17
9,529
1,905
8,003
1,600
4
(203)
(203)
(432)
(42.4)
(8.5)
(35.6)
(7.1)
(108)
8
8
19
9,955
1,990
9,529
1,905
4
(203)
(203)
(483)
(44.3)
(8.9)
(42.4)
(8.5)
(121)
16
8
27
7,238
1,450
6

(406)
(203)
(686)
(32.2)
(6.4)
(171)
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening (Top of Wall) (See Figure 3)
6
4
24
6,721
1,345
4,833
965
4
(152)
(102)
(610)
(29.9)
(6.0)
(21.5)
(4.3)
(117)
6
4
24
1,345
965
4

(152)
(102)
(610)
(6.0)
(4.3)
(117)

Allowable
anchor
placement in
grouted CMU
face shell

Figure 2

Anchor placement
in grouted CMU
mortar T joint
Edge

Figure 3
End

Anchor installed in cell


opening (top of wall)

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


2. Values for 6 and 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type IIconcrete
masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90.
The masonry units must be fully grouted with grout complying
with UBC Section 2103.4, or IBC Section 2103.12. Mortar is
prepared in accordance with Section 2103.3 of the UBC and UBC
Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8. The minimum specified
compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
3. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the
concrete masonry unit for installations through a face shell.
4. Allowable loads may not be increased for shortterm loading due to wind or seismic forces.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for
allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety
factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. For
installations under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0
(multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
7. Anchors must be spaced a minimum distance
of four times the anchor embedment.
8. For embedment depths of 6", 8-inch-wide normalweight grout-filled CMU block must be used.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Epoxy Adhesives

ET Epoxy-Tie

ET Epoxy-Tie

Anchoring Adhesive

Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(12.7)

(19.1)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Min.
Edge Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
End Dist.
in.
(mm)

Figure 1

6 and 8-inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads


Based on CMU Strength

4"

Tension
Shear
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Face Shell w/ETS Screen Tube (See Figure 1)
3
4
1,400
280
1,326
265
4
(76.2)
(101.6)
(6.2)
(1.2)
(5.9)
(1.2)
(117.5)
3
4
280
265
4

(76.2)
(101.6)
(1.2)
(1.2)
(117.5)

Placement in
Hollow CMU

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


*See page 10 for explanation
2. Values for 6 and 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II concrete masonry units
of the load table icons
conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90. Mortar is prepared in accordance
with Section 2103.3 of theUBC and UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8.
The minimumspecified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
3. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit for installations through a face shell.
4. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. For installations
under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
7. Anchors must be spaced a minimum distance of four times the anchor embedment.
8. Set drill to rotation-only mode when drilling into hollow CMU.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(19.1)

(19.1)

(15.9)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Min.
Edge/End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
Vertical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
Horiz.
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Configuration A
(Shear)

Tension and Shear Loads for Installations in Unreinforced Brick


Masonry Walls Minimum URM Wall Thickness is 13" (3 wythes thick)
Tension Load Based
on URM Strength

Shear Load Based


on URM Strength

Minimum Net Mortar


Strength = 50 psi

Minimum Net Mortar


Strength = 50 psi

Allowable lbs. (kN)

Allowable lbs. (kN)

Configuration A (Simpson ETS or ETSP Screen Tube Required)


8
24
18
18

(203)
(610)
(457)
(457)
Configuration B (Simpson ETS or ETSP Screen Tube Required)
13
16
18
24
1,200
(330)
(406)
(457)
(610)
(5.3)
Configuration C (Simpson ETS Screen Tube and AST Steel Sleeve Required)
24
18
18
1,200
**
(610)
(457)
(457)
(5.3)

4"

Epoxy Adhesives

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in


Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU

Configuration B
(Tension & Shear)

1,000
(4.4)
1,000
(4.4)

Configuration C
(Tension & Shear)

750
(3.3)

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


*See page 10 for explanation
2. All holes are drilled with a 1" diameter carbide-tipped drill bit
of the load table icons
with the drill set in the rotation-only mode.
3. The unreinforced brick walls must have a minimum thickness
of 13 inches (three wythes of brick).
4. The allowable load is applicable only where in-place shear tests indicate minimum net mortar strength of 50 psi.
5. The allowable load for Configuration B and C anchors subjected to a combined tension and shear load
is determined by assuming a straight-line relationship between allowable tension and shear.
6. The anchors installed in unreinforced brick walls are limited to resisting seismic or wind forces only.
7. Configuration A has a straight threaded rod or rebar embedded 8 inches into the wall with a " diameter by
8-inch long screen tube (part # ETS758 or ETS758P). This configuration is designed to resist shear loads only.
8. Configuration B has a " threaded rod bent and installed at a 22.5-degree angle and installed 13 inches into the wall,
to within 1-inch (maximum) of the exterior wall surface. This configuration is designed to resist tension and shear loads.
The pre-bent threaded rod is installed with a " diameter by 13-inch long screen tube (part # ETS7513 or ETS7513P).
9. Configuration C is designed to resist tension and shear forces. It consists of a " diameter, ASTM A 307 threaded rod
and an 8" long sleeve (part # AST800) and a " diameter by 8-inch long screen tube (part # ETS758). The steel sleeve
has a plastic plug in one end. A 6" by 6" by " thick ASTM A 36 steel plate is located on the back face of the wall.
10. Special inspection requirements are determined by local jurisdiction and must be confirmed by the local building official.
11. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.

Installation Instructions for


Configuration C:
1. Drill hole perpendicular to the wall to a
depth of 8" with a 1" diameter carbidetipped drill bit (rotation only mode).
2. Clean hole with oil-free compressed
air and a nylon brush.
3. Fill 8" steel screen tube with mixed
adhesive and insert into hole.
4. Insert steel sleeve slowly into screen
tube (adhesive will displace).
5. Allow adhesive to cure (see cure
schedule).
6. Drill through plastic plug in (inside)
end of steel sleeve with " bit.
7. Drill completely through the wall with
" carbide tipped concrete drill bit
(rotation mode only).
8. Insert " rod through hole and attach
metal plate and nut.

59

Epoxy Adhesives

ET Technical Information
Load-Adjustment Factors for ET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight
Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values or allowable Shear Load Based
on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32

Dia.

Rebar
E
3
Ccr
5
Cmin
1
fcmin
0.50
0.50
0.64
0.68
0.82
0.96
1.00

#4

4
6
1
0.50
0.50
0.61
0.64
0.74
0.85
0.96
1.00

#5

6
9
1
0.59
0.59
0.65
0.66
0.72
0.77
0.83
0.89
0.94
1.00

5
7
1
0.50
0.50
0.59
0.61
0.70
0.78
0.87
0.96
1.00

#6

9
14
1
0.64
0.64
0.67
0.68
0.71
0.73
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.94
1.00

6
10
1
0.50
0.50
0.56
0.57
0.63
0.69
0.75
0.81
0.87
0.93
0.99
1.00

1
#7

11
16
1
0.57
0.57
0.60
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.86
0.92
0.98
1.00

7
11
1
0.50
0.50
0.55
0.56
0.61
0.66
0.72
0.77
0.82
0.87
0.92
1.00

#8
13
19
1
0.52
0.52
0.55
0.55
0.58
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.74
0.79
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00

9
13
1
0.50
0.50
0.54
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.68
0.72
0.77
0.81
0.85
0.94
1.00

1
#10
11 18
16 28
2
2
0.58 0.51

#11
12 20
18 31
2
2
0.58 0.51

#14
15
23
2
0.58

0.58
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.68
0.71
0.74
0.77
0.80
0.86
0.91
0.97
1.00

0.58
0.59
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.69
0.72
0.75
0.77
0.82
0.88
0.93
0.98
1.00

0.58
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.65
0.67
0.69
0.71
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.93
0.97
1.00

#9
15
22
1
0.47
0.47
0.50
0.50
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.66
0.68
0.73
0.78
0.83
0.89
0.94
0.99
1.00

9
13
2
0.50

16
25
2
0.47

10
15
2
0.58

0.50
0.51
0.56
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.74
0.79
0.84
0.93
1.00

0.47
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.57
0.59
0.62
0.64
0.69
0.73
0.78
0.83
0.87
0.92
0.97
1.00

0.58
0.59
0.62
0.66
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.89
0.96
1.00

0.51
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.65
0.69
0.73
0.77
0.80
0.84
0.88
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.51
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.67
0.71
0.74
0.77
0.81
0.84
0.88
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.00

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


Dia.

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
22

60

Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

3
5
1
0.29
0.29
0.49
0.54
0.75
0.95
1.00

4
6
1
0.20
0.20
0.37
0.42
0.59
0.76
0.94
1.00

#4
4
8
1
0.16
0.16
0.29
0.33
0.46
0.60
0.73
0.87
1.00

5
7
1
0.13
0.13
0.28
0.32
0.47
0.62
0.77
0.92
1.00

#5
5
10
1
0.10
0.10
0.21
0.24
0.35
0.45
0.56
0.67
0.78
0.89
1.00

6
10
1
0.13
0.13
0.23
0.26
0.36
0.47
0.57
0.68
0.78
0.88
0.99
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).

#6
6
12
1
0.10
0.10
0.19
0.21
0.30
0.39
0.47
0.56
0.65
0.74
0.82
0.91
1.00

7
11
1
0.13
0.13
0.22
0.24
0.33
0.42
0.50
0.59
0.68
0.77
0.86
0.94
1.00

1
#7
7
14
1
0.09
0.09
0.16
0.18
0.26
0.33
0.41
0.48
0.55
0.63
0.70
0.78
0.85
0.93
1.00

9
13
1
0.08
0.08
0.16
0.18
0.26
0.33
0.41
0.49
0.57
0.65
0.73
0.80
0.88
0.96
1.00

#8
9
16
1
0.08
0.08
0.14
0.16
0.23
0.29
0.35
0.42
0.48
0.55
0.61
0.68
0.74
0.81
0.87
0.94
1.00

#9
10
18
2
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.16
0.22
0.28
0.34
0.40
0.46
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
1.00

10
15
2
0.14

11
16
2
0.14

0.14
0.16
0.23
0.29
0.36
0.43
0.50
0.57
0.64
0.71
0.78
0.85
0.91
0.98
1.00

0.14
0.16
0.22
0.28
0.34
0.40
0.46
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.89
0.95
1.00

#10
11
20
2
0.14

#11
12
22
2
0.14

#14
12
22
2
0.14

0.14
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00

0.14
0.15
0.20
0.24
0.29
0.33
0.37
0.42
0.46
0.51
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.69
0.73
0.82
0.91
1.00

0.14
0.15
0.20
0.24
0.29
0.33
0.37
0.42
0.46
0.51
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.69
0.73
0.82
0.91
1.00

5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.


6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

See notes below.

ET Technical Information

How to use these charts:


1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values or allowable Shear Load Based
on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Spacing Tension (fs)


Dia.

Rebar
3
Sact E
(in.) Scr
14
Smin
1
fsmin
0.89
0.89
1
2
0.89
4
0.91
6
0.93
8
0.95
10
0.96
12
0.98
14
1.00
16
18
20
24
28
32
36
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
82

Epoxy Adhesives

Load-Adjustment Factors for ET Epoxy-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight


Concrete: Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads

#4

#5

4
17
2
0.89

6
24
3
0.89

5
20
2
0.89

0.90
0.92
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.98
0.99
1.00

0.90
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
1.00

0.90
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

#6

9
37
4
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

6
27
3
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

1
#7

11
45
5
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

7
31
3
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

#8
13
52
6
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

9
36
4
0.89

0.90
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

10
40
5
0.89

#10
11 18
45
75
5
9
0.89 0.89

#9
15
60
7
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

9
36
4
0.89

0.90
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

16
67
8
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

0.89
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

0.89
0.89
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

#11
12 20
49 82
6 10
0.89 0.89

#14
15
63
7
0.89

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

0.89
0.89
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.91
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

0.89
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

See Notes Below

Spacing Shear (fs)

Sact
(in.)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

3
5
1
0.83
0.83
0.84
0.89
0.94
0.99
1.00

#4
4
6
2
0.83

#5
5
7
2
0.83

#6
6
10
3
0.83

#7
7
11
3
0.83

0.87
0.91
0.95
0.99
1.00

0.85
0.88
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.00

0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.96
1.00

1
#8
9
13
4
0.83

0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.93
0.97
1.00

1
#9
10
15
5
0.83

0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.00

1
#10
11
16
5
0.83

0.84
0.85
0.87
0.88
0.90
0.93
0.96
0.99
1.00

#11
12
18
6
0.83

0.84
0.85
0.87
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.96
0.99
1.00

#14
12
18
6
0.83

0.84
0.85
0.87
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.96
0.99
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors
are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load
(inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced
load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at
actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at
critical spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at
minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

61

Epoxy Adhesives

EDOT General Purpose Epoxy-Tie

Anchoring Adhesive

EDOT Expoxy-Tie adhesive is formulated to provide an economical and


high-strength solution for transportation projects.* It is a two component,
high-solids epoxy-based system that is a non-shrink anchor grouting material.
Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the static
mixing nozzle. EDOT meets the requirements of ASTM C-881 and AASHTO
M235 specifications for Type I, II, IV and V, Grade 3, Class C.
*Visit www.simpsonanchors.com for specific state DOT approvals.
USES: Threaded rod anchoring
Rebar doweling
Bonding hardened concrete to hardened concrete
Pick-proof sealant around doors, windows and fixtures
Paste-over for crack injection
APPLICATION: Surfaces to receive epoxy must be clean. The base material
temperature must be 40F or above at the time of installation. For best results,,
material should be 70F80F at the time of application. Cartridges should
not be immersed in water to facilitate warming. To warm cold material,
the cartridges should be stored in warm, uniformly heated area or storage
container for a sufficient time to allow epoxy to warm completely. Mixed
material in nozzle can harden in 5-7 minutes at a temperature of 40F or above.

EMN22i
EDOT

EDT22B

- IMPORTANT SEE Pages 3132


FOR INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS

INSTALLATION: See pages 3132. For installations in damp holes, see


page 15 for details.
SHELF LIFE: 24 months from date of manufacture in unopened container.
STORAGE CONDITIONS: For best results, store between 45F90F. To store
partially used cartridges, leave hardened nozzle in place. To re-use, attach new
nozzle.
COLOR: Resin white, hardener brown
When properly mixed, EDOT adhesive will be a uniform and consistent tan color.
CLEAN UP: Uncured material Wipe up with cotton cloths. If desired, scrub
area with abrasive, waterbased cleaner and flush with water. If approved,
solvents such as ketones (MEK, acetone, etc.), lacquer thinner, or adhesive
remover can be used. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN ADHESIVE FROM
SKIN. Take appropriate precautions when handling flammable solvents. Solvents
may damage surfaces to which they are applied. Cured material Chip or grind
off surface.

PROPERTY
TEST METHOD
Consistency (77F)
ASTM C-881
Heat deflection
ASTM D-648
Bond strength (moist cure) ASTM C-882
Water absorption
Compressive yield strength
Compressive modulus
Gel time

ASTM D-570
ASTM D-695
ASTM D-695
ASTM C-881

RESULTS
Non-sag/ thixotropic paste
129F (54C)
3054 psi (2 days)
3425 psi (14 days)
0.04% (24 hours)
10,053 psi (7 days)
393,000 psi (7 days)
46 min. @ 73 F (23C)
32 min. @ 90 F (32C)

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Very good to excellent against distilled water, dilute


inorganic acids and alkalis. Fair to good against organic acids and alkalis, and
many organic solvents. Poor against ketones. For more detailed information
visit our website or contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS: Anchoring adhesives shall be a twocomponent high solids epoxy based system supplied in manufacturers
standard side-by-side cartridge and dispensed through a static mixing nozzle
supplied by the manufacturer. Epoxy shall meet the minimum requirements
of ASTM C881 and AASHTO M235 specification for Type I, II, IV, and V,
Grade 3, Class C, and must develop a minimum 10,000 psi compressive yield
strength after 7 day cure. Epoxy must have a heat deflection temperature
of a minimum 125F (52C). Adhesive shall be EDOT Epoxy-Tie adhesive
from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA. Anchors shall be installed
per Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for EDOT Epoxy-Tie adhesive.
62

ACCESSORIES: See pages 8792 for information on dispensing tools, mixing


nozzles and other accessories.

EDOT22

EDOT Package Systems


Model No.
EDOT22

Capacity
Package Carton
Dispensing
Mixing
(cubic
Type
Quantity
Tool(s)
Nozzle
inches)
22 ounces Cartridge,
EDT22B, EDT22AP,
10
EMN22i
(39.7) Side-by-side
EDT22CKT

EDOT56

56 ounces Cartridge,
(101.1) Side-by-side

EDT56AP

EMN22i or
EMN50

EDOT1KT

1 gallon kit (2) 1/2 gal


(231)
pails

1 kit

Metering pump

EMN37A

EDOT10KT

10 gallon (2) 5 gallon


kit (2,310)
pails

1 kit

Metering pump

EMN37A

EDOT100KT

100 gallon (2) 50 gallon


1 kit
kit (23,100) drums

Metering pump

EMN37A

1. Cartridge and bulk Estimation Guides


are available on pages 6366.
2. Detailed information on dispensing
tools, mixing nozzles and other
adhesive accessories is available on
pages 8792.

3. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing


nozzle in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie
instructions. Modification or improper use of
mixing nozzle may impair epoxy performance.
4. Metering pumps offered by third-party
manufacturers.

Cure Schedule

In-Service Temperature
Sensitivity

Pot Life for 1


gallon mixed

Base Material
Temperature Cure
Time
F
C

Base Material Percent of


Temperature Allowable
load
F
C

Pot
Adhesive
Temperature Life
time
F
C (min)
60
16
60

40

72 hrs

40

100%

60

16

24 hrs

70

21

100%

70

21

35

80

27

24 hrs

110

43

100%

80

27

25

100

38

24 hrs

135

57

85%

90

32

15

100

38

10

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

TEST CRITERIA: Anchors installed with EDOT Epoxy-Tie adhesive have


been tested in accordance with ASTM E488, ASTM E1512 and ICC-ES's
Acceptance Criteria for Adhesive Anchors (AC58) for the following:
Tension and shear loading
Long-term creep at elevated temperature
Damp holes

EDOT56

EPOXY-TIE Estimating Guides


THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL
HOLE DEPTH (inches)

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/4

7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 3/8

67
42
49
31
24
14
19
12
16
10
13
8
12
7
10

45
28
32
20
16
9
13
8
11
6
9
6
8
5
7

34
21
24
15
12
7
10
6
8
5
7
4
6
4
5

27
17
19
12
10
5
8
5
6
4
5
3
5
3
4

22
14
16
10
8
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
4
2.5
3

19
12
14
9
7
4
6
3
5
3
4
2.4
3
2.1
3

17
11
12
8
6
3
5
3
4
2.4
3
2.1
3
1.9
3

15
9
11
7
5
3
4
3
4
2.2
3
1.9
3
1.6
2.3

13
8
10
6
5
3
4
2.3
3
1.9
3
1.7
2.3
1.5
2.1

12
8
9
6
4
2.5
4
2.1
3
1.8
2.4
1.5
2.1
1.3
1.9

11
7
8
5
4
2.3
3
1.9
3
1.6
2.2
1.4
1.9
1.2
1.7

10
7
7
5
4
2.1
3
1.8
2.5
1.5
2.1
1.3
1.8
1.1
1.6

10
6
7
4
3
2.0
3
1.7
2.3
1.4
1.9
1.2
1.6
1.1
1.5

9
6
6
4
3
1.8
3
1.5
2.2
1.3
1.8
1.1
1.5
1.0
1.4

8
5
6
4
3
1.7
2.4
1.4
2.0
1.2
1.7
1.1
1.4
0.9
1.3

8
5
6
4
3
1.6
2.3
1.4
1.9
1.1
1.6
1.0
1.4
0.9
1.2

7
5
5
3
3
1.5
2.1
1.3
1.8
1.1
1.5
0.9
1.3
0.8
1.2

7
4
5
3
3
1.4
2.0
1.2
1.7
1.0
1.4
0.9
1.2
0.8
1.1

1 1/4

1 1/2

2.2

1.9

1.7

1.5

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.8

0.7

0.7

7
4
5
3
2.4
1.4
1.9
1.2
1.6
1.0
1.3
0.8
1.2
0.7
1.0
0.7

14
13
7
11
6
5
2.3
4
1.9
3
1.6
3
1.5
2.4
1.3
1.3
0.6
1.2
0.6

15
12
7
10
5
4
2.1
3
1.8
3
1.5
3
1.4
2.3
1.2
1.2
0.6
1.2
0.6

16
11
6
9
5
4
2.0
3
1.7
3
1.4
2.4
1.3
2.1
1.2
1.1
0.6
1.1
0.5

17
11
6
9
5
4
1.9
3
1.6
3
1.4
2.2
1.2
2.0
1.1
1.1
0.5
1.0
0.5

18
10
6
8
4
4
1.8
3
1.5
2.4
1.3
2.1
1.2
1.9
1.0
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5

19
9
5
8
4
3
1.7
3
1.4
2.3
1.2
2.0
1.1
1.8
1.0
0.9
0.5
0.9
0.4

20
9
5
7
4
3
1.6
3
1.3
2.2
1.1
1.9
1.0
1.7
0.9
0.9
0.4
0.9
0.4

16

17

18

19

20

21

1.0

1.0

0.9

0.9

0.8

Epoxy Adhesives

Estimating Guide for 8.5 oz. Cartridge using Threaded Rod - Installations per Cartridge

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Estimating Guide for 8.5 oz. Cartridge using Rebar - Installations per Cartridge
Rebar
Size
(no.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11

7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 5/8
1 7/8

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
90
50
74
39
32
16
25
13
22
11
19
10
17
9
9
4
9
4

3
60
34
49
26
21
11
17
9
15
8
13
7
11
6
6
3
6
3

4
45
25
37
20
16
8
13
7
11
6
9
5
8
5
5
2.2
4
2.1

5
36
20
30
16
13
6
10
5
9
5
8
4
7
4
4
1.8
3
1.7

6
30
17
25
13
11
5
8
4
7
4
6
3
6
3
3
1.5
3
1.4

7
26
14
21
11
9
5
7
4
6
3
5
3
5
3
3
1.3
2.5
1.2

8
22
13
18
10
8
4
6
3
6
3
5
3
4
2.3
2.3
1.1
2.2
1.1

9
20
11
16
9
7
4
6
3
5
3
4
2.3
4
2.1
2.0
1.0
1.9
0.9

10
18
10
15
8
6
3
5
3
4
2.3
4
2.1
3
1.9
1.8
0.9
1.7
0.9

11
16
9
13
7
6
3
5
2.5
4
2.1
3
1.9
3
1.7
1.6
0.8
1.6
0.8

12
15
8
12
7
5
3
4
2.2
4
1.9
3
1.7
3
1.6
1.5
0.7
1.4
0.7

13
14
8
11
6
5
2.4
4
2.1
3
1.8
3
1.6
3
1.4
1.4
0.7
1.3
0.7

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 8.5 oz. Cartridge and Steel Screen Tubes - Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

9/16
11/16
7/8
1

3 1/2
19
12
7
5

4
17
10
6
4

5
13
8
5
4

6
11
7
4
3

7
9
6
3
3

8
8
5
3
2.2

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
7
7
5
4
3
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.2

1.1

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

SET1.7KT & SET1.7KTA are not suitable


for screen tube installations.

Estimating Guide for 8.5 oz Cartridge and Plastic Screen Tubes - Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

9/16
11/16
7/8
1

3 1/2
22
11
8
6

4
19
10
7
5

5
16
8
5
4

6
13
7
5
3

7
11
6
4
3

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

8
10
5
3
3

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
9
8
4
4
3
3
2.5
2.3
2.1
2.2
2.0
1.8
1.7
1.5
1.4
1.3

16

17

18

19

20

21

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.1

1.0

1.0
63

Epoxy Adhesives

EPOXY-TIE Estimating Guides


Estimating Guide for 22 oz. SET-XP Cartridge using IXP Anchor - Installations per Cartridge
Anchor Dia. (in.)

Drill Bit Dia. (in.)

Hole Depth (in.)

Install. Per Cartridge

57

27

15

Tables are estimations.


Actual usage may vary
depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 22 oz. Cartridge using Threaded Rod Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
174
110
126
80
62
36
50
30
42
25
35
22
30
19
27
17

3
116
73
84
53
42
24
33
20
28
17
23
15
20
13
18
12

4
87
55
63
40
31
18
25
15
21
13
17
11
15
10
13
9

5
70
44
51
32
25
14
20
12
17
10
14
9
12
8
11
7

6
58
37
42
27
21
12
17
10
14
8
12
7
10
6
9
6

7
50
31
36
23
18
10
14
9
12
7
10
6
9
5
8
5

8
43
27
32
20
16
9
13
8
11
6
9
5
7
5
7
4

9
39
24
28
18
14
8
11
7
9
6
8
5
7
4
6
4

10
35
22
25
16
12
7
10
6
8
5
7
4
6
4
5
3

11
32
20
23
14
11
6
9
5
8
5
6
4
5
3
5
3

12
29
18
21
13
10
6
8
5
7
4
6
4
5
3
4
3

13
27
17
19
12
10
5
8
5
6
4
5
3
5
3
4
3

14
25
16
18
11
9
5
7
4
6
4
5
3
4
3
4
2

15
23
15
17
11
8
5
7
4
6
3
5
3
4
3
4
2

16
22
14
16
10
8
4
6
4
5
3
4
3
4
2
3
2

17
20
13
15
9
7
4
6
4
5
3
4
3
4
2
3
2

18
19
12
14
9
7
4
6
3
5
3
4
2
3
2
3
2

19
18
12
13
8
7
4
5
3
4
3
4
2
3
2
3
2

20
17
11
13
8
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
3
2

Tables are estimations.


Actual usage may vary
depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 22 oz. Cartridge using Rebar Installations per Cartridge
Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
233
131
192
102
82
41
65
35
57
30
49
27
44
24
23
12
22
11

3
155
87
128
68
55
27
44
23
38
20
33
18
29
16
16
8
15
7

4
116
65
96
51
41
21
33
17
29
15
25
13
22
12
12
6
11
6

5
93
52
77
41
33
16
26
14
23
12
20
11
18
10
9
5
9
4

6
78
44
64
34
27
14
22
12
19
10
16
9
15
8
8
4
7
4

7
67
37
55
29
23
12
19
10
16
9
14
8
13
7
7
3
6
3

8
58
33
48
25
20
10
16
9
14
7
12
7
11
6
6
3
6
3

9
52
29
43
23
18
9
15
8
13
7
11
6
10
5
5
3
5
2

10
47
26
38
20
16
8
13
7
11
6
10
5
9
5
5
2
4
2

11
42
24
35
18
15
7
12
6
10
5
9
5
8
4
4
2
4
2

12
39
22
32
17
14
7
11
6
10
5
8
4
7
4
4
2
4
2

13
36
20
30
16
13
6
10
5
9
5
8
4
7
4
4
2
3
2

14
33
19
27
15
12
6
9
5
8
4
7
4
6
3
3
2
3
2

15
31
17
26
14
11
5
9
5
8
4
7
4
6
3
3
2
3
1

16
29
16
24
13
10
5
8
4
7
4
6
3
6
3
3
1
3
1

17
27
15
23
12
10
5
8
4
7
4
6
3
5
3
3
1
3
1

18
26
15
21
11
9
5
7
4
6
3
5
3
5
3
3
1
2
1

19
25
14
20
11
9
4
7
4
6
3
5
3
5
3
2
1
2
1

20
23
13
19
10
8
4
7
3
6
3
5
3
4
2
2
1
2
1

Tables are estimations.


Actual usage may vary
depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 22 oz. Cartridge and Steel Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
49
31
18
13

4
43
27
15
11

5
34
22
12
9

6
29
18
10
8

7
25
16
9
7

8
21
14
8
6

9
19
12
7
5

10
17
11
6
5

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

6
4

5
4

5
4

SET1.7KT & SET1.7KTA are not suitable for screen tube installations.

Estimating Guide for 22 oz. Cartridge and Plastic Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge

64

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
57
30
20
15

4
50
26
18
13

5
40
21
14
10

6
34
17
12
9

7
29
15
10
7

8
25
13
9
6

9
22
12
8
6

10
20
10
7
5

Tables are estimations.


Actual usage may vary
depending on waste.

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

6
5

6
4

5
4

Tables are estimations.


Actual usage may vary
depending on waste.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rebar
Size
(no.)

EPOXY-TIE Estimating Guides


Estimating Guide for 56 oz. Cartridge using Threaded Rod Installations per Cartridge
Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
443
279
322
203
159
91
127
76
107
64
88
56
76
49
69
44

3
295
186
215
135
106
60
85
51
72
43
59
37
51
33
46
30

4
221
140
161
101
79
45
64
38
54
32
44
28
38
24
34
22

5
177
112
129
81
64
36
51
31
43
26
35
22
30
20
27
18

6
148
93
107
68
53
30
42
25
36
21
29
19
25
16
23
15

7
127
80
92
58
45
26
36
22
31
18
25
16
22
14
20
13

8
111
70
80
51
40
23
32
19
27
16
22
14
19
12
17
11

9
98
62
72
45
35
20
28
17
24
14
20
12
17
11
15
10

10
89
56
64
41
32
18
25
15
21
13
18
11
15
10
14
9

11
81
51
59
37
29
16
23
14
20
12
16
10
14
9
12
8

12
74
47
54
34
26
15
21
13
18
11
15
9
13
8
11
7

13
68
43
50
31
24
14
20
12
17
10
14
9
12
8
11
7

14
63
40
46
29
23
13
18
11
15
9
13
8
11
7
10
6

15
59
37
43
27
21
12
17
10
14
9
12
7
10
7
9
6

16
55
35
40
25
20
11
16
10
13
8
11
7
10
6
9
6

17
52
33
38
24
19
11
15
9
13
8
10
7
9
6
8
5

18
49
31
36
23
18
10
14
8
12
7
10
6
8
5
8
5

19
47
29
34
21
17
10
13
8
11
7
9
6
8
5
7
5

20
44
28
32
20
16
9
13
8
11
6
9
6
8
5
7
4

14
85
47
70
37
30
15
24
13
21
11
18
10
16
9
9
4
8
4

15
79
44
65
34
28
14
22
12
19
10
17
9
15
8
8
4
8
4

16
74
42
61
32
26
13
21
11
18
9
16
9
14
8
7
4
7
4

17
70
39
57
30
25
12
20
10
17
9
15
8
13
7
7
3
7
3

18
66
37
54
29
23
12
19
10
16
8
14
8
12
7
7
3
6
3

19
62
35
51
27
22
11
18
9
15
8
13
7
12
7
6
3
6
3

20
59
33
49
26
21
10
17
9
15
8
12
7
11
6
6
3
6
3

17

18

19

20

21

Epoxy Adhesives

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Estimating Guide for 56 oz. Cartridge using Rebar Installations per Cartridge
Rebar
Size
(no.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
593
332
489
259
208
105
167
89
145
76
125
68
112
62
60
29
57
28

3
395
222
326
172
139
70
111
59
97
51
83
46
75
41
40
20
38
19

4
296
166
244
129
104
52
83
45
73
38
62
34
56
31
30
15
29
14

5
237
133
195
103
83
42
67
36
58
30
50
27
45
25
24
12
23
11

6
198
111
163
86
69
35
56
30
48
25
42
23
37
21
20
10
19
9

7
169
95
140
74
60
30
48
25
42
22
36
20
32
18
17
8
16
8

8
148
83
122
65
52
26
42
22
36
19
31
17
28
15
15
7
14
7

9
132
74
109
57
46
23
37
20
32
17
28
15
25
14
13
7
13
6

10
119
66
98
52
42
21
33
18
29
15
25
14
22
12
12
6
11
6

11
108
60
89
47
38
19
30
16
26
14
23
12
20
11
11
5
10
5

12
99
55
81
43
35
17
28
15
24
13
21
11
19
10
10
5
10
5

13
91
51
75
40
32
16
26
14
22
12
19
11
17
10
9
5
9
4

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 56 oz. Cartridge and Steel Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
125
79
45
33

4
109
69
39
29

5
87
55
31
23

6
73
46
26
19

7
62
39
22
17

8
55
35
20
15

9
49
31
17
13

10
44
28
16
12

11

12

13

14

15

16

14
11

13
10

12
9

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

SET1.7KT & SET1.7KTA are not


suitable for screen tube installations.

Estimating Guide for 56 oz. Cartridge and Plastic Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
146
76
52
38

4
128
66
45
33

5
102
53
36
26

6
85
44
30
22

7
73
38
26
19

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

8
64
33
23
17

9
57
30
20
15

10
51
27
18
13

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

17
12

15
11

14
10

65

EPOXY-TIE Estimating Guides


Epoxy Adhesives

Estimating Guide for 1 Gallon (128 oz.) System using Threaded Rod Installations per Gallon
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
1012
638
735
464
363
207
291
175
245
146
202
127
174
112
157
101

3
675
425
490
309
242
138
194
116
163
98
135
85
116
75
105
68

4
506
319
368
232
181
104
146
87
123
73
101
64
87
56
78
51

5
405
255
294
186
145
83
116
70
98
59
81
51
70
45
63
41

6
337
213
245
155
121
69
97
58
82
49
67
42
58
37
52
34

7
289
182
210
133
104
59
83
50
70
42
58
36
50
32
45
29

8
253
160
184
116
91
52
73
44
61
37
50
32
43
28
39
25

9
225
142
163
103
81
46
65
39
54
33
45
28
39
25
35
23

10
202
128
147
93
73
41
58
35
49
29
40
25
35
22
31
20

11
184
116
134
84
66
38
53
32
45
27
37
23
32
20
29
18

12
169
106
123
77
60
35
49
29
41
24
34
21
29
19
26
17

13
156
98
113
71
56
32
45
27
38
23
31
20
27
17
24
16

14
145
91
105
66
52
30
42
25
35
21
29
18
25
16
22
14

15
135
85
98
62
48
28
39
23
33
20
27
17
23
15
21
14

16
126
80
92
58
45
26
36
22
31
18
25
16
22
14
20
13

17
119
75
86
55
43
24
34
21
29
17
24
15
20
13
18
12

18
112
71
82
52
40
23
32
19
27
16
22
14
19
12
17
11

19
107
67
77
49
38
22
31
18
26
15
21
13
18
12
17
11

20
101
64
74
46
36
21
29
17
25
15
20
13
17
11
16
10

14
193
108
159
84
68
34
54
29
47
25
41
22
37
20
19
10
19
9

15
181
101
149
79
63
32
51
27
44
23
38
21
34
19
18
9
17
9

16
169
95
140
74
60
30
48
25
42
22
36
20
32
18
17
8
16
8

17
159
89
131
70
56
28
45
24
39
20
34
18
30
17
16
8
15
8

18
150
84
124
66
53
27
42
23
37
19
32
17
29
16
15
7
15
7

19
143
80
117
62
50
25
40
21
35
18
30
16
27
15
14
7
14
7

20
135
76
112
59
48
24
38
20
33
17
29
16
26
14
14
7
13
6

18

19

20

21

15

14

13

13

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 1 Gallon (128 oz.) System using Rebar Installations per Gallon
Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
1354
759
1116
591
476
240
381
204
332
173
285
156
257
141
136
67
131
64

3
903
506
744
394
317
160
254
136
222
116
190
104
171
94
91
45
87
43

4
677
380
558
296
238
120
191
102
166
87
143
78
128
71
68
34
65
32

5
542
304
446
236
190
96
152
81
133
69
114
63
103
56
54
27
52
26

6
451
253
372
197
159
80
127
68
111
58
95
52
86
47
45
22
44
21

7
387
217
319
169
136
68
109
58
95
50
82
45
73
40
39
19
37
18

8
339
190
279
148
119
60
95
51
83
43
71
39
64
35
34
17
33
16

9
301
169
248
131
106
53
85
45
74
39
63
35
57
31
30
15
29
14

10
271
152
223
118
95
48
76
41
66
35
57
31
51
28
27
13
26
13

11
246
138
203
107
87
44
69
37
60
32
52
28
47
26
25
12
24
12

12
226
127
186
99
79
40
64
34
55
29
48
26
43
24
23
11
22
11

13
208
117
172
91
73
37
59
31
51
27
44
24
39
22
21
10
20
10

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 1 Gallon (128 oz.) System using Steel Screen Tubes Installations per Gallon
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
285
180
102
76

4
250
158
89
66

5
200
126
71
53

6
167
105
60
44

7
143
90
51
38

8
125
79
45
33

9
111
70
40
29

10
100
63
36
27

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

32
24

30
22

27
20

19

18

17

16

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

SET1.7KT & SET1.7KTA are not


suitable for screen tube installations.

Estimating Guide for 1 Gallon (128 oz.) System using Plastic Screen Tubes Installations per Gallon

66

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
334
173
119
86

4
293
152
104
76

5
234
121
83
60

6
195
101
69
50

7
167
87
59
43

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

8
146
76
52
38

9
130
67
46
34

10
117
61
41
30

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

38
27

35
25

32
23

22

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rebar
Size
(no.)

ACRYLIC-TIE ADHESIVE

THE ONLY ONE...


Constant Viscosity:
Dispenses easily at
almost any temperature,
even below freezing
without the need to
warm the cartridge
Fast Cure:
Even in the coldest
conditions, cure time
is measured in hours,
not days

CURE SCHEDULE

Typical Applications
Include:
Threaded-rod anchoring
and rebar doweling

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Non-Sag Formulation:
Ideal for vertical,
horizontal, and most
overhead applications

High Strength Formula:


Premium structural
adhesive for demanding
applications
Versatile:
For use in concrete,
brick or concrete block
Multiple Sizes:
Now available in a 9.6 oz.
cartridge for dispensing
with a 10 oz. single tube
dispensing tool. Also
available in 5 oz., 8 oz.,
13 oz. and 30 oz. cartridges.

67

AT

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Acrylic Adhesives

AT Acrylic-Tie is a two component, high solids, 10:1 ratio acrylic-based


adhesive for use as a high strength, anchor-grouting material. Formulated
for use in all types of weather, AT is designed to dispense easily and cure
at temperatures down to 0F. Resin and initiator are dispensed and mixed
simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. AT meets the physical
requirements of ASTM C881, Type I & IV, Grade 3, Classes A, B & C,
except Acrylic-Tie is a non-epoxy product formulated for fast cure time.
USES:

Threaded rod anchoring


Rebar doweling
Pick-proof sealant around doors, windows and fixtures

AMN813
AT13
(AT08 similar)

CODES: ICC-ES ER-5791* (CMU & URM); City of L.A. RR25459*;


Florida FL 11506.1*; NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (11 in2/5000 gal);
Multiple DOT listings.
The load tables list values based upon results
from the most recent testing and may not reflect those in current code
reports. Where code jurisdictions apply, consult the current reports for
applicable load values. *Applies to all AT products except AT10.
APPLICATION: Surfaces to receive adhesive must be clean and free of
frost. The base material temperature must be 0F or above at the time of
installation. For information on installations below 0F contact Simpson.
Mixed material in nozzle can harden in 57 minutes. For installations in or
through standing water, see page 15 for details.

ADT813B

INSTALLATION: See pages 3132.


SHELF LIFE: 12 months from date of manufacture in unopened cartridge.
STORAGE CONDITIONS: For best results store between 32F 80F.
Partially used cartridges can be stored for a limited time by leaving nozzle
in place. To re-use, attach new nozzle.
COLOR: Resin white, initiator black
When properly mixed, adhesive will be a uniform gray color.

TEST CRITERIA: Anchors installed with AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive have


been tested in accordance with ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Adhesive
Anchors (AC58) for the following:
Seismic/wind loading
Long-term creep at elevated-temperature
Static loading at elevated-temperature
Damp and water-filled holes
Freeze-thaw conditions
Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing
In addition, anchors installed with AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive have been
tested in accordance with ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Unreinforced
Masonry Anchors (AC60) and NSF/ANSI Standard 61, Drinking Water
System Components - Health Effects.
PROPERTY
Consistency (77F)
Heat deflection
Bond strength (moist cure)

TEST METHOD
ASTM C 881
ASTM D 648
ASTM C 882

Water absorption
Compressive yield strength
Compressive modulus
Gel time (77F)

ASTM D 570
ASTM D 695
ASTM D 695
ASTM C 881

RESULTS
Non-sag/thixotropic paste
149F (65C)
2,900 psi (2 days)
2,970 psi (14 days)
0.23% (24 hours)
10,210 psi (7 days)
660,800 psi (7 days)
9 min Thin film

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Very good to excellent against distilled water


and inorganic acids. Fair to good against organic acids and alkalis, inorganic
alkalis, and many organic solvents. Poor against ketones. For more detailed
information visit our website or contact Simpson Strong-Tie and request
Technical Bulletin T-SAS-CHEMRES06.

68

The performance of this product results from its unique formulation which is
proprietary to Simpson Strong-Tie. The product may also be protected by one
or more of U.S. Pats. 5,643,994; 5,965,635; 6,228,207, licensed from ITW.

FAST-PAC
(ATPAC05KT)
Includes 5 ounce
coaxial cartridge,
adaptor and
mixing nozzle.

AT10

AT30

Includes 9.6 ounce


cartridge, and
mixing nozzle.

(The EMN22i is the


required mixing nozzle
for the AT30)

EMN22i

- IMPORTANT When the concrete


temperature is at or below
freezing, ensure any holes
drilled in advance are free
of frost or ice.

SEE Pages 3132


FOR INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS: Anchoring adhesive shall be a


two-component acrylic based system supplied in manufacturer's standard
side-by-side or coaxial cartridge and dispensed through a static-mixing
nozzle supplied by the manufacturer. Adhesive shall meet the physical
requirements of ASTM C-881 for Type I and IV, Grade 3, Class A, B and
C and must develop a minimum 10,210 psi compressive yield strength
after 7 day cure. Adhesive must have a heat deflection temperature of
a minimum 149F (65C). Adhesive shall be AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive
from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA. Anchors shall be installed per
Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive.
ACCESSORIES: See pages 8792 for information on dispensing tools,
mixing nozzles and other accessories.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CLEAN UP: Uncured material Wipe up with cotton cloths. If desired


approved, solvents such as ketones (MEK, acetone, etc.), lacquer thinner,
or adhesive remover can be used. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN
ADHESIVE FROM SKIN. Take appropriate precautions when handling
flammable solvents. Solvents may damage surfaces to which they are
applied. Cured material Chip or grind off surface.

AT

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

AT Acrylic-Tie Cartridge Systems


Capacity
ounces
(cubic inches)

Model
No.

AT08
AT10
AT13
AT30

5
(9.0)
8
(14.4)
9.6
(17.33)
13
(23.5)
30
(54.2)

Carton
Quantity

Dispensing
Tool(s)

coaxial

12

CDT10 or Standard 10 oz.


Single Tube Dispensing Tool

side-by-side

10

single

12

side-by-side

10

side-by-side

Cure Schedule
Base Material
Temperature
F
0
25
40
60
70
100

C
-18
-4
4
16
21
38

Mixing 3
Nozzle

AMN813
(included)
AMN813
ADT813B
(included)
CDT10 or Standard 10 oz.
AMN813
Single Tube Dispensing Tool
(included)
AMN813
ADT813B
(included)
ADT30, ADT30P,
EMN22i
or ADT30CKT
(sold separately)

1. Cartridge estimation guides are available on pages 8386.


2. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and
other adhesive accessories is available on pages 8792.
3. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzle in
accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie instructions. Modification
or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair AT Acrylic-Tie
adhesive performance.

In-Service Temperature Sensitivity


Base Material
Temperature

Cure
Time
24 hrs.
8 hrs.
4 hrs.
1 hr.
30 min.
20 min.

0
32
70
110
135
150
180

-18
0
21
43
57
66
82

Percent
Percent
Allowable Allowable
Load for
Load for
Tinst = 0F Tinst 70F
100%
100%
100%
100%
74%
38%
22%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
88%
60%

1. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity


chart for allowable bond strength reduction
for in-service temperature. See page 15
for more information.
2. Tinst is the base material temperature during
installation and curing of the adhesive.
3. Percent allowable load for Tinst = 0F is
to be used for Tinst between 0F and 70F.
4. Percent allowable load may be linearly
interpolated for intermediate base material
in-service temperatures.
5. C = (F-32) / 1.8

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete (continued on next page)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

Acrylic Adhesives

ATPAC05KT

Cartridge
Type

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

1
(44)
3
(89)
4
(114)
2
(54)
4
(108)
6
(152)
2
(64)
4
(102)
5
(140)
7
(189)
9
(238)

2
(67)
5
(133)
6
(171)
3
(81)
6
(162)
9
(229)
3
(95)
5
(143)
7
(191)
10
(276)
14
(359)

7
(178)
6
(156)
18
(457)
8
(216)
7
(191)
24
(610)
10
(254)
16
(406)
9
(244)
29
(756)
37
(953)

*
Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength

f'c 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
3,362
99
840
(15.0)
(0.4)
(3.7)
8,937
314
2,235
(39.8)
(1.4)
(9.9)
10,411
525
2,605
(46.3)
(2.3)
(11.6)
5,252
501
1,315
(23.4)
(2.2)
(5.8)
16,668
822
4,165
(74.1)
(3.7)
(18.5)
19,182
331
4,795
(85.3)
(1.5)
(21.3)
8,495
561
2,125
(37.8)
(2.5)
(9.5)
4,315

(19.2)
26,025
1,866
6,505
(115.8)
(8.3)
(28.9)
7,215

(32.1)
31,683
1,571
7,920
(140.9)
(7.0)
(35.2)

Tension Load
Based on Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

2,105
(9.4)

4,535
(20.2)

3,630
(16.1)

3,750
(16.7)

8,080
(35.9)

6,470
(28.8)

5,875
(26.1)

12,660
(56.3)

10,120
(45.0)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

See Notes on Next Page

" 1" Diameters


on next page

69

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Acrylic Adhesives

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete (continued from previous page)
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(19.1)

(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1
(28.6)

1
(31.8)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

3
(86)
5
(129)
6
(171)
9
(229)
11
(286)
3
(98)
5
(148)
7
(197)
10
(265)
13
(333)
4
(114)
6
(171)
9
(229)
12
(305)
15
(381)
5
(130)
7
(194)
10
(257)
13
(343)
16
(429)
5
(143)
8
(214)
11
(286)
15
(381)
18
(476)

5
(129)
7
(194)
10
(257)
13
(343)
16
(429)
5
(148)
8
(222)
11
(295)
15
(397)
19
(498)
6
(171)
10
(257)
13
(343)
18
(457)
22
(572)
7
(197)
11
(292)
15
(387)
20
(514)
25
(645)
8
(214)
12
(324)
16
(429)
22
(572)
28
(714)

13
(343)
20
(514)
11
(302)
36
(914)
45
(1143)
15
(394)
23
(591)
13
(346)
41
(1060)
52
(1334)
18
(457)
27
(686)
15
(400)
48
(1219)
60
(1524)
20
(521)
30
(775)
17
(451)
54
(1372)
67
(1715)
22
(572)
33
(857)
19
(502)
60
(1524)
75
(1905)

Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
12,991
725
3,250
(57.8)
(3.2)
(14.5)
6,330

(28.2)
37,616
1,817
9,405
(167.3)
(8.1)
(41.8)
10,000

(44.5)
42,381
683
10,595
(188.5)
(3.0)
(47.1)
14,206
457
3,550
(63.2)
(2.0)
(15.8)
7,130

(31.7)
42,848
3,155
10,710
(190.6)
(14.0)
(47.6)
12,250

(54.5)
55,148
5,673
13,785
(245.3)
(25.2)
(61.3)
20,797
1,763
5,200
(92.5)
(7.8)
(23.1)
10,165

(45.2)
60,504
2,065
15,125
(269.1)
(9.2)
(67.3)
17,880

(79.5)
82,529
5,146
20,630
(367.1)
(22.9)
(91.8)
26,600
6,650

(118.3)
(29.6)
11,780

(52.4)
67,600
16,900

(300.7)
(75.2)
21,385

(95.1)
103,460
25,865

(460.2)
(115.1)
32,368
2,054
8,090
(144.0)
(9.1)
(36.0)
13,090

(58.2)
72,363
7,457
18,090
(321.9)
(33.2)
(80.5)
24,860

(110.6)
126,500
15,813
31,625
(562.7)
(70.3)
(140.7)

*
Tension Load
Based on Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

8,460
(37.6)

18,230
(81.1)

12,400
(55.2)

11,500
(51.2)

24,785
(110.2)

16,860
(75.0)

15,025
(66.8)

32,380
(144.0)

22,020
(97.9)

19,025
(84.6)

41,000
(182.4)

27,880
(124.0)

23,490
(104.5)

50,620
(225.2)

34,420
(153.1)

1. Reference page 15 for oversize holes.


2. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.
3. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
4. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
5. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 77, 79 and 80.
6. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
7. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only.
For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided
special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
8. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration
is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

70

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

AT

AT

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete

(19.1)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(22.2)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

1
(25.4)

1
(28.6)

1
(31.8)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

1
(44)
3
(89)
4
(114)
2
(54)
4
(108)
6
(152)
2
(64)
5
(140)
9
(238)
3
(86)
6
(171)
11
(286)
3
(98)
7
(197)
13
(333)
4
(114)
9
(229)
15
(381)
5
(130)
10
(257)
16
(429)
5
(143)
11
(286)
18
(476)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

5
(133)

6
(162)

7
(191)

10
(257)

11
(295)

13
(343)

15
(387)

16
(429)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)
2
(67)
5
(133)
5
(133)
3
(83)
6
(162)
6
(162)
3
(95)
8
(210)
8
(210)
5
(130)
10
(257)
10
(257)
5
(149)
11
(295)
11
(295)
6
(171)
13
(343)
13
(343)
7
(197)
15
(387)
15
(387)
8
(216)
16
(429)
16
(429)

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
4,869
369
1,215
(21.7)
(1.6)
(5.4)
5,540
620
1,385
(24.6)
(2.8)
(6.2)
1,385

(6.2)
8,318
643
2,080
(37.0)
(2.9)
(9.3)
9,998
522
2,500
(44.5)
(2.3)
(11.1)
2,500

(11.1)
14,806
728
3,700
(65.9)
(3.2)
(16.5)
15,692
305
3,925
(69.8)
(1.4)
(17.5)
3,925

(17.5)
20,350
5,090

(90.5)
(22.6)
20,350
1,521
5,090
(90.5)
(6.8)
(22.6)
5,090

(22.6)
27,475
1,655
6,870
(122.2)
(7.4)
(30.6)
30,876
1,714
7,720
(137.3)
(7.6)
(34.3)
7,720

(34.3)
32,687
2,287
8,170
(145.4)
(10.2)
(36.3)
33,858
2,035
8,465
(150.6)
(9.1)
(37.7)
8,465

(37.7)
41,536
10,385

(184.8)
(46.2)
49,812
12,455

(221.6)
(55.4)
12,455

(55.4)
50,385
1,090
12,595
(224.1)
(4.8)
(56.0)
65,765
4,636
16,440
(292.5)
(20.6)
(73.1)
16,440

(73.1)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Shear Load Based on


Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

1,085
(4.8)

2,340
(10.4)

1,870
(8.3)

1,930
(8.6)

4,160
(18.5)

3,330
(14.8)

3,025
(13.5)

6,520
(29.0)

5,220
(23.2)

4,360
(19.4)

9,390
(41.8)

6,385
(28.4)

5,925
(26.4)

12,770
(56.8)

8,685
(38.6)

7,740
(34.4)

16,680
(74.2)

11,345
(50.5)

9,800
(43.6)

21,125
(94.0)

14,365
(63.9)

12,100
(53.8)

26,075
(116.0)

17,730
(78.9)

Acrylic Adhesives

Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 78 and 80.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only.
For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

71

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Acrylic Adhesives

Tension Loads for Rebar Dowels


in Normal-Weight Concrete
Rebar
Size
No.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

#3
(9.5)

#4
(12.7)

#5
(15.9)

#6
(19.1)

#7
(22.2)

#8
(25.4)

#9
(28.6)
#10
(31.8)
#11
(34.9)

1
1
1

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

3
(89)
4
(114)
4
(108)
5
(149)
7
(191)
5
(140)
7
(184)
9
(191)
6
(171)
9
(229)
11
(286)
7
(197)
10
(267)
13
(333)
9
(229)
12
(305)
15
(381)
16
(429)
18
(476)
20
(524)

5
(133)
5
(133)
6
(162)
8
(225)
11
(286)
7
(191)
10
(276)
14
(359)
10
(257)
13
(343)
16
(429)
11
(295)
15
(400)
19
(498)
13
(343)
18
(457)
22
(572)
25
(645)
28
(714)
31
(787)

6
(156)
6
(156)
7
(191)
23
(597)
30
(762)
9
(244)
29
(737)
37
(953)
11
(302)
36
(914)
45
(1143)
13
(346)
42
(1067)
52
(1334)
15
(400)
48
(1219)
60
(1524)
67
(1715)
75
(1905)
82
(2096)

f'c 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
8,245
849
2,060
(36.7)
(3.8)
(9.2)
2,060

(9.2)
12,743
1,760
3,185
(56.7)
(7.8)
(14.2)
3,185

(14.2)
3,185

(14.2)
20,396
1,412
5,100
(90.7)
(6.3)
(22.7)
5,100

(22.7)
5,100

(22.7)
31,839
1,454
7,960
(141.6)
(6.5)
(35.4)
7,960

(35.4)
7,960

(35.4)
35,250
2,693
8,815
(156.8)
(12.0)
(39.2)
8,815

(39.2)
8,815

(39.2)
49,973
5,023
12,495
(222.3)
(22.3)
(55.6)
12,495

(55.6)
12,495

(55.6)

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
2,060

(9.2)
2,060

(9.2)
3,185

(14.2)
3,985

(17.7)
19,124
854
4,780
(85.1)
(3.8)
(21.3)
5,100

(22.7)
6,095

(27.1)
28,115
1,496
7,030
(125.1)
(6.7)
(31.3)
7,960

(35.4)
8,730

(38.8)
37,992
1,999
9,500
(169.0)
(8.9)
(42.3)
8,815

(39.2)
10,815

(48.1)
50,889
3,717
12,720
(226.4)
(16.5)
(56.6)
12,495

(55.6)
16,325

(72.6)
80,598
2,195
20,150
(358.5)
(9.8)
(89.6)
96,096
489
24,025
(427.5)
(2.2)
(106.9)
124,031
2,447
31,010
(551.7)
(10.9)
(137.9)
166,059
4,222
41,515
(738.7)
(18.8)
(184.7)

1. Oversize holes may reduce load capacity.


2. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.
3. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
4. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind
or seismic forces where permitted by code.
5. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 77, 79 and 80.
6. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
7. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or
seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to
resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
8. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper
consideration is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

72

Tension Load Based


on Steel Strength

Tension Load Based on Bond Strength

ASTM A615
Grade 60 Rebar
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
2,640
(11.7)

4,800
(21.4)

7,440
(33.1)

10,560
(47.0)

14,400
(64.1)

18,960
(84.3)

24,000
(106.8)
30,480
(135.6)
37,440
(166.5)

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

AT

AT

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Shear Loads for Rebar Dowels


in Normal-Weight Concrete

#3
(9.5)

#4
(12.7)

#5
(15.9)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

#6
(19.1)

#7
(22.2)

#8
(25.4)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

3
(89)
4
(114)
4
(108)
7
(191)
5
(140)
9
(238)
6
(171)
11
(286)
7
(197)
13
(333)
9
(229)
15
(381)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

6
(152)

5
(133)

8
(203)

6
(162)

10
(254)

8
(210)

12
(305)

10
(257)

14
(356)

11
(295)

16
(406)

13
(343)

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance

Shear Load Based


on Steel Strength

f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Concrete

ASTM A615
Grade 60 Rebar
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

Ultimate
lbs. (kN)
8,294
(36.9)

Std. Dev.
lbs. (kN)
515
(2.3)

11,012
(49.0)

383
(1.7)

15,758
(70.1)

1,154
(5.1)

23,314
(103.7)

1,494
(6.6)

32,662
(145.3)

5,588
(24.9)

33,428
(148.7)

2,319
(10.3)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)
2,075
(9.2)
2,075
(9.2)
2,755
(12.3)
2,755
(12.3)
3,940
(17.5)
3,940
(17.5)
5,830
(25.9)
5,830
(25.9)
8,165
(36.3)
8,165
(36.3)
8,360
(37.2)
8,360
(37.2)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Acrylic Adhesives

Rebar
Size
No.
(mm)

1,680
(7.5)

3,060
(13.6)

4,740
(21.1)

6,730
(29.9)

9,180
(40.8)

12,085
(53.8)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading due to wind or
seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 78 and 80.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or
seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used
to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall
Rod Dia. Drill Bit Embed. Stemwall
in.
Dia.
Depth
Width
(mm)
in.
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)

(15.9)

(22.2)

10
(254.0)
15
(381.0)

6
(152.4)
8
(203.2)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

*
Min.
End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

5
1
(44.5) (127.0)
5
1
(44.5) (127.0)

Tension Load Based on Tension Load Based on


Bond Strength
Steel Strength
f'c 2500 psi
(17.2 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
12,913
3,230
(57.4)
(14.4)
21,838
5,460
(97.1)
(24.3)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent for short-term loading
due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist
wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be
permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given
to fire-exposure conditions.

A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
5,875
(26.1)
11,500
(51.2)

Edge

W=

6"or 8"

En

Edge and end distances for


threaded rod in concrete
foundation stemwall corner
installation

73

AT

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Acrylic Adhesives

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

1
(44)
3
(89)
2
(54)
4
(108)
2
(64)
5
(127)

2
(67)
5
(133)
3
(79)
6
(162)
3
(95)
7
(191)

3
(89)
7
(178)
4
(108)
8
(216)
5
(127)
10
(254)

*
Tension Load Based on
Bond Strength
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Lightweight Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
2,842
226
710
(12.6)
(1.0)
(3.2)
5,132
762
1,280
(22.8)
(3.4)
(5.7)
4,415
454
1,100
(19.6)
(2.0)
(4.9)
6,709
1,002
1,675
(29.8)
(4.5)
(7.5)
5,568
498
1,390
(24.8)
(2.2)
(6.2)
6,298
1,155
1,575
(28.0)
(5.1)
(7.0)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Tension Load Based on


Steel Strength
A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

2,105
(9.4)

4,535
(20.2)

3,630
(16.1)

3,750
(16.7)

8,080
(35.9)

6,470
(28.8)

5,875
(26.1)

12,660
(56.3)

10,120
(45.0)

1. Oversize holes may reduce load capacity.


2. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.
3. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
4. Allowable loads must be decreased by 8 percent for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
5. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. No reduction in spacing is allowed.
6. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 81.
7. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
8. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or
seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to
resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
9. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration
is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

1
(44)
3
(89)
2
(54)
4
(108)
2
(64)
5
(127)

2
(67)
5
(133)
3
(79)
6
(162)
3
(95)
7
(191)

3
(89)
7
(178)
4
(108)
8
(216)
5
(127)
10
(254)

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Lightweight Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
3,042
249
760
(13.5)
(1.1)
(3.4)
5,320
187
1,330
(23.7)
(0.8)
(5.9)
4,076
458
1,020
(18.1)
(2.0)
(4.5)
9,838
625
2,460
(43.8)
(2.8)
(10.9)
5,360
351
1,340
(23.8)
(1.6)
(6.0)
12,430
518
3,105
(55.3)
(2.3)
(13.8)

A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

A193 GR B7
(SAE 4140)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

F593
(A304SS)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

1,085
(4.8)

2,340
(10.4)

1,870
(8.3)

1,930
(8.6)

4,160
(18.5)

3,330
(14.8)

3,025
(13.5)

6,520
(29.0)

5,220
(23.2)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may be increased by 29 percent for short-term loading due to wind or
seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. No reduction in spacing is allowed.
5. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 81.
6. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
7. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind
or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be
used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

74

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Shear Load Based on


Steel Strength

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

AT

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in 6 and 8-Inch Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

4
(108)

6
(171)

6
(171)

(12.7)

(19.1)

(19.1)

Figure 1

6-Inch Grout-Filled CMU 8-Inch Grout-Filled CMU


Min.
Min.
Min.
Allowable Loads Based Allowable Loads Based
Edge
End
Spacing
on CMU Strength
on CMU Strength
Dist.
Dist.
Dist.
Tension
Shear
Tension
Shear
in.
in.
in.
Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Face Shell (See Figure 1)
12
12
17
770
1,325
770
1,325
(305)
(305)
(432)
(3.4)
(5.9)
(3.4)
(5.9)
4
27
1,375

(102)
(686)
(6.1)
12
(305)
12
27
2,670

(305)
(686)
(11.9)
Anchor Installed in Mortar T Joint (See Figure 2)
16
8
27
1,030

(406)
(203)
(686)
(4.6)

See Notes 17 Below

(12.7)

(15.9)

(22.2)
C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Figure 2

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the load
table icons

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in 6 and 8-Inch Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Allowable anchor placement


in grouted CMU face shell

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

*
6 and 8-Inch Grout-Filled CMU
Allowable Loads Based on CMU Strength

Shear
Perpendicular 8
Allowable
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening (Top-of-Wall) (See Figure 3)
11
17
650
285
4
1
(279)
(432)
(2.9)
(1.3)
(108)
(44)
5
11
20
815
330
1
(127)
(279)
(508)
3.6
(1.5)
(44)
12
11
48
1,120
410
1
(305)
(279)
(1219)
(5.0)
(1.8)
(44)
12
11
48
1,385
290
1
(305)
(279)
(1219)
(6.2)
(1.3)
(44)
Tension

Shear
Parallel 9
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

Anchor placement in
grouted CMU mortar
T joint

705
(3.1)
755
(3.4)
815
(3.6)
1,030
(4.6)

Figure 3

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


2. Values for 6 and 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II concrete masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or
ASTM C90. The masonry units, when grouted, must be fully grouted with grout complying with UBC Section 2103.4,
or IBC Section 2103.12. Mortar is prepared in accordance with Section 2103.3 of the UBC and UBC Standard 21-15,
or IBC Section 2103.8. The minimum specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
3. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit for installations through a face shell.
4. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
6. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. For installations under
the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
7. Anchors must be spaced a minimum distance of four times the anchor embedment.
8. Shear load applied perpendicular to edge of CMU wall.
9. Shear load applied parallel to edge of CMU wall.

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in


Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Acrylic Adhesives

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
End
Dist.
in.
(mm)

6 and 8-Inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads


Based on CMU Strength

Tension
Shear
Ultimate
Allowable
Ultimate
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Face Shell w/Simpson Stong-Tie Acrylic-Tie Stainless-Steel Screen Tube (See Figure 4)
3
4
1,400
280
1,326
265
4

(76.2)
(101.6)
(6.2)
(1.2)
(5.9)
(1.2)
(117.5)
(9.5)
3
4
280
265
4

(76.2)
(101.6)
(1.2)
(1.2)
(117.5)
(12.7)
3
4
280
265
4

(76.2)
(101.6)
(1.2)
(1.2)
(117.5)
(15.9)
See Notes 17 Above
1. Set drill to rotation only mode when drilling into hollow CMU.

Anchor installed in cell opening


(top of wall)

Figure 4
4"

4"

Anchor installed in face shell


w/screen tube in hollow cell
75

High Strength Acrylic-Tie Anchoring Adhesive

Acrylic Adhesives

Tension and Shear Loads for Installations in Unreinforced Brick


Masonry Walls Minimum URM Wall Thickness is 13" (3 wythes thick)

Configuration A
(Shear)

Rod/Rebar Drill Embed.


Min.
Min.
Min.
Tension Load Based Shear Load Based
Dia./Size
Bit
Depth Edge/End Vertical Horiz.
on URM Strength
on URM Strength
in.
Dia.
in.
Dist.
Spacing Spacing
Minimum Net Mortar Minimum Net Mortar
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
Dist.
Dist.
Strength = 50 psi
Strength = 50 psi
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)
Allowable lbs. (kN) Allowable lbs. (kN)
Configuration A (Simpson Strong-Tie ATS or ATSP Screen Tube Required)
8
24
18
18
1,000

(203)
(610)
(457)
(457)
(4.4)
(19.1)
#5
8
24
18
18
750
1

(15.9)
(203)
(610)
(457)
(457)
(3.3)
#6
8
24
18
18
1,000
1

(19.1)
(203)
(610)
(457)
(457)
(4.4)
Configuration B (Simpson Strong-Tie ATS or ATSP Screen Tube Required)
13
16
18
24
1,200
1,000

1
(330)
(406)
(457)
(610)
(5.3)
(4.4)
(19.1)
Configuration C (Simpson Strong-Tie ATS Screen Tube and AST Steel Sleeve Required)
24
18
18
1,200
750

1
**
(610)
(457)
(457)
(5.3)
(3.3)
(15.9)

Configuration B
(Tension & Shear)

1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.


*See page 10 for explanation
2. All holes are drilled with a 1" diameter carbide-tipped drill bit
of the load table icons
with the drill set in the rotation-only mode.
3. The unreinforced brick walls must have a minimum thickness
of 13 inches (three wythes of brick).
4. The allowable load is applicable only where in-place shear tests indicate minimum net mortar strength of 50 psi.
5. The allowable load for Configuration B and C anchors subjected to a combined tension and shear load
is determined by assuming a straight-line relationship between allowable tension and shear.
6. The anchors installed in unreinforced brick walls are limited to resisting seismic or wind forces only.
7. Configuration A has a straight threaded rod or rebar embedded 8 inches into the wall with a " diameter by
8-inch long screen tube (part # ATS758 or ATS758P). This configuration is designed to resist shear loads only.
8. Configuration B has a " threaded rod bent and installed at a 22.5-degree angle and installed 13 inches into the wall,
to within 1-inch (maximum) of the exterior wall surface. This configuration is designed to resist tension and shear loads.
The pre-bent threaded rod is installed with a " diameter by 13-inch long screen tube (part # ATS7513 or ATS7513P).
9. Configuration C is designed to resist tension and shear forces. It consists of a " diameter, ASTM A 307 threaded rod
and an 8" long steel sleeve (part # AST800) and a " diameter by 8-inch long screen tube (part # ATS758). The steel
sleeve has a plastic plug in one end. A 6" by 6" by " thick ASTM A 36 steel plate is located on the back face of the wall.
10. Special inspection requirements are determined by local jurisdiction and must be confirmed by the local building official.
11. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.

Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in


Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
Rod
Dia.
in.
(mm)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

76

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Configuration C
(Tension & Shear)

8-inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads


Based on CMU Strength

Tension
Shear
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Face Shell w/Simpson Strong-Tie ATSP (Plastic) Screen Tube
3
12
8
1,545
310
1,385
275

(76.2)
(305)
(203)
(6.9)
(1.4)
(6.2)
(1.2)
3
12
8
1,510
300
1,305
260

(76.2)
(305)
(203)
(6.7)
(1.3)
(5.8)
(1.2)
3
12
8
1,590
320
1,345
270

(76.2)
(305)
(203)
(7.1)
(1.4)
(6.0)
(1.2)

*See page 10 for


1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A 307 minimum.
explanation of the
2. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations
load table icons
under the IBC and IRC. For installations under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0
(multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
3. Edge distances may be reduced to 4" with a corresponding 37% reduction in tension capacity. Shear capacity is unaffected.
4. Values for 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units
conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90 with min. compressive strength of 1,900 psi and 1" thick face shell.
5. Mortar is prepared in accordance with UBC Section 2103.3 and UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8.
6. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
7. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
8. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces. Wall design must satisfy
applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied loads.
9. Set drill to rotation only mode when drilling into hollow CMU.

Installation Instructions for


Configuration C:
1. Drill hole perpendicular to the wall
to a depth of 8" with a 1" diameter
carbide-tipped drill bit (rotation
only mode).
2. Clean hole with oil-free compressed
air and a nylon brush.
3. Fill 8" steel screen tube with mixed
adhesive and insert into hole.
4. Insert steel sleeve slowly into screen
tube (adhesive will displace).
5. Allow adhesive to cure
(see cure schedule).
6. Drill through plastic plug in (inside) end
of steel sleeve with " bit.
7. Drill completely through the wall with
" carbide tipped concrete drill bit
(rotation mode only).
8. Insert " rod through hole and attach
metal plate and nut.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

AT

AT

Technical Information

Load Adjustment Factors for AT Acrylic-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight


Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension Load
How to use these charts:
6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values only.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

#3

1
2
1
0.59
0.59
0.71
1.00

3
5
1
0.59
0.59
0.62
0.74
0.85
0.97
1.00

4
6
1
0.65
0.65
0.67
0.74
0.81
0.88
0.95
1.00

2
3
1
0.50
0.50
0.59
0.93
1.00

#4
4
6
1
0.50
0.50
0.53
0.64
0.74
0.85
0.96
1.00

6
9
1
0.65
0.65
0.66
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.90
0.95
1.00

#4
7
11
1
0.65
0.65
0.66
0.70
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.84
0.88
0.92
0.95
0.99
1.00

#5

2
3
1
0.50
0.50
0.56
0.81
1.00

5
7
1
0.50
0.50
0.52
0.61
0.70
0.78
0.87
0.96
1.00

#6
9
14
1
0.61
0.61
0.62
0.65
0.68
0.71
0.74
0.78
0.81
0.84
0.87
0.90
0.93
0.96
1.00

3
5
1
0.50
0.50
0.54
0.69
0.84
0.99
1.00

6
10
1
0.50
0.50
0.51
0.57
0.63
0.69
0.75
0.81
0.87
0.93
0.99
1.00

11
16
1
0.56
0.56
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.68
0.71
0.74
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.86
0.89
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Acrylic Adhesives

1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.


2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.

See Notes Below

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Edge Distance Tension (fc) (contd)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32

Dia.
Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
#7

3
5
1
0.49
0.49
0.62
0.77
1.00

7
11
1
0.49
0.49
0.54
0.61
0.71
0.81
0.92
1.00

1
#8

13
19
1
0.52
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.63
0.69
0.74
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.96
1.00

4
6
1
0.44
0.44
0.55
0.69
0.92
1.00

9
13
1
0.44
0.44
0.49
0.55
0.64
0.74
0.83
0.93
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.

15
22
1
0.39
0.39
0.42
0.46
0.51
0.57
0.63
0.69
0.75
0.81
0.87
0.93
0.99
1.00

5
7
2
0.47

10
15
2
0.47

0.47
0.60
0.81
1.00

0.47
0.52
0.61
0.69
0.78
0.86
0.95
1.00

1
#9
16
25
2
0.43
0.43
0.46
0.51
0.56
0.61
0.66
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.97
1.00

5
8
2
0.47

11
16
2
0.47

0.47
0.59
0.77
0.96
1.00

0.47
0.52
0.59
0.67
0.74
0.82
0.89
0.97
1.00

#10
18
28
2
0.43

#11
20
31
2
0.43

0.43
0.46
0.50
0.55
0.59
0.64
0.68
0.73
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.91
0.95
1.00

0.43
0.46
0.50
0.54
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.82
0.86
0.90
0.94
0.98
1.00

6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.


fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

77

AT

Technical Information

How to use these charts:


1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


Dia.

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
See Notes Below

3
5
1
0.35
0.35
0.54
0.58
0.68
0.77
0.86
0.95
1.00

4
5
1
0.39
0.39
0.56
0.61
0.70
0.78
0.87
0.96
1.00

3
6
1
0.19
0.19
0.38
0.43
0.52
0.62
0.71
0.81
0.90
1.00

4
6
1
0.39
0.39
0.53
0.57
0.64
0.71
0.78
0.86
0.93
1.00

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

78

Rebar
E
3 7
Ccr
11 11
Cmin
1 1
fcmin
0.09 0.08
0.09 0.08
0.18 0.17
0.21 0.20
0.30 0.29
0.39 0.38
0.48 0.48
0.57 0.57
0.67 0.66
0.76 0.76
0.85 0.85
0.94 0.94
1.00 1.00

13
11
1
0.09
0.09
0.18
0.21
0.30
0.39
0.48
0.57
0.67
0.76
0.85
0.94
1.00

#7
7 13
14
14
1 1
0.09 0.09
0.09 0.09
0.16 0.16
0.18 0.18
0.26 0.26
0.33 0.33
0.41 0.41
0.48 0.48
0.55 0.55
0.63 0.63
0.70 0.70
0.78 0.78
0.85 0.85
0.93 0.93
1.00 1.00

#4
2
6
1
0.18
0.18
0.36
0.40
0.49
0.58
0.67
0.76
0.84
0.93
1.00

Edge Distance Shear (fc) (contd)


Dia.

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Shear Load
Based on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

#3
1
5
1
0.40
0.40
0.57
0.61
0.70
0.79
0.87
0.96
1.00

6.
7.
8.
9.

4
6
1
0.15
0.15
0.33
0.38
0.47
0.56
0.66
0.75
0.84
0.93
1.00

6
6
1
0.25
0.25
0.41
0.45
0.53
0.61
0.70
0.78
0.86
0.94
1.00

4
8
1
0.16
0.16
0.29
0.33
0.40
0.46
0.53
0.60
0.66
0.73
0.80
0.87
0.93
1.00

#5

7
8
1
0.25
0.25
0.37
0.40
0.46
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

2
7
1
0.12
0.12
0.27
0.31
0.39
0.46
0.54
0.62
0.69
0.77
0.85
0.92
1.00

5
7
1
0.11
0.11
0.26
0.30
0.38
0.46
0.54
0.61
0.69
0.77
0.85
0.92
1.00

9
7
1
0.14
0.14
0.29
0.33
0.40
0.48
0.55
0.63
0.70
0.78
0.85
0.93
1.00

5
10
1
0.10
0.10
0.21
0.24
0.29
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.51
0.56
0.62
0.67
0.73
0.78
0.84
0.89
0.95
1.00

9
10
1
0.14
0.14
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.37
0.43
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.64
0.69
0.74
0.79
0.84
0.90
0.95
1.00

3
10
1
0.10
0.10
0.21
0.23
0.29
0.34
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.56
0.61
0.66
0.72
0.77
0.83
0.88
0.93
0.99
1.00

6
10
1
0.11
0.11
0.22
0.24
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.46
0.51
0.56
0.61
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.83
0.88
0.93
0.99
1.00

11
10
1
0.14
0.14
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.37
0.42
0.47
0.53
0.58
0.63
0.68
0.73
0.78
0.83
0.88
0.94
0.99
1.00

#6
6 11
12
12
1 1
0.10 0.14
0.10 0.14
0.19 0.22
0.21 0.24
0.25 0.29
0.30 0.33
0.34 0.37
0.39 0.41
0.43 0.45
0.47 0.50
0.52 0.54
0.56 0.58
0.60 0.62
0.65 0.66
0.69 0.71
0.74 0.75
0.78 0.79
0.82 0.83
0.87 0.87
0.91 0.92
0.96 0.96
1.00 1.00

#8
4
13
1
0.08
0.08
0.16
0.18
0.26
0.33
0.41
0.49
0.57
0.65
0.73
0.80
0.88
0.96
1.00

9
13
1
0.08
0.08
0.16
0.18
0.26
0.33
0.41
0.49
0.57
0.65
0.73
0.80
0.88
0.96
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.

15
13
1
0.09
0.09
0.17
0.19
0.26
0.34
0.42
0.50
0.57
0.65
0.73
0.81
0.88
0.96
1.00

9
16
1
0.08
0.08
0.14
0.16
0.23
0.29
0.35
0.42
0.48
0.55
0.61
0.68
0.74
0.81
0.87
0.94
1.00

15
16
1
0.09
0.09
0.15
0.17
0.23
0.30
0.36
0.43
0.49
0.55
0.62
0.68
0.74
0.81
0.87
0.94
1.00

5 10 16 5 11 18
15 15 15 16 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2
0.14 0.12 0.12 0.14 0.12 0.12
0.14
0.16
0.23
0.29
0.36
0.43
0.50
0.57
0.64
0.71
0.78
0.85
0.91
0.98
1.00

0.12
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.35
0.42
0.49
0.56
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.84
0.91
0.98
1.00

0.12
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.35
0.42
0.49
0.56
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.84
0.91
0.98
1.00

0.14
0.16
0.22
0.28
0.34
0.40
0.46
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.89
0.95
1.00

0.12
0.14
0.20
0.26
0.32
0.38
0.45
0.51
0.57
0.63
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.95
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

0.12
0.14
0.20
0.26
0.32
0.38
0.45
0.51
0.57
0.63
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.95
1.00

6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge


distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Acrylic Adhesives

Load Adjustment Factors for AT Acrylic-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight


Concrete: Edge Distance, Shear Load

AT

Technical Information

Load Adjustment Factors for AT Acrylic-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight


Concrete: Spacing, Tension Load
6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values only.

Spacing Tension (fs)

Sact
(in.)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
32
36
40
45

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

#3

1
7

0.57
0.57
0.58
0.61
0.65
0.68
0.72
0.75
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00

3
6
1
0.58

0.60
0.64
0.68
0.72
0.76
0.84
0.92
1.00

4
18
2
0.80

0.80
0.81
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.85
0.86
0.87
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

2
8
1
0.57

0.59
0.62
0.65
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.78
0.84
0.89
0.95
1.00

#4
4
7
2
0.58

0.61
0.64
0.68
0.71
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00

6
24
3
0.80

0.80
0.80
0.81
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.87
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.96
1.00

#4
7
30
3
0.80

0.80
0.81
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.84
0.86
0.87
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.97
1.00

#5

2
10
1
0.57

0.58
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.68
0.71
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00

5
9
2
0.58

0.59
0.62
0.65
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.88
0.94
1.00

#6
9
37
4
0.80

0.80
0.81
0.81
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.88
0.89
0.91
0.93
0.95
0.98
1.00

3
13
1
0.57

0.58
0.60
0.61
0.63
0.65
0.68
0.72
0.75
0.79
0.82
0.86
0.93
1.00

6
11
3
0.58

0.59
0.61
0.66
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.85
0.90
1.00

11
45
5
0.80

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Acrylic Adhesives

How to use these charts:


1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.

" 1"
Diameters
on next
page

0.80
0.81
0.81
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.93
0.95
0.97
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

79

AT

Technical Information

Spacing Tension (fs) (contd)

Acrylic Adhesives

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
50
60
70
80
83

1
#7

3
15
2
0.57
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.89
0.95
1.00

7
13
3
0.58

0.59
0.63
0.67
0.76
0.84
0.93
1.00

#8
13
52
6
0.80

4
18
2
0.57
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.67
0.73
0.78
0.84
0.89
0.95
1.00

0.81
0.81
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.89
0.91
0.93
0.95
0.99
1.00

9
15
4
0.58

15
60
7
0.80

0.60
0.64
0.71
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00

0.80
0.81
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.85
0.86
0.88
0.89
0.91
0.92
0.96
1.00

5
20
2
0.57

10
17
5
0.58

0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.84
0.89
0.99
1.00

0.61
0.68
0.74
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00

#9
16
67
8
0.80

5
22
2
0.57
0.57
0.59
0.62
0.64
0.68
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.86
0.95
1.00

0.81
0.81
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.87
0.88
0.89
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

#10
18
75
9
0.80

11
19
5
0.58

0.59
0.65
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.89
1.00

0.80
0.81
0.81
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.87
0.88
0.89
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.00

#11
20
82
10
0.80

0.80
0.81
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.87
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
0.99
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

See notes on
previous page

Load Adjustment Factors for AT Acrylic-Tie Adhesive in Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Shear Load
How to use these charts:
6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Shear Load
Based on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

Spacing Shear (fs)

Sact
(in.)

1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
17

80

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

1
2

0.90
0.90
0.91
0.94
0.96
0.99
1.00

#3
3
5
1
0.83

0.84
0.87
0.89
0.92
0.94
0.99
1.00

2
3
1
0.90

0.92
0.94
0.96
0.99
1.00

#4
4
6
2
0.83

0.85
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.95
0.99
1.00

2
3
1
0.90

0.91
0.93
0.95
0.97
0.99
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).

#5
5
8
2
0.83

0.84
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.93
0.96
0.99
1.00

3
5
1
0.90

0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.97
1.00

#6
6
10
3
0.83

0.83
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

3
5
2
0.90

0.90
0.91
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.98
1.00

1
#7
7
11
3
0.83

0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.96
1.00

4
6
2
0.90

0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.96
0.98
1.00

1
#8
9
13
4
0.83

0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.93
0.97
1.00

5
7
2
0.90

0.91
0.92
0.93
0.95
0.97
0.99
1.00

1
10
15
5
0.83

0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.00

5
8
2
0.90

0.90
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

11
16
5
0.83

0.84
0.85
0.87
0.88
0.90
0.93
0.96
0.99
1.00

5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.


6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.


2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.

AT

Technical Information

Load Adjustment Factors for AT Acrylic-Tie Adhesive in Sand-Lightweight


Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:

Edge Distance Tension (fc)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
1
0.59
0.59
0.71
0.82
0.94
1.00

3
5
1
0.59
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.68
0.71
0.74
0.77
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

2
3
1
0.50
0.50
0.59
0.68
0.77
0.86
0.95
1.00

4
6
1
0.50
0.50
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.61
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.72
0.74
0.77
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.96
0.99
1.00

2
3
1
0.50
0.50
0.56
0.63
0.69
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00

5
7
1
0.50
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.65
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.74
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.93
0.96
0.98
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values or allowable Shear Load
Based on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
1
0.40
0.40
0.57
0.74
0.91
1.00

3
5
1
0.35
0.35
0.40
0.44
0.49
0.54
0.58
0.63
0.68
0.72
0.77
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.95
1.00

2
3
1
0.18
0.18
0.33
0.48
0.63
0.78
0.93
1.00

4
6
1
0.15
0.15
0.20
0.24
0.29
0.33
0.38
0.43
0.47
0.52
0.56
0.61
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.79
0.84
0.89
0.93
0.98
1.00

2
3
1
0.12
0.12
0.23
0.34
0.45
0.56
0.67
0.78
0.89
1.00

Acrylic Adhesives

1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance only.


2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.

5
7
1
0.11
0.11
0.15
0.19
0.23
0.26
0.30
0.34
0.38
0.42
0.46
0.50
0.54
0.57
0.61
0.65
0.69
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.85
0.88
0.92
0.96
1.00

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

81

AT

Estimating Guides

Acrylic Adhesives

Estimating Guide for 5 oz. Cartridge using Threaded Rod Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
39
25
29
18
21
14
17
11
13
10
11
8
9
7
8
6

3
26
17
19
12
14
9
11
8
9
6
7
5
6
5
5
4

4
20
12
14
9
11
7
8
6
7
5
6
4
5
3
4
3

5
16
10
11
7
8
6
7
5
5
4
4
3
4
3
3
2

6
13
8
10
6
7
5
6
4
4
3
4
3
3
2
3
2

7
11
7
8
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2

8
10
6
7
5
5
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
2

9
9
6
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1

10
8
5
6
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1

11
7
5
5
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1

12
7
4
5
3
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1

13
6
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1

14
6
4
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1

15
5
3
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

16
5
3
4
2
3
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

17
5
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

18
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

19
4
3
3
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

20
4
2
3
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

14
4
6
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1

15
4
6
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1

16
4
5
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1

17
3
5
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1

18
3
5
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1

19
3
5
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1

20
3
4
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

1
1

1
1

1
1

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 5 oz. Cartridge using Rebar Installations per Cartridge
Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

1
1
1
1
1

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
30
43
23
19
15
13
11
10
10
5

3
20
29
15
12
10
9
7
7
7
3

4
15
22
12
9
7
6
6
5
5
3

5
12
17
9
7
6
5
4
4
4
2

6
10
14
8
6
5
4
4
3
3
2

7
8
12
7
5
4
4
3
3
3
1

8
7
11
6
5
4
3
3
2
3
1

9
7
10
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
1

10
6
9
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
1

11
5
8
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1

12
5
7
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
1

13
5
7
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
1

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 5 oz. Cartridge and Steel Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
4
10
6
3
3

3
11
7
4
3

4
9
5
3
2

5
8
5
3
2

6
6
4
2
2

5
7
4
3
2

6
6
4
2
2

7
6
4
2
1

7
5
3
2
1

8
5
3
2
1

9
4
3
2
1

10
4
2
1
1

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 5 oz. Cartridge and Plastic Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge

82

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
13
7
5
3

4
11
6
4
3

4
10
5
4
3

5
9
5
3
2

5
8
4
3
2

6
8
4
3
2

6
7
4
2
2

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

7
7
3
2
2

7
6
3
2
2

8
6
3
2
1

9
5
3
2
1

10
5
2
2
1

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

1
1

1
1

1
1

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rebar
Size
(no.)

AT

Estimating Guides

Estimating Guide for 8 oz. Cartridge using Threaded Rod Installations per Cartridge
Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
63
40
46
29
34
23
27
18
21
15
18
13
15
11
13
10

3
42
27
31
19
22
15
18
12
14
10
12
8
10
7
9
7

4
32
20
23
14
17
11
13
9
11
8
9
6
7
5
6
5

5
25
16
18
12
13
9
11
7
9
6
7
5
6
4
5
4

6
21
13
15
10
11
8
9
6
7
5
6
4
5
4
4
3

7
18
11
13
8
10
6
8
5
6
4
5
4
4
3
4
3

8
16
10
11
7
8
6
7
5
5
4
4
3
4
3
3
2

9
14
9
10
6
7
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2

10
13
8
9
6
7
5
5
4
4
3
4
3
3
2
3
2

11
11
7
8
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2

12
11
7
8
5
6
4
4
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2

13
10
6
7
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
2

14
9
6
7
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
1

15
8
5
6
4
4
3
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1

16
8
5
6
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1

17
7
5
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
1
2
1
2
1

18
7
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1

19
7
4
5
3
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1

20
6
4
5
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1

14
7
10
5
4
3
3
3
2
2
1

15
6
9
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
1

16
6
9
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
1

17
6
8
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1

18
5
8
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1

19
5
7
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1

20
5
7
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
1

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

2
2

2
1

2
1

Acrylic Adhesives

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Estimating Guide for 8 oz. Cartridge using Rebar Installations per Cartridge
Rebar
Size
(no.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

1
1
1
1
1

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
47
70
37
30
24
21
18
16
16
8

3
32
46
25
20
16
14
12
11
11
5

4
24
35
18
15
12
10
9
8
8
4

5
19
28
15
12
10
8
7
6
6
3

6
16
23
12
10
8
7
6
5
5
3

7
14
20
11
8
7
6
5
5
5
2

8
12
17
9
7
6
5
4
4
4
2

9
11
15
8
7
5
5
4
4
4
2

10
9
14
7
6
5
4
4
3
3
2

11
9
13
7
5
4
4
3
3
3
1

12
8
12
6
5
4
3
3
3
3
1

13
7
11
6
5
4
3
3
2
2
1

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 8 oz. Cartridge and Steel Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
4
16
10
6
4

3
18
11
6
5

4
14
9
5
4

5
12
8
4
3

5
11
7
4
3

6
10
7
4
3

6
10
6
3
3

7
9
6
3
2

7
8
5
3
2

8
8
5
3
2

9
7
4
2
2

10
6
4
2
2

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 8 oz. Cartridge and Plastic Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
18
11
6
5

4
16
10
6
4

4
14
9
5
4

5
12
8
4
3

5
11
7
4
3

6
10
7
4
3

6
10
6
3
3

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

7
9
6
3
2

7
8
5
3
2

8
8
5
3
2

9
7
4
2
2

10
6
4
2
2

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

2
2

2
1

2
1

1
83

AT

Estimating Guides

Acrylic Adhesives

Estimating Guide for 10oz Cartridge using Threaded Rod - Installations per Cartridge
THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL
HOLE DEPTH (inches)

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

73
46
53
33
39
26
31
21
25
18
20
15
17
13
15
11

49
31
35
22
26
17
21
14
17
12
14
10
11
8
10
8

36
23
27
17
19
13
16
11
12
9
10
7
8
6
7
6

29
18
21
13
16
10
12
8
10
7
8
6
7
5
6
5

24
15
18
11
13
9
10
7
8
6
7
5
6
4
5
4

21
13
15
10
11
7
9
6
7
5
6
4
5
4
4
3

18
12
13
8
10
7
8
5
6
4
5
4
4
3
4
3

16
10
12
7
9
6
7
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
3

15
9
11
7
8
5
6
4
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
2

13
8
10
6
7
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2

12
8
9
6
6
4
5
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2

11
7
8
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2

10
7
8
5
6
4
4
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2

10
6
7
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
2

9
6
7
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
1

9
5
6
4
5
3
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1

8
5
6
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1

8
5
6
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1

7
5
5
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1

14
8
12
6
5
4
3
3
3
3
1

15
7
11
6
5
4
3
3
2
2
1

16
7
10
5
4
3
3
3
2
2
1

17
6
9
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
1

18
6
9
5
4
3
3
2
2
2
1

19
6
8
4
4
3
3
2
2
2
1

20
5
8
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

2
1

2
1

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 10oz Cartridge using Rebar - Installations per Cartridge

3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

1
1
1
1
1

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
55
81
43
34
27
24
21
19
19
9

3
37
54
28
23
18
16
14
12
12
6

4
27
40
21
17
14
12
10
9
9
5

5
22
32
17
14
11
10
8
7
7
4

6
18
27
14
11
9
8
7
6
6
3

7
16
23
12
10
8
7
6
5
5
3

8
14
20
11
9
7
6
5
5
5
2

9
12
18
9
8
6
5
5
4
4
2

10
11
16
9
7
5
5
4
4
4
2

11
10
15
8
6
5
4
4
3
3
2

12
9
13
7
6
5
4
3
3
3
2

13
8
12
7
5
4
4
3
3
3
1

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 10oz Cartridge and Steel Screen Tubes - Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
20
13
7
5

4
18
11
6
4

4
16
10
5
4

5
14
9
5
3

5
13
8
4
3

6
12
7
4
3

6
11
7
3
2

7
10
6
3
2

7
9
6
3
2

8
9
5
3
2

9
8
5
2
2

10
7
4
2
1

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 10oz Cartridge and Opti-Mesh Screen Tubes - Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

84

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.) 3

20

11

7
1
5

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN OPTI-MESH SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
4
17
9
6
4

4
15
8
5
4

5
14
7
5
3

5
12
7
4
3

6
11
6
4
3

6
10
5
4
3

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

7
10
5
3
2

7
9
5
3
2

8
8
4
3
2

9
7
4
2
2

10
7
3
2
1

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

2
2

2
1

2
1

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rebar
Drill
Size Bit Dia.
(no.)
(in.)

AT

Estimating Guides

Estimating Guide for 13 oz. Cartridge using Threaded Rod Installations per Cartridge
Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
103
65
75
47
55
37
44
30
35
25
29
21
24
18
21
16

3
69
43
50
31
37
25
29
20
23
17
19
14
16
12
14
11

4
51
32
37
24
27
18
22
15
17
12
14
10
12
9
10
8

5
41
26
30
19
22
15
18
12
14
10
12
8
10
7
8
6

6
34
22
25
16
18
12
15
10
12
8
10
7
8
6
7
5

7
29
19
21
13
16
11
13
8
10
7
8
6
7
5
6
5

8
26
16
19
12
14
9
11
7
9
6
7
5
6
4
5
4

9
23
14
17
10
12
8
10
7
8
6
6
5
5
4
5
4

10
21
13
15
9
11
7
9
6
7
5
6
4
5
4
4
3

11
19
12
14
9
10
7
8
5
6
5
5
4
4
3
4
3

12
17
11
12
8
9
6
7
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
3

13
16
10
12
7
8
6
7
5
5
4
4
3
4
3
3
2

14
15
9
11
7
8
5
6
4
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
2

15
14
9
10
6
7
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2

16
13
8
9
6
7
5
6
4
4
3
4
3
3
2
3
2

17
12
8
9
6
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2

18
11
7
8
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2

19
11
7
8
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2

20
10
6
7
5
5
4
4
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
2

14
11
16
9
7
6
5
4
4
4
2

15
10
15
8
6
5
5
4
3
4
2

16
10
14
8
6
5
4
4
3
3
2

17
9
13
7
6
5
4
3
3
3
2

18
9
13
7
5
4
4
3
3
3
1

19
8
12
6
5
4
4
3
3
3
1

20
8
11
6
5
4
3
3
3
3
1

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

3
2

3
2

3
2

Acrylic Adhesives

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Estimating Guide for 13 oz. Cartridge using Rebar Installations per Cartridge
Rebar
Size
(no.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

1
1
1
1
1

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
77
114
60
48
39
34
29
26
26
13

3
52
76
40
32
26
23
19
17
18
9

4
39
57
30
24
19
17
15
13
13
7

5
31
45
24
19
16
14
12
10
11
5

6
26
38
20
16
13
11
10
9
9
4

7
22
32
17
14
11
10
8
7
8
4

8
19
28
15
12
10
8
7
7
7
3

9
17
25
13
11
9
8
6
6
6
3

10
15
23
12
10
8
7
6
5
5
3

11
14
21
11
9
7
6
5
5
5
2

12
13
19
10
8
6
6
5
4
4
2

13
12
17
9
7
6
5
4
4
4
2

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 13 oz. Cartridge and Steel Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
4
25
16
9
7

3
29
18
10
8

4
23
14
8
6

5
20
13
7
5

5
18
12
7
5

6
17
11
6
4

6
16
10
6
4

7
15
9
5
4

7
14
9
5
4

8
13
8
5
3

9
11
7
4
3

10
10
6
4
3

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 13 oz. Cartridge and Plastic Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
34
18
12
9

4
30
15
11
8

4
26
14
9
7

5
24
12
8
6

5
22
11
8
6

6
20
10
7
5

6
18
9
6
5

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

7
17
9
6
4

7
16
8
6
4

8
15
8
5
4

9
13
7
5
3

10
12
6
4
3

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

4
3

4
3

3
2

2
85

AT

Estimating Guides

Acrylic Adhesives

Estimating Guide for 30 oz. Cartridge using Threaded Rod Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

THREADED ROD IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
237
150
173
109
127
85
102
68
81
58
66
47
55
41
48
37

3
158
100
115
73
84
57
68
46
54
38
44
32
37
27
32
25

4
119
75
86
54
63
43
51
34
40
29
33
24
27
20
24
18

5
95
60
69
44
51
34
41
27
32
23
27
19
22
16
19
15

6
79
50
58
36
42
28
34
23
27
19
22
16
18
14
16
12

7
68
43
49
31
36
24
29
20
23
16
19
14
16
12
14
11

8
59
37
43
27
32
21
25
17
20
14
17
12
14
10
12
9

9
53
33
38
24
28
19
23
15
18
13
15
11
12
9
11
8

10
47
30
35
22
25
17
20
14
16
12
13
9
11
8
10
7

11
43
27
31
20
23
15
18
12
15
10
12
9
10
7
9
7

12
40
25
29
18
21
14
17
11
13
10
11
8
9
7
8
6

13
37
23
27
17
19
13
16
11
12
9
10
7
8
6
7
6

14
34
21
25
16
18
12
15
10
12
8
9
7
8
6
7
5

15
32
20
23
15
17
11
14
9
11
8
9
6
7
5
6
5

16
30
19
22
14
16
11
13
9
10
7
8
6
7
5
6
5

17
28
18
20
13
15
10
12
8
9
7
8
6
6
5
6
4

18
26
17
19
12
14
9
11
8
9
6
7
5
6
5
5
4

19
25
16
18
11
13
9
11
7
8
6
7
5
6
4
5
4

20
24
15
17
11
13
9
10
7
8
6
7
5
5
4
5
4

14
25
37
20
16
13
11
10
9
9
4

15
24
35
18
15
12
10
9
8
8
4

16
22
33
17
14
11
10
8
8
8
4

17
21
31
16
13
11
9
8
7
7
4

18
20
29
15
12
10
9
7
7
7
3

19
19
28
15
12
9
8
7
6
6
3

20
18
26
14
11
9
8
7
6
6
3

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

8
6

7
5

6
5

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 30 oz. Cartridge using Rebar Installations per Cartridge
Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

1
1
1
1
1

REBAR IN SOLID BASE MATERIAL


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
2
178
262
139
112
89
78
67
60
61
31

3
119
175
92
74
60
52
45
40
40
20

4
89
131
69
56
45
39
33
30
30
15

5
71
105
55
45
36
31
27
24
24
12

6
59
87
46
37
30
26
22
20
20
10

7
51
75
40
32
26
22
19
17
17
9

8
45
65
35
28
22
19
17
15
15
8

9
40
58
31
25
20
17
15
13
13
7

10
36
52
28
22
18
16
13
12
12
6

11
32
48
25
20
16
14
12
11
11
6

12
30
44
23
19
15
13
11
10
10
5

13
27
40
21
17
14
12
10
9
9
5

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 30 oz. Cartridge and Steel Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
4
59
37
21
16

3
67
42
24
18

4
52
33
19
14

5
47
30
17
12

5
43
27
15
11

6
39
25
14
10

6
36
23
13
10

7
33
21
12
9

7
31
20
11
8

8
29
19
10
8

9
26
16
9
7

10
23
15
8
6

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

Estimating Guide for 30 oz. Cartridge and Plastic Screen Tubes Installations per Cartridge

86

Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in.)

THREADED ROD INSERTED IN SCREEN TUBE


HOLE DEPTH (inches)
3
78
41
28
20

4
69
36
24
18

4
61
32
22
16

5
55
28
19
14

5
50
26
18
13

6
46
24
16
12

6
42
22
15
11

Tables are estimations. Actual usage may vary depending on waste.

7
39
20
14
10

7
37
19
13
9

8
34
18
12
9

9
31
16
11
8

10
27
14
10
7

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

9
6

8
6

7
5

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Rebar
Size
(no.)

ADHESIVE ACCESSORIES
Epoxy-Tie Adhesive Dispensing Tools
Each tool has been designed to work with Epoxy-Tie
cartridges for trouble-free dispensing. These tools are for use
with SET, SET-XP, EDOT, ET, ETI adhesives and CIP and CIP-F
paste-over material.

CDT-10
Premium Manual Dispensing Tool for SET-PAC EZ Adhesive,
AT10 Adhesive and other Single Cartridge Adhesives
The CDT10 features a high thrust drive mechanism and a molded
fiber reinforced nylon body for ultimate strength and light weight.
The handle is positioned under the cartridge for balance and ease
of use. The drive mechanism is released by pushing forward on
the drive handle. Cartridges snap-lock into position.

CDT10

Adhesive Accessories

EDT22B
Manual Dispensing Tool for 22 oz. Cartridges
The EDT22B features a molded fiber reinforced nylon body for
ultimate strength and light weight. The handle is positioned
under the cartridge for balance and ease of use. The drive
mechanism is released by pushing forward on the drive
handle. Cartridges snap-lock into position.

EDT22B

EDT22CKT
Battery-Powered Dispensing Tool for 22 oz. Cartridges
The EDT22CKT offers power dispensing without the need for
a hose or compressor. The tool features dosage and rate
control for maximum efficiency. Each battery charge dispenses
approximately 25 cartridges and recharging takes 1 hour. Tool
comes complete with two 14.4V batteries and a charger.

EDT22AP
Pneumatic Dispensing Tool for 22 oz. Cartridges
The EDT22AP has an ergonomically designed nylon handle that
includes a flow rate adjustment. This lightweight tool (6 lbs.) also
features a power piston return.

EDT22CKT
Charger

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

EDT56AP
Pneumatic Dispensing Tool for 56 oz. Cartridges
The EDT56AP has an ergonomically designed nylon handle that
includes a flow rate adjustment. This lightweight tool (9 lbs.) also
features a power piston return.

Description
Premium Tool
for single tube cartridges
Manual Tool
for 22 oz. cartridges
Battery Powered Tool
for 22 oz. cartridges
Pneumatic Tool
for 22 oz. cartridges1,2
Pneumatic Tool
for 56 oz. cartridges1,2

Model No.

EDT22CKT
Tool

Ctn Qty

CDT10

EDT22B

EDT22CKT

EDT22AP

EDT56AP

EDT22AP

1. Air supply attachment is -18 NPT (male) thread.


2. Recommended operating air pressure is between
80100 psi (116 psi max.).

Maintenance tips, troubleshooting


and repair parts schematics available
at www.simpsonanchors.com.
EDT56AP

87

ADHESIVE ACCESSORIES
Acrylic-Tie Adhesive Dispensing Tools
ADT813B

Adhesive Accessories

Manual Dispensing Tool for 8 oz. and 13 oz. Cartridges


The ADT813B features a molded fiber-reinforced nylon body for
ultimate strength and light weight. The handle is positioned under
the cartridge for balance and ease of use. The drive mechanism
is released by pushing forward on the drive handle. Cartridges
snap-lock into position.

ADT813B

ADT30
Manual Dispensing Tool for 30 oz. Cartridges
The ADT30 features a steel carriage and a molded fiber-reinforced
nylon body for ultimate strength and light weight. The handle is
positioned under the cartridge for balance and ease of use.
The drive mechanism is released by pushing forward on the
drive handle.

ADT30CKT
Battery Powered Dispensing Tool for 30 oz. Cartridges
The ADT30CKT offers power dispensing without the need
for a hose or compressor. The tool features dosage and
rate control for maximum efficiency. Each battery charge
dispenses approximately 25 cartridges and recharging
takes 1 hour. Tool comes complete with two 14.4V batteries
and a charger.

ADT30

ADT30P
Pneumatic Dispensing Tool for 30 oz. Cartridges
The ADT30P has an ergonomically designed nylon handle
complete with flow rate adjustment. This lightweight tool (6 lbs.)
also features a power piston return.

Manual Tool for 8 oz.


and 13 oz. cartridges
Manual Tool
for 30 oz. cartridges
Battery Powered Tool
for 30 oz. cartridges
Pneumatic Tool
for 30 oz. cartridges1,2

Model No.

Ctn Qty

ADT813B

ADT30

ADT30CKT

ADT30P

ADT30CKT
Charger
ADT30CKT
Tool

1. Air supply attachment is -18 NPT (male) thread.


2. Recommended operating air pressure is between
80100 psi (116 psi max.).

ADT30P

Maintenance tips, troubleshooting and repair parts


schematics available at www.simpsonanchors.com.
88

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Description

ADHESIVE ACCESSORIES
Mixing Nozzles and Retaining Nuts
Mixing nozzles are designed for the proper proportioning and mixing of the
different adhesive formulations. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing
nozzle in accordance with Simpson Strong-Ties instructions. Modification or improper
use of mixing nozzle may impair epoxy or acrylic performance.

EMN22i

EMN22i An 18-element mixing nozzle for use with 22 oz. and 56 oz. Epoxy-Tie
cartridges and the 30 oz. AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive cartridge. This is a one piece nozzle
with integrated nut (separate retaining nut not required).

AMN813 12-element mixing nozzle with integrally molded retaining nut for use with
5oz., 8 oz., 10 oz. and 13 oz. AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive cartridges.

Adhesive Accessories

EMN50 A hi-volume " diameter 24-element nozzle, with an integrally molded


retaining nut. This nozzle provides approximately 2 times the dispensing rate of the
EMN22i. The major outer diameter is ". Fits 22 oz., and 56 oz. cartridges.

EMN37A

EMN37A An 18-element, high-strength, mixing nozzle for dispensing Epoxy-Tie


adhesive through bulk metering equipment.
Pkg
Qty

Ctn Qty

EMN1.7-R

24 Packs
(2 nozzles per pack)

EMN22i

EMN22i-RP5

EMN22i-RP10

10

12 Nozzles
6 Packs
(5 nozzles per pack)
4 Packs
(10 nozzles per pack)

EMN22iB

500

18-element nozzle for dispensing epoxy


through metering equipment

EMN37A-RP5

6 Packs
(5 nozzles per pack)

AMN813

Hi-volume nozzle for 22 oz., and 56 oz.


cartridges (separate retaining nut not
required), 17" long, major diameter "

EMN50

10

For 5 oz., 8 oz., 10 oz. and


13 oz. AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive
cartridges

Five mixing nozzles for 5 oz., 8 oz.,


10 oz. and 13 oz. AT Acrylic-Tie
adhesive cartridges

AMN813-RP5

10 Packs
(5 nozzles per pack)

Description

Model No.

Mixing nozzle for 1.7 oz. cartridge


(separate retaining nut not required).

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

18-element nozzle for 22 oz. and


56 oz. Epoxy-Tie and 30 oz. AT
Acrylic-Tie adhesive. Features an
integrated threaded nut for attachment
to cartridges.

EMN50

Adhesive Retaining Caps


Adhesive retaining caps make overhead and horizontal installation easier by preventing the adhesive from running out of the hole.
They also center the rod in the hole, making them ideal for
applications where precise anchor placement is required.
It may be necessary to provide support for the insert during
cure time. Adhesive retaining caps are not designed to support
the weight of the insert in overhead installations.

Adhesive Retaining Caps

MATERIAL: Plastic

Adhesive Retaining Caps for Epoxy-Tie

Adhesive Retaining Caps for Acrylic-Tie

Model
No.

For
Rod
Dia.
(in)

Required
Hole
Diameter
(in)

Cap
Depth
(in)

Pkg
Qty

Ctn
Qty*
(ea)

Model
No.

For
Rod
Dia.
(in)

Required
Hole
Diameter
(in)

Cap
Depth
(in)

Pkg
Qty

Ctn
Qty*
(ea)

ARC37-RP25

25

200

ARC37A-RP25

25

200

ARC50-RP25

25

200

ARC50A-RP25

25

200

ARC62-RP25

25

200

ARC62A-RP25

25

200

ARC75-RP25

25

200

ARC75A-RP25

25

200

ARC87-RP25

25

200

ARC87-RP25

25

200

ARC100-RP25

25

200

ARC100A-RP25

25

200

ARC125-RP25

25

200

ARC125-RP25

25

200

*8 packages of 25.

The X cut in
the cap allows
the mixing
nozzle and insert
to pass through,
while containing
the adhesive in
the hole.

89

ADHESIVE ACCESSORIES
Steel Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tubes

MATERIAL: Acrylic-Tie screen tubes: 50 mesh stainless steel;


Epoxy-Tie screen tubes: 60 mesh carbon steel.

Screen tubes are for use in hollow


CMU, hollow brick and unreinforced
masonry applications.

Caution: Screen tubes are designed for a specific adhesive type.


Epoxy-Tie screen tubes must be used with SET or ET formulations
and Acrylic-Tie screen tubes must be used with Acrylic-Tie
adhesive. Do not use SET1.7KT or SET1.7KTA with screen tubes.

Acrylic-Tie Screen Tubes Stainless Steel


For Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Hole
Size
(in.)

90

Epoxy-Tie Screen Tube


(Acrylic-Tie Screen Tubes Similar)

Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for


information on special order sizes.

Epoxy-Tie (SET & ET) Screen Tubes Carbon Steel

Actual
Screen Size
O.D./Length
(in.)

Model
No.

Carton
Qty.

x 3
x 6
x 3
x 6
x 10
x 3
x 6
x 10
x 13
x 8
x 13
x 17

ATS373
ATS376
ATS503
ATS506
ATS5010
ATS623
ATS626
ATS6210
ATS6213
ATS758
ATS7513
ATS7517

150
150
100
100
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25

For Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Hole
Size
(in.)

Actual
Screen Size
O.D./Length
(in.)

Model
No.

Carton
Qty.

x 6
x 10
x 6
x 10
x 6
x 10
x 13
x 8
x 13
x 17
x 21

ETS376
ETS3710
ETS506
ETS5010
ETS626
ETS6210
ETS6213
ETS758
ETS7513
ETS7517
ETS7521

150
100
100
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25

Note: Not for use with SET1.7KT or SET1.7KTA.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Adhesive Accessories

Screen tubes are used in hollow base material applications to contain


adhesive around the anchor and prevent it from running into voids. Simpson
Strong-Tie screen tubes are specifically designed to work with AT, SET and
ET adhesives in order to precisely control the amount of adhesive that passes
through the mesh. This results in thorough coating and bonding of the rod
to the screen tube and base material. Order screen tubes based upon rod
diameter and adhesive type. The actual outside diameter of the screen tube is
larger than the rod diameter.

ADHESIVE ACCESSORIES
Opti-Mesh Adhesive-Anchoring
Screen Tubes
Integral Cap: Serves to center and secure the
rod in the screen tube, while displaying important information such as rod diameter, drill bit
diameter and the Simpson Strong-Tie "" sign
for easy inspection after installation. The cap
also prevents adhesive from running out of the
front of the screen tube.

Screen tubes are vital to the performance of adhesive


anchors in base materials that are hollow, or contain voids,
such as hollow block and brick. The Simpson Strong-Tie
Opti-Mesh screen tube provides the economical advantage
of a plastic screen tube while providing performance comparable to steel screen tubes and better than competitive plastic
screen tubes.
Caution: Screen tubes are designed for a specific adhesive
type. Epoxy-Tie screen tubes must be used with SET or
ET formulations and Acrylic-Tie screen tubes must be
used with AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive. Do not use SET1.7KT
or SET1.7KTA with screen tubes.

Open-Mesh Collar: This section of larger mesh


allows extra adhesive to flow out of the screen
tube behind the face shell of hollow block applications. The extra "collar" of adhesive increases
bearing area and results in higher load capacities
in hollow concrete block.

Epoxy-Tie (SET & ET) Screen Tubes - Plastic


For Rod
Dia.
(in)

Hole
Size
(in)

Length
(in)

Model
No.

Carton
Qty.

6

6QE

356O
6

ETS373P
ETS376P
ETS3710P
ETS503P
ETS506P
ETS5010P
ETS623P
ETS626P
ETS6210P
ETS6213P
ETS758P
ETS7513P
ETS7517P
ETS7521P

150
150
100
100
100
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25

56O

6M

6

(6

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

6M

10
356O
6
10
356O
6
10
13
8
13
17
21

Color-Coded, Formula-Specific Mesh:


The screen tube mesh is sized to allow only the
right amount of adhesive to flow through
the screen tube to bond with the base material
while the balance remains in the screen to
bond the rod. Acrylic-Tie screen tube mesh is
white while Epoxy-Tie screen tube mesh is
black.

Adhesive Accessories

Flanges: Prevents the screen tube from slipping


into over-drilled holes. Allows screen tube to
function in holes that are drilled too deep.

MATERIAL: Plastic

U.S. Patent
6,837,018

Epoxy-Tie Screen Tube


(mesh is black)

The integral cap


centers the rod
and displays
drill bit and rod
diameter.

Acrylic-Tie
screen tube
(mesh is white)

Load values for installations with SET Epoxy are on page 47. Load
values for installations with ET Epoxy in unreinforced masonry are
on page 59. Not for use with SET1.7KT or SET1.7KTA.

Acrylic-Tie Screen Tubes - Plastic


For Rod
Dia.
(in)

Hole
Size
(in)

6

6QE

56O

6M

6

(6

6M

Length
(in)

Model
No.

Carton
Qty.

356O
6
10
356O
6
10
356O
6
10
13
8
13
17
21

ATS373P
ATS376P
ATS3710P
ATS503P
ATS506P
ATS5010P
ATS623P
ATS626P
ATS6210P
ATS6213P
ATS758P
ATS7513P
ATS7517P
ATS7521P

150
150
100
100
100
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25

Load values for installations with AT Acrylic-Tie adhesive


are on page 76.

Screen tubes are for use


in hollow CMU, hollow
brick and unreinforced
masonry applications.

The photo on the left shows the Opti-Mesh screen tube installed in a hollow
CMU block. The extra collar of adhesive created by the open-mesh collar results
in increased bearing area and higher load values. The typical screen tube shown
on the right relies on the bond between the relatively small amount of adhesive in
contact with the face shell of the block for its holding power.

91

ADHESIVE ACCESSORIES
Hole Cleaning Brushes

Adhesive Accessories

Brushes are used for cleaning drilled holes prior to adhesive anchor
installation. Brushes have a twisted wire handle with nylon bristles.
Description

Model
No.

For Anchor/Rebar
Diameter
(in.)

For Hole
Diameter
(in.)

Ctn
Qty

" dia x 3" brush


(8" total length)

ETB4

" "

" "

24

" x 4" brush


(16" total length)

ETB6

" "

" "

24

1" x 4" brush


(16" total length)

ETB8

"

" 1"

24

1" x 4" brush


(24" total length)

ETB8L

"

" 1"

24

1" x 4" brush


(29" total length)

ETB10

" 1"

1" 1"

24

ETB

Adhesive Shear Tubes


Used in conjunction with anchoring adhesive and screen tubes, adhesive shear
tubes transfer anchor shear loads over a larger area, reducing localized crushing in
unreinforced masonry installations. Required for thru bolt applications per ICC-ES's
unreinforced masonry anchorage "Configuration C" detail. For detailed installation
instructions refer to the appropriate adhesive anchor ICC-ES report.

Adhesive
Shear Tube

MATERIAL: Steel
FINISH: Zinc-plated

x 8

For use with


Drill Bit Threaded Rod
Carton
Simpson Screen
Dia.
Diameter
Qty.
Model No.1
(in.)
(in.)

Model
No.

AST800 ETS758, ATS758

1. Screens sold separately. Not for use with Simpson Strong-Tie screen #ETS758P
or ATS758P.

Configuration C

Retrofit Bolts
RFBs are pre-cut threaded rod, supplied with nut and washer. For use with
Simpson Strong-Tie adhesives. May be ordered in bulk without the nut and washer.
Use with Simpson Strong-Tie adhesives to anchor into existing concrete and masonry.
Offers a complete engineered anchoring system when used with Simpson Strong-Tie
anchoring adhesives. Inspection is easy; each end of the threaded rod is stamped with
rod length in inches and No-Equal symbol for identification after installation.
MATERIAL: A307, Grade C (F1554, Grade 36)

RFB
Retrofit Bolts

FINISH: Zinc-plated, hot-dip galvanized


Description
Dia. Length

Hot-Dip Galvanized
Model No.

Ctn
Qty

Bulk1
Qty

Retail2
Pack

1/2" x 4"

RFB#4x4

RFB#4x4HDG

50

50

1/2" x 5"

RFB#4x5

RFB#4x5HDG

50

50

10

1/2" x 6"

RFB#4x6

RFB#4x6HDG

50

50

10

1/2" x 7"

RFB#4x7

RFB#4x7HDG

50

50

10

RFB#4x8HDG

10

1/2" x 8"

1/2" x 10"

RFB#4x10

RFB#4x10HDG

25

10

5/8" x 5"

RFB#5x5

RFB#5x5HDG

50

50

10

5/8" x 8"

RFB#5x8

RFB#5x8HDG

50

10

5/8" x 10"

RFB#5x10

RFB#5x10HDG

50

10

RFB#5x12HDG

10

RFB#5x16

RFB#5x16HDG

25

25

10

RFB#6x10.5

RFB#6x10.5HDG

25

25

5/8" x 12"
5/8" x 16"
92

Zinc Plated
Model No.

3/4" x 10 1/2"

1. Bulk quantities do not include the nut and


washer and must be ordered with a -B
suffix (example: RFB#4x5-B). Hot-dip
galvanized RFBs not available in bulk.
2. Retail packs must be ordered with a -R
suffix (example: RFB#5x12HDG-R).

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Description
(in.)

ADHESIVE TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE


PROBLEM

CAUSE

Replace mixing nozzle.

Too cold for adhesive to flow.

Keep Material in heated storage area: Store Epoxy


at 45- 90F; Store Acrylic at 32- 80F.

Surface is crusting.

Remove nozzle, dispense small amount


of material, then replace nozzle.

Obstruction in nozzle or on outlet of cartridge.

Change to new nozzle or remove obstruction


from cartridge outlet.

Insufficient air pressure to the pneumatic tool.

Set air pressure at 80 - 100 psi.

Nozzle coupling nut is cross-threaded.

Remove coupling nut and reattach, taking care


not to cross-thread.

Cracked or punctured cartridge.

Do not attempt to dispense damaged cartridge.

Adhesive Accessories

Gelled or hardened adhesive in nozzle.


Adhesive can harden in the nozzle at 70F
in about 57 minutes. As the air temperature
increases, gel time is shorter.

1) Material not flowing


through nozzle.

2) Leakage from front of


threaded section of cartridge.

SOLUTION

Regulate air pressure on pneumatic tool.

3) Material leaking from


back of cartridge
during dispensing.

Excessive pressure resulting in


swelling of cartridge or misalignment
of retaining wiper.

Do not overdrive manual tool.


See problem 1 to find out why material is not flowing.

Misalignment of tool push rods and cartridge.

Adjust/repair dispensing tool.

Misalignment of cartridge.

Make sure cartridge is inserted correctly.

Regulate air pressure on pneumatic tool.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Do not overdrive manual tool.


4) Resin (white) getting
into hardener (black)
chamber or vice versa.

Excessive pressure.

Check to see mixing nozzle is not filled with gelled


or hardened epoxy.
Make sure one of the cartridges is not leaking
out of the bottom (refer to problem 3).

5) Hardener (black) only being


dispensed or mixture is too dark.

Adhesive too cold to flow and mix properly.

Keep Material in heated storage area: Store epoxy


at 45- 90F; Store Acrylic at 32- 80F.

For SET-PAC EZ adhesive:


6) Resin (white) only being
dispensed.

Inner tube (inside neck of cartridge) was


not cut through.

Make sure inner tube in the cartridge neck is cut


through or removed. Cut through cartridge neck so
both the outer neck and inner tube are cut.

Abandon hole and drill new hole. If not possible,


call Simpson Strong-Tie.
Adhesive not mixed thoroughly.
7) Adhesive wont harden in hole.

Make sure wipers on cartridge are equalized prior


to dispensing and adhesive being dispensed is a
uniform color before filling holes. Attach nozzle and
dispense adhesive to the side until properly mixed
(uniform color).
Allow more time for epoxy to cure.

Base material too cold for epoxy being used.

Use Acrylic-Tie adhesive when base material


temperature is below 40F.
93

VGC

Vinylester Glass Capsule Anchoring Adhesive

The VGC system is a two-component, high solids, vinylester-based adhesive


contained within a glass capsule. The capsule is placed in the hole and the resin
and initiator components are combined when the rod or rebar is driven to the
bottom of the hole through the capsule.
Anchoring threaded rod or rebar in solid base materials
Not for overhead installations

VGC50
C50

Vinylester Adhesive

SPECIAL FEATURES:
Fast cure
No special tools required for use
Hammer-in or spin-in (if desired)
Pre-measured amounts for listed embedment and load - no waste
Capsules are bi-directional either end can be inserted into the hole first

- IMPORTANT SEE Pages 3132


FOR INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS
VGC Product Data

APPLICATION: Holes to receive adhesive must be clean and free of concrete


dust and/or dirt, oil or grease. For dependable results, adhesive should be
applied in dry conditions. Do not install in or through standing water. The
base material must be 25F (-4C) or above at the time of installation.
ALWAYS WEAR EYE PROTECTION!
INSTALLATION: See pages 3132
SHELF LIFE: 12 months from date of manufacture in original packaging.
STORAGE CONDITIONS: For maximum shelf life, keep cool (60F - 90F )
and in closed packaging. Exposing capsules to UV light sources will shorten
shelf life. Capsules are fragile. Do not use capsules if they change color,
become cloudy or are cracked.
CLEAN UP: If broken Allow material to cure
Cured material Chip or grind off surface
TEST CRITERIA: Anchors installed with the VGC adhesive have been tested
in accordance with ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Adhesive Anchors (AC58)
for the following:
Long-term creep at elevated-temperature
Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing

Rod Dia. or
Rebar Size

VGC
Capsule

" or #3

VGC37

" or #4

VGC50

" or #5

VGC62

" or #6

VGC75

" or #7
1" or #8

VGC100

Act. Capsule
Size in. (mm)
x 3
(11.1 x 88.9)
x 3
(12.7 x 98.4)
x 3
(15.9 x 98.4)
x 7
(15.9 x 177.8)
x 8
(22.2 x 203.2)

Package
Quantity
10
10
10
5
5

Cure Schedule
Base Material
Temperature
F
25
32
50
68

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION: Anchoring adhesive shall be a two-component


vinylester based adhesive capsule-within-a-capsule system supplied in
manufacturers standard packaging. Adhesive shall be the VGC adhesive
system from Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc., Pleasanton, CA. Anchors shall
be installed per Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for the VGC adhesive system.

C
-4
0
10
20

Cure
Time
5 hrs.
1 hr.
30 min.
20 min.

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete One (1) VGC Capsule Per Hole
Rod
VGC
Dia. Capsule
in.
(mm)

VGC37

VGC50

VGC62

VGC75

(9.5)
(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)

VGC100
(22.2)
1
VGC100
(25.4)

94

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

1
1

Embed. Critical Critical


Depth
Edge Spacing
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)
3
(88.9)
4
(108)
5
(127)
7
(178)
8
(203)
8
(203)

5
(133)
6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(267)
11
(295)
13
(343)

14
(356)
17
(432)
20
(508)
28
(711)
32
(813)
32
(813)

Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
5,585
504
1,395
(24.8)
(2.2)
(6.2)
9,653
546
2,410
(42.9)
(2.4)
(10.7)
4,265

(19.0)
21,605
2,643
5,400
(96.1)
(11.8)
(24.0)
7,310

(32.5)
29,236
3,263
7,310
(130.0)
(14.5)
(32.5)

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
6,875
692
1,720
(30.6)
(3.1)
(7.7)
10,800
1,494
2,700
(48.0)
(6.6)
(12.0)
17,048
1,345
4,265
(75.8)
(6.0)
(19.0)
26,598
2,087
6,650
(118.3)
(9.3)
(29.6)
30,837
1,174
7,709
(137.2)
(5.2)
(34.3)
38,205
3,166
9,550
(169.9)
(14.1)
(42.5)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 9798.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in
fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been
given to fire-exposure conditions.
6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration is given to fire-exposure conditions.

Tension Load Based


on Steel Strength
Tension A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
2,105
(9.4)
3,750
(16.7)
5,875
(26.1)
8,460
(37.6)
11,500
(51.2)
15,025
(66.8)
*See page 10 for an
explanation of the
load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

USES:

VGC

Vinylester Glass Capsule Anchoring Adhesive

Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete One (1) VGC Capsule Per Hole
Rod
VGC
Dia. Capsule
in.
(mm)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

3
(88.9)
4
(108)
5
(127)
7
(178)
8
(203)
8
(203)

5
(133)
6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(267)
11
(295)
13
(343)

5
(133)
6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(267)
11
(295)
13
(343)

VGC37

VGC50

VGC62

VGC75

(9.5)
(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)

VGC100
(22.2)
1
VGC100
(25.4)

1
1

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance

Shear Load Based on


Steel Strength

f'c 2000 psi


A307
A193 GR B7
F593
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
(SAE 1018) (SAE 4140) (A304SS)
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
5,581
311
1,395
1,085
2,340
1,870
(24.8)
(1.4)
(6.2)
(4.8)
(10.4)
(8.3)
12,877
398
3,220
1,930
4,160
3,330
(57.3)
(1.8)
(14.3)
(8.6)
(18.5)
(14.8)
18,702
675
4,675
3,025
6,520
5,220
(83.2)
(3.0)
(20.8)
(13.5)
(29.0)
(23.2)
29,537
1,102
7,385
4,360
9,390
6,385
(131.4)
(4.9)
(32.9)
(19.4)
(41.8)
(28.4)
33,676
1,274
8,420
5,925
12,770
8,685
(149.8)
(5.7)
(37.5)
(26.4)
(56.8)
(38.6)
44,486
4,143
11,120
7,740
16,680
11,345
(197.9)
(18.4)
(49.5)
(34.4)
(74.2)
(50.5)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Vinylester Adhesive

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 9798.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only.
For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete Two (2) VGC Capsules Per Hole
Rod
VGC
Dia. Capsule
in.
Two (2)
(mm) Per Hole

VGC37

VGC50

VGC62

VGC75

VGC100

VGC100

(9.5)
C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)
(22.2)
1
(25.4)

Embed. Critical Critical


Depth
Edge Spacing
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)
7
(178)
8
(216)
10
(254)
14
(356)
16
(406)
16
(406)

10
(267)
12
(324)
15
(381)
21
(533)
24
(610)
24
(610)

28
(711)
34
(864)
40
(1016)
56
(1422)
64
(1626)
64
(1626)

Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength

Tension Load
Based on Steel Strength

f'c 2000 psi


A307
A193 GR B7
F593
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
(SAE 1018) (SAE 4140) (A304SS)
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
10,298
333
2,575
2,105
4,535
3,630
(45.8)
(1.5)
(11.5)
(9.4)
(20.2)
(16.1)
18,530
134
4,635
3,750
8,080
6,470
(82.4)
(0.6)
(20.6)
(16.7)
(35.9)
(28.8)
26,931
1,696
6,735
5,875
12,660
10,120
(119.8)
(7.5)
(30.0)
(26.1)
(56.3)
(45.0)
47,469
1,731
11,865
8,460
18,230
12,400
(211.2)
(7.7)
(52.8)
(37.6)
(81.1)
(55.2)
50,728
1,565
12,680
11,500
24,785
16,860
(225.6)
(7.0)
(56.4)
(51.2)
(110.2)
(75.0)
72,128
3,089
18,030
15,025
32,380
22,020
(320.8)
(13.7)
(80.2)
(66.8)
(144.0)
(97.9)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 9798.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only.
For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in wall installations unless proper consideration is given to fire-exposure conditions.

95

Vinylester Glass Capsule Anchoring Adhesive

Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall


See Footnotes for Number of Capsules Per Hole
Rod
VGC
Drill Embed. Stemwall Min. Min.
Dia. Capsule Bit Depth
Width
Edge End
in.
Dia.
in.
in.
Dist. Dist.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm) (mm)

VGC62 1

VGC100 2

(15.9)
(22.2)

12
(305)
15
(381)

6
(152)
8
(203)

Vinylester Adhesive

1. Requires 3 capsules per hole.


2. Requires 2 capsules per hole.
3. Allowable load must be the lesser
of the bond or steel strength.
4. The allowable loads listed under allowable
bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.

1
(44)
1
(44)

5
(127)
5
(127)

*
Edge

Tension Load Based


on Bond Strength

Tension Load Based


on Steel Strength

f'c 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
13,250
1,590
3,310
(58.9)
(7.1)
(14.7)
20,843
1,883
5,210
(92.7)
(8.4)
(23.2)

A307
(SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
5,875
(26.1)
11,500
(51.2)

1
1

3
(89)
4
(108)
5
(127)
7
(178)
8
(203)
8
(203)

5
(133)
6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(267)
11
(295)
13
(343)

14
(356)
17
(432)
20
(508)
28
(711)
32
(813)
32
(813)

Tension Load Based


on Bond Strength

Tension Load Based


on Steel Strength

f'c 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
6,211
480
1,555
(27.6)
(1.8)
(6.9)
14,579
1,365
3,645
(64.9)
(6.1)
(16.2)
12,066
3,904
3,015
(53.7)
(17.4)
(13.4)
18,692
2,225
4,675
(83.1)
(9.9)
(20.8)
33,182
548
8,295
(147.6)
(2.4)
(36.9)
34,517
5,163
8,630
(153.5)
(23.0)
(38.4)

ASTM A615
Grade 60 Rebar
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
2,640
(11.7)
4,800
(21.4)
7,440
(33.1)
10,560
(47.0)
14,400
(64.1)
18,960
(84.3)

#3
VGC37
(9.5)
#4
VGC50
(12.7)
#5
VGC62
(15.9)
#6
VGC75
(19.1)
#7
VGC100
(22.2)
#8
VGC100
(25.4)

96

1
1

3
(89)
4
(108)
5
(127)
7
(178)
8
(203)
8
(203)

6
(152)
8
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)
14
(356)
16
(406)

5
(133)
6
(162)
7
(191)
10
(267)
11
(295)
13
(343)

Edge and end distances


for threaded rod in
concrete foundation
stemwall corner
installation

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the


bond or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads listed under allowable
bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may not be increased for
short-term loading due to wind or seismic
forces.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for
spacing and edge distance on pages 9798.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within
fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors
resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in
fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also
be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads,
provided special consideration has been given
to fire-exposure conditions.
6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension
forces in overhead or wall installations unless
proper consideration is given to fire-exposure
conditions.

Shear Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete


One (1) VGC Capsule Per Hole
Rebar
VGC
Drill Embed. Critical Critical
Size Capsule Bit Depth
Edge Spacing
No.
Dia.
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)

Tension Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete


One (1) VGC Capsule Per Hole

#3
VGC37
(9.5)
#4
VGC50
(12.7)
#5
VGC62
(15.9)
#6
VGC75
(19.1)
#7
VGC100
(22.2)
#8
VGC100
(25.4)

En

5. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to


wind or seismic forces.
6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided
the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive
construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity
loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

Rebar
VGC
Drill Embed. Critical Critical
Size Capsule Bit Depth
Edge Spacing
No.
Dia.
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)

W=

6"or 8"

Shear Load Based


on Concrete Edge Distance

Shear Load Based


on Steel Strength

f'c 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
8,294
515
2,075
(36.9)
(2.3)
(9.2)
11,012
383
2,755
(49.0)
(1.7)
(12.3)
15,758
1,154
3,940
(70.1)
(5.1)
(17.5)
23,314
1,494
5,830
(103.7)
(6.6)
(25.9)
32,662
5,588
8,165
(145.3)
(24.9)
(36.3)
8,165

(36.3)

ASTM A615
Grade 60 Rebar
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,680
(7.5)
3,060
(13.6)
4,740
(21.1)
6,730
(29.9)
9,180
(40.8)
12,085
(53.8)

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the


load based on concrete edge distance or
steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge
distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may not be increased for
short-term loading due to wind or seismic
forces.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for
spacing and edge distance on pages 9798.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within
fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors
resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in
fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also
be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads,
provided special consideration has been given
to fire-exposure conditions.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

VGC

VGC

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for VGC Glass Capsule Adhesive in Normal-Weight Concrete:


Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values or allowable Shear Load Based
on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24

#3
3
5
1
0.65
0.65
0.68
0.78
0.88
0.98
1.00

7
10
1
0.65
0.65
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.82
0.86
0.90
0.94
0.98
1.00

#4
4
6
1
0.65
0.65
0.67
0.74
0.82
0.90
0.97
1.00

8
12
1
0.65
0.65
0.66
0.69
0.72
0.75
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.98
1.00

#5
5
7
1
0.57
0.57
0.59
0.66
0.74
0.81
0.89
0.96
1.00

10
15
1
0.61
0.61
0.62
0.65
0.68
0.71
0.74
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.91
0.97
1.00

#6
7
10
1
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.61
0.66
0.71
0.76
0.82
0.87
0.92
0.97
1.00

14
21
1
0.56
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.75
0.79
0.84
0.89
0.93
0.98
1.00

#7
8
11
1
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.69
0.74
0.78
0.83
0.88
0.92
1.00

1
16
24
1
0.52
0.52
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.83
0.87
0.91
0.96
1.00

#8
8
13
1
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.59
0.63
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.86
0.94
1.00

16
24
1
0.39
0.39
0.40
0.42
0.45
0.48
0.51
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.62
0.67
0.73
0.78
0.84
0.89
0.95
1.00

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

See Notes Below

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16

Dia.
Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

3
5
1
0.35
0.35
0.40
0.58
0.77
0.95
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Vinylester Adhesive

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

#3
3
6
1
0.19
0.19
0.24
0.43
0.62
0.81
1.00

4
6
1
0.15
0.15
0.20
0.38
0.56
0.75
0.93
1.00

#4
4
8
1
0.16
0.16
0.19
0.33
0.46
0.60
0.73
0.87
1.00

5
7
1
0.11
0.11
0.15
0.30
0.46
0.61
0.77
0.92
1.00

#5
5
10
1
0.10
0.10
0.13
0.24
0.35
0.45
0.56
0.67
0.78
0.89
1.00

7
10
1
0.11
0.11
0.14
0.24
0.34
0.44
0.54
0.64
0.75
0.85
0.95
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

#6
7
12
1
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.21
0.30
0.39
0.47
0.56
0.65
0.74
0.82
1.00

8
11
1
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.20
0.29
0.38
0.48
0.57
0.66
0.76
0.85
1.00

1
#7
8
14
1
0.09
0.09
0.11
0.18
0.26
0.33
0.41
0.48
0.55
0.63
0.70
0.85
1.00

8
13
1
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.18
0.26
0.33
0.41
0.49
0.57
0.65
0.73
0.88
1.00

#8
8
16
1
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.16
0.23
0.29
0.35
0.42
0.48
0.55
0.61
0.74
0.87
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

97

VGC

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for VGC Glass Capsule Adhesive in Normal-Weight Concrete:


Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.


Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
Based on Bond Strength values or allowable Shear Load Based
on Concrete Edge Distance values only.

Vinylester Adhesive

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Sint
Smin
fsmin

1
2
3
4
6
8
10
14
18
22
26
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65

#3
3
14
6
1
0.58
0.58
0.60
0.68
0.76
0.92
0.95
0.96
1.00

7
28
12
3
0.58

0.60
0.68
0.76
0.84
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

#4
4
17
7
2
0.58

0.64
0.70
0.83
0.93
0.95
0.98
1.00

8
34
14
4
0.58

0.64
0.70
0.77
0.90
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

#5
5
20
8
2
0.58

0.61
0.66
0.78
0.89
0.94
0.96
0.99
1.00

10
40
17
5
0.58

0.61
0.66
0.72
0.83
0.93
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.98
1.00

#6
7
28
12
3
0.58

0.60
0.68
0.76
0.84
0.94
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

14
56
24
7
0.58

0.60
0.64
0.72
0.80
0.88
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.98
0.99
1.00

#7
8
32
14
4
0.58

0.58
0.65
0.72
0.79
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.98
0.99
1.00

1
16
64
28
8
0.58

0.58
0.62
0.69
0.76
0.83
0.90
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

#8
8
32
14
4
0.58

0.58
0.65
0.72
0.79
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.98
0.99
1.00

16
64
28
8
0.58

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

0.58
0.62
0.69
0.76
0.83
0.90
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

See Notes Below

Spacing Shear (fs)

Sact
(in.)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14

98

Dia.
Rebar
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

#3
3
5
1
0.83
0.83
0.84
0.89
0.94
0.99
1.00

#4
4
6
2
0.83

#5
5
7
2
0.83

#6
7
10
3
0.83

#7
8
11
4
0.83

0.87
0.91
0.95
0.99
1.00

0.85
0.88
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.00

0.84
0.87
0.89
0.92
0.94
0.96
0.99
1.00

0.83
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.96
1.00

1
#8
8
13
4
0.83

0.83
0.85
0.87
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.97
1.00

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. Sint = intermediate spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
6. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
7. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00.
8. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
9. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Spacing Tension (fs)

CRACK REPAIR ADHESIVE SYSTEMS


Crack Repair
Adhesive Systems
Crack repair in concrete
does not have to require
expensive equipment
Dual cartridge ETI epoxies
for use with manual,
pneumatic, or battery
dispensing tools
Single-tube Crack-Pac
epoxy products dispense
with a standard caulking tool
Mixing nozzles, ports
and other injection
accessories to simplify
the repair process
Products to handle your
toughest applications:

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Seal the crack against


moisture: protect flooring
and guard reinforcement
in the concrete from rust
Restore integrity: high
strength, structural repairs
Repair and extend the
life of the structure

Crack-Pac Flex H2O


Polyurethane Injection
Adhesive
Flexible crack sealer
Expands to fill cracks
and voids
For dry, wet and actively
leaking cracks
Single tube product can
dispense with a standard
caulking tool
99

ETI

Injection Epoxy

ETI injection epoxies are specially designed formulations for the


injection of cracks in concrete. ETI epoxies are two-component, 1:1 ratio,
high solids formulations. They are available in 22 ounce side-by-side
cartridges and are dispensed through a static mixing nozzle using a manual,
battery or pneumatic dispensing tool. ETI is available in two viscosities: ETI-LV
(low viscosity) and ETI-GV (gel viscosity) to handle a wide range of crack
widths. Properly installed, they provide a repair that is both waterproof and
high strength (structural).

ETI-LV

ETI-GV

- IMPORTANT SEE Pages 103104


FOR INJECTION
INSTRUCTIONS

ETI-LV Low Viscosity Injection Epoxy


Low viscosity epoxy (1790 cps) for repair of fine to medium
width cracks " - " in width
Low surface tension allows the material to effectively penetrate
narrow cracks
Suitable for structural repairs
ETI-GV Gel Viscosity Injection Epoxy
Gel viscosity epoxy for repair of medium cracks " - " in width.
Decreases in viscosity under pressure for increased flowability.
Suitable for structural repairs.
APPLICATION: Epoxy-Tie injection epoxies are suitable for repairing
non-moving cracks in concrete walls, floors, slabs, columns and beams.
They can be used to inject cracks in damp or wet conditions with excellent
results. Apply to concrete 40F or above. For best results, warm material
to 60F or above prior to application.
SHELF LIFE: 2 years in unopened cartridge

Caution The ETI-LV must be used with the Opti-Mix nozzle


(EMN022) for proper mixing. ETI-GV may also be used with the
EMN22 mixing nozzle for gravity feed applications in large cracks.

ETI Cartridge System

STORAGE CONDITIONS: For best results, store between 45-90F


COLOR: Resin- white, hardener- black. When properly mixed the adhesive
will be a uniform gray color.
CLEAN UP: Removal of cured adhesive Chip or grind off surface.
Uncured Adhesive Wipe up with cotton cloths. If desired, scrub area with
abrasive, waterbased cleaner and flush with water. If approved, solvents
such as ketones (MEK, acetone, etc.), lacquer thinner, or adhesive remover
can be used. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN ADHESIVE FROM SKIN.
Take appropriate precautions when handling flammable solvents.
Solvents may damage surface to which they are applied.

Model
No.
ETILV22
ETIGV22

Capacity
ounces
(cubic
inches)

Cartridge
Type

Carton
Quantity

22
(39.7)

side-by-side

10

Dispensing
Tool

Mixing 1
Nozzle

EDT22B,
EMNO22
EDT22AP, or
(included)
EDT22CKT

1. Bulk containers also available, call Simpson Strong-Tie for details.


2. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzle in accordance with
Simpson Strong-Tie instructions. Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle
may impair epoxy performance.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
ETI-LV: Meets the requirements of ASTM C-881
Type I, II, IV and V, Grade 1, Classes B & C.
Approved under NSF/ANSI Standard 61
(22 in2/1000 gal).
ETI-GV: Meets the requirements of ASTM C-881
Type I, II, IV and V, Grade 3, Classes B & C.
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE: Very good to excellent
against distilled water, inorganic acids and alkalis.
Fair to good against organic acids and alkalis, and
many organic solvents. Poor against ketones.
ACCESSORIES: See page 109 for information on
mixing nozzles, parts, fittings and paste over material.

100

PROPERTY
Viscosity (75F)
Bond strength (moist cure)

TEST METHOD
ASTM D 2393
ASTM C 882

Tensile strength
Tensile elongation at break
Compressive yield strength
Compressive modulus
Deflection temperature
Water absorption (24 hours)
Linear coefficient of shrinkage
Gel time (60 gram mass)
Initial cure (72F)

ASTM D 638
ASTM D 638
ASTM D 695
ASTM D 695
ASTM D 648
ASTM D 570
ASTM D 2566
ASTM C 881

ETI-LV RESULTS
1,790 cps
2,500 psi (2 days)
2,530 psi (14 days)
7,470 psi (7 days)
9.4%
12,480 psi (7 days)
342,000 psi
130F
0.76%
0.004
120 min.
24 hours

ETI-GV RESULTS
Non-sag gel
1,109 psi (2 days)
3,994 psi (14 days)

11,564 psi (7 days)


403,200 psi
131F
0.58%
0.000
135 min.
24 hours

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Crack Injection

FEATURES:
Chemically bonds with the concrete to provide a structural repair
(meets the requirements of ASTM C-881 as a structural repair epoxy)
Seals the crack from moisture, protecting rebar in the concrete from
corrosion and flooring from moisture damage
Both viscosities formulated for maximum penetration under pressure
Side-by-side cartridge dispensing provides reliable mixing and ratio
control when used with the New Simpson Strong-Tie Opti-Mix
static mixing nozzle
Eliminates the need for expensive bulk dispensing equipment.
Either formulation can be dispensed using a manual or pneumatic
dispensing tool (ETI-LV requires the use of the Opti-Mix nozzle,
model EMNO22, which is included with the cartridge)
Black and white components allow easier verification of mixing than
systems utilizing same color components. The mixed epoxy is gray
for a better color match with the concrete for exposed conditions
Suitable for pressure injection or gravity-feed applications.
Non-shrink material resistant to oils, salts and mild chemicals

CRACK-PAC Injection Epoxy


The Crack-Pac two-part, high solids, low-viscosity crack injection epoxy is
designed to repair cracks in concrete. The mixed adhesive has the viscosity of a
light oil and a low surface tension which allows it to penetrate fine to medium width
cracks. Resin is contained in the cartridge and hardener is contained in the nozzle.
Once the nozzle is threaded onto the cartridge, the hardener is released into
the resin-filled cartridge by turning the knob at the base of the nozzle. The two
components are mixed by shaking the cartridge.
FEATURES:
Dispenses with a standard caulking tool, no dedicated dispensing tool needed
Low viscosity
Clean and easy mixing; no additional tools required
Chemically bonds with the concrete to restore strength
Resistant to oils, salts and mild chemicals
Non-shrink
Conforms to of ASTM C-881 Type I & II, Grade 1, Classes B & C
APPLICATION: Suitable for repair of cracks ranging from " to " wide in
concrete walls, floors, slabs, columns and beams. Can be used to inject cracks
in dry, damp or wet conditions with excellent results. Not for use in actively
leaking cracks.
SHELF LIFE: 24 months from date of manufacture, unopened
USAGE TEMPERATURE: In order for components to mix properly, the resin
and hardener must be conditioned to 60-80F before mixing.
STORAGE CONDITIONS: For best results, store between 45F - 95F

Crack-Pac Injection Epoxy


(ETIPAC10)
Dispensing Systems: U.S. Patents
6,737,000 and 6,896,001 B2

- IMPORTANT SEE Pages 102104


FOR INJECTION
INSTRUCTIONS

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CLEAN UP: Wipe up with cotton cloths. If desired scrub area with abrasive,
waterbased cleaner and flush with water. If approved, solvents such as ketones
(MEK, acetone, etc.), laquer thinner, or adhesive remover can be used.
DO NOT USE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN ADHESIVE FROM SKIN. Take appropriate
precautions when handling flammable solvents. Solvents may damage
surfaces to which they are applied. Cured material Chip or grind off surface.
PROPERTY
Viscosity (mixed, 72F)
Bond strength (moist cure)

TEST METHOD
ASTM D 2393
ASTM C 882

Water absorption
Tensile strength
Elongation at ultimate
Compressive yield strength
Compressive modulus
Linear coefficient of shrinkage
Gel time (72F)
Initial cure (72F)
Mixing ratio

ASTM D 570
ASTM D 638
ASTM D 638
ASTM D 695
ASTM D 695
ASTM D 2566
ASTM C 881

RESULTS
1,400 cps
2,010 psi (2 days)
3,830 psi (14 days)
0.082% (24 hrs)
5,860 psi (7 days)
14.1%
11,270 psi (7 days)
318,600 psi
0.002
2 hours - 60 g mass
24 hours
8:1

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE: Very good to excellent against distilled water, inorganic acids and alkalis. Fair to good against organic acids and alkalis, and many
organic solvents. Poor against ketones.

Crack-Pac Kit
(ETIPAC10KT)

Crack Injection

COLOR: Resin - blue, hardener - clear, mixed: light amber. The color of epoxy will
change from amber to blue during the cure process and then fade back to light amber
within a few weeks of installation.

Crack-Pac Kit
Components

Crack-Pac injection epoxy is also available in the


Crack-Pac Injection Kit. The kit includes everything
needed to pressure inject approximately 8 lineal feet
of cracks:
2 Crack-Pac cartridge/nozzle sets
12 E-Z-Click injection ports
2 E-Z-Click injection fittings with 12" tubing
1 pint of paste-over epoxy
(8 oz. of resin + 8 oz. of hardener)
4 disposable wood paste-over applicators
1 pair latex gloves
Installation video

Crack-Pac Cartridge System


Model
No.
ETIPAC10
ETIPAC10KT

Capacity
ounces
(cubic inches)
9
(16.2)
18
(32.4)

Cartridge
Type

Carton
Quantity

Dispensing
Tool(s)

single

12

single

2 (kits)

CDT10 or
standard
caulking
tool

ACCESSORIES: See page 109 for information on


mixing nozzles, parts, fittings and paste over material.

Crack-Pac injection epoxy using


the E-Z-Click Port System

101

CRACK-PAC Injection Epoxy


Wear gloves when handling the Crack-Pac cartridge
once the resin and hardener are mixed, as material
may become hot. Eye protection is recommended.

CARTRIDGE PREPARATION AND MIXING INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Remove the red cap from


the top of the cartridge.

5. Turn the black valve to


the #2 position.

8. Insert the cartridge into the caulking tool.

2. Screw the threaded portion of


the nozzle into the cartridge.

6. Attach the clear cap securely


to the end of the nozzle.

3. Turn the black valve so that the


#1 on the valve aligns with the
arrow on the neck of the nozzle.

nozzle and allow the


material contained within
to drain into the cartridge.

7. Shake the cartridge at a rate of 2 shakes per second for


2 minutes or until the mixed material is a uniform color.

9. Turn the black valve to the #3 position


and remove the black cap from the
end of the nozzle. If performing
gravity feed, the material is ready
to dispense. If performing pressure
injection, attach the E-Z-Click injection
fitting to the end of the nozzle.

102

4. Twist off the tip of the

Warning: Do not mix


product until ready to
use within 30 minutes.
A full cartridge of mixed
epoxy will harden in 6575 minutes
and will reach a peak temperature of
350F (177C) within two hours. To
prevent pressure build up possibly
resulting in cartridge breach and
injury, remove cartridge from the
caulking tool when not dispensing.
Use caution handling or disposing
of cartridge until cool.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Crack Injection

Usage tip: After the product is mixed, a small volume of air will remain in the cartridge.
Keeping this cushion of air at the back of the cartridge during dispensing will allow the
dispensing of the final bit of epoxy from the nozzle once the cartridge is empty.

EPOXY-TIE Injection Guide


Important: These instructions are intended as recommended guidelines. Due to the variability of field conditions,
selection of the proper material for the intended application and installation are the sole responsibility of the applicator.

shape using a grinder in order to get past the surface contamination.

Epoxy injection is an economical method of repairing non-moving cracks


in concrete walls, slabs, columns and piers and is capable of restoring the
concrete to its pre-cracked strength. Prior to doing any injection it is
necessary to determine the cause of the crack. If the source of cracking
has not been determined and remedied, the concrete may crack again.
Materials
ETI-LV for repair of fine to medium-width cracks
(Suggested width range: "").
ETI-GV for repair of medium-width cracks
(Suggested width range: "")
Crack-Pac injection epoxy for repair of fine to medium non-structural
cracks (Suggested width range: "")
CIP, CIP-F and ETR are recommended for paste-over of crack surface and
installation of injection ports. ET, EDOT, ETR or SET adhesives may also
be used as a substitute. (SET is the only paste-over epoxy approved for
NSF/ANSI Standard 61.)
E-Z-Click injection ports, fittings and other suitable accessories.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

For many applications, additional preparation is necessary in order to seal


the crack. Where a surfacing material has been removed using an acid or
chemical solvent, prepare the crack as follows:
1. Using clean, compressed air, blow out any remaining debris and liquid.
2. Remove residue by high-pressure washing or steam cleaning.
3. Blow any remaining water from the crack with clean compressed air.
If a coating, sealant or paint has been applied to the concrete it must be
removed before placing the paste-over epoxy. Under the pressure of injection
these materials may lift and cause a leak. If the surface coating is covering
the crack, it may be necessary to route out the opening of the crack in a V

Injection Procedure for ETI-LV, ETI-GV and Crack-Pac Injection Epoxy


1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge label. Verify
that the material flowing from the Opti-Mix mixing nozzle is a uniform
gray color for ETI-LV and ETI-GV. For Crack-Pac injection epoxy verify
that the mixed material in the cartridge is a light amber color.
2. Attach the E-Z-Click fitting to the end of the nozzle by pushing the
tubing over the barbs at the end of the nozzle. Make sure that all ports
are pushed in to the open position.
3. Attach the E-Z-Click injection fitting to the
first E-Z-Click port until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the heads of all the ports are
pushed in to the open position. In vertical
applications, begin injection at the lowest
port and work your way up. In a horizontal
application start at one end of the crack
and work your way to the other end.
4. Inject epoxy into the first port until it will no
longer flow into the crack. If epoxy shows at
the next port and the first port still accepts
material, close the second port and continue
to inject into the first port until it accepts no
more epoxy. Continue closing ports where
epoxy appears until the first port refuses
epoxy. When the first port reaches the point
of refusal, brace the base of the port and pull
out gently on the head of the port to close it.

2. Using a putty knife or other paste-over


tool, generously work epoxy along the
entire length of the crack. Take care to
mound the epoxy around the base of the
port to approximately " thick extending
1" out from the base of the port and to
work out any holes in the material. It is
recommended that the paste-over should
be a minimum of " thick and 1" wide
along the crack. Insufficient paste-over will
result in leaks under the pressure of injection.
If the crack passes completely through the
concrete element, seal the back of the crack,
if possible. If not, epoxy may be able to run
out the back side of the crack, resulting
in an ineffective repair.

1.1

3. Allow the paste-over to harden before


beginning injection.
Note: CIP, CIP-F and ETR epoxies are fast cure,
manually mixed materials and may harden
prematurely if left in a mixed mass on the mixing
surface while installing ports. Spreading paste-over
into a thin film (approximately ") on the mixing
surface will slow curing by allowing the heat from
the reaction to dissipate.

Crack Injection

Preparation of the Crack for Injection


Clean the crack and the surface surrounding it to allow the epoxy to bond to
sound concrete. At a minimum, the surface to receive paste-over should be
brushed with a wire brush. Oil, grease or other surface contaminates must
be removed in order to allow the paste-over to bond properly. Take care
not to impact any debris into the crack during cleaning. Using clean, oil free
compressed air, blow out the crack to remove any dust, debris or standing
water. Best results will be obtained if the crack is dry at the time of injection.
If water is continually seeping from the crack, the flow must be stopped in
order for epoxy injection to yield a suitable repair. Other materials such as
polyurethane resins may be required to repair an actively leaking crack.

Sealing of the Crack and Attachment of E-Z-Click injection ports


1. To adhere the port to the concrete,
apply a small amount of epoxy around
1
the bottom of the port base. Place the
port at one end of the crack and repeat
until the entire crack is ported. As a rule
of thumb, injection ports should be placed
8" apart along the length of the crack.
Important: Do not allow epoxy to block
the port or the crack under it, this is
where epoxy must enter the crack.

Pulling too hard may dislodge the port from the surface of the
concrete, causing a leak. Depress the metal tab on the head of
the E-Z-Click fitting and remove it from the port.
5. Go to the last port where epoxy appeared while injecting the first port,
open it, and continue injection at this port. If the epoxy has set up and
the port is bonded closed, move to the next clean port and repeat the
process until every portion of the crack has refused epoxy.
While this method may appear to leave some ports uninjected, it provides
maximum pressure to force the epoxy into the smaller areas of the crack.
Moving to the next port as soon as epoxy appears will allow the epoxy to
travel along the wider parts of the crack to the next ports rather than force
it into the crack before it travels to the next ports.
Injection Tips
If using a pneumatic dispensing tool, set the tool at a low setting
when beginning injection and increase pressure if necessary to get
the epoxy to flow.
For narrow cracks it may be necessary to increase the pressure
gradually until the epoxy begins to flow. It may also be necessary to wait
a few minutes for the epoxy to fill the crack and travel to the next port.
If desired, once the injection epoxy has cured, remove the injection ports
and paste-over epoxy. The epoxy can be removed with a chisel, scraper,
or grinder. The past-over can be simply peeled off if CIP-F is used.
Using a heat gun to soften the epoxy is recommended when using a
chisel or scraper.
Mixing nozzles can be used for multiple cartridges as long as the
epoxy does not harden in the nozzle.

103

EPOXY-TIE Injection Guide


Epoxy is flowing into the crack, but not showing up at the next port.
This can indicate that either the crack expands and/or branches off
under the surface of the concrete. Continue to inject and fill these voids.
In situations where the crack penetrates completely through the
concrete element and the backside of the concrete element cannot be
sealed (e.g basement walls, or footings with backfill) longer injection
time may not force the epoxy to the next port. This most likely indicates
that epoxy is running out of the unsealed back side of the crack. In this
case the application may not be suitable for epoxy injection repair
without excavation and sealing of the back side of the crack.

Crack Injection

Back pressure is preventing epoxy from flowing.


This can indicate several situations:
The crack is not continuous and the portion being injected is full (see
above instructions about injection after the port has reached refusal).
The port is not aligned over the crack properly.
The crack is blocked by debris.
If the mixing nozzle has been allowed to sit for a few minutes full
of epoxy, the material may have hardened in the nozzle. Attach the
E-Z-Click fitting to a port at another uninjected location on the
crack and attempt to inject. If the epoxy still won't flow, chances
are the epoxy has hardened in the nozzle.

Gravity-Feed Procedure
Some horizontal applications where complete penetration is not a
requirement can be repaired using the gravity feed method.
1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge label. Verify
that the material flowing from the Opti-Mix mixing nozzle is a uniform
gray color for ETI-LV and ETI-GV. For Crack-Pac injection epoxy verify
that the mixed material in the cartridge is a clear amber color.

ESTIMATING GUIDE FOR EPOXY CRACK INJECTION


Width Concrete Approximate Approximate Width Concrete Approximate
of Thickness Coverage
Coverage
of Thickness Coverage
Crack
(in.)
per 22 oz.
per 9 oz.
Crack
(in.)
per 22 oz.
(in.)
Cartridge
Crack-Pac (in.)
Cartridge
(linear ft.)
Cartridge
(linear ft.)
(linear ft.)

4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10

47.6
31.8
23.8
19.1
23.8
15.9
11.9
9.5
11.9
7.9
6.0
4.8
6.0
4.0
3.0
2.4
4.0
2.6
2.0
1.6

18.4
12.3
9.2
7.4
9.2
6.1
4.6
3.7
4.6
3.1
2.3
1.9
2.3
1.5
1.2
0.9
1.5
1.0
0.8
0.6

4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10

3.0
2.0
1.5
1.2
2.4
1.6
1.2
1.0
2.0
1.3
1.0
0.8
1.7
1.1
0.9
0.7
1.5
1.0
0.7
0.6

Coverage listed is approximate and will vary depending on waste and condition of concrete.

104

Epoxy is leaking from the pasted-over crack or around injection ports.


Stop injecting. If using a fast cure paste-over material (ETR or CIP),
wipe off the leaking injection epoxy with a cotton cloth and re-apply the
paste over material. Wait approximately 1015 minutes to allow the
epoxy to begin to harden. If the leak is large (e.g. the port broke off of
the concrete surface) it is a good idea to wait approximately 30 minutes,
or longer as necessary, to allow the paste over to cure more completely.
Check to see that the epoxy is hard before reinjecting or the paste-over
or ports may leak. Another option for small leaks is to clean off the
injection epoxy and use paraffin or crayon to seal the holes.
More epoxy is being used than estimated.
This may indicate that the crack either expands or branches off below
the surface. Continue to inject and fill these voids. This may also
indicate that epoxy is running out of the back side of the crack. If the
crack penetrates completely through the concrete element and cannot
be sealed, the application may not be suitable for injection repair.
Less epoxy is being used than estimated.
This may indicate that the crack is shallower than originally thought,
or the epoxy is not penetrating the crack sufficiently before moving to
the next port. Reinject some ports with a lower viscosity epoxy to see if
the crack will take more epoxy. Another option is to heat the epoxy to a
temperature of 80100F which will reduce its viscosity and allow
it to penetrate into small cracks easier. The epoxy should be heated
uniformly, do not overheat cartridge.

2. Starting at one end of the crack, slowly dispense epoxy into the crack,
moving along the crack as it fills. It will probably be necessary to do
multiple passes in order to fill the crack. It is possible that the epoxy
will take some time to run into the crack, and the crack may appear
empty several hours after the initial application. Reapply the epoxy until
the crack is filled. In situations where the crack completely penetrates
the member (e.g. concrete slab) the material may continue to run
through the crack into the subgrade. In these cases epoxy repair may
not provide an effective repair.
Tip: For narrow cracks, run a bead of caulk along each side of the
crack approximately " from the edge of the crack. This will form a
reservoir into which epoxy can be dispensed. Alternatively, use a
grinder to route the crack opening into a V shape. Take care to clean
the crack with compressed air afterwards as grinding can impact dust
and debris into the crack and prevent proper flow of the epoxy.

Simpson Strong-Tie does not recommend


repair of cracks larger than " wide without
consulting a qualified engineer.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Troubleshooting

CRACK-PAC FLEX-H2O Polyurethane Crack Sealer


Crack-Pac Flex-H20 is a high solids hydrophobic polyurethane injection resin
designed to seal leaking cracks, voids or fractures in concrete or solid masonry.
The polyurethane is packaged in the cartridge and an accelerator is packaged in the
nozzle. When the two are combined in the cartridge and mixed, the result is a low
viscosity, water activated polyurethane. When the resin encounters water as it is
injected into the crack, it becomes an expanding foam that provides a flexible seal
in leaking and non-leaking cracks.
FEATURES:
Seals seeping or mildly leaking cracks
400% elongation provides a flexible seal for moving cracks
Can be dispensed with a standard caulking tool
Can also be used on dry cracks
Can be used with a reduced amount or without accelerator to slow
down reaction time
Expands to fill voids and close off the back of the crack
Expanding nature makes it suitable for sealing cracks in solid masonry
Fast reacting - reaction begins within 1 minute after exposure to moisture;
expansion may be completed within 3 minutes (depending on the amount
of moisture and the ambient temperature).
Non-shrinking hydrophobic formula with the elongation
and flexibility of a hydrophilic resin
20:1 expansion ratio (unrestricted rise) means less material needed
APPLICATION: Suitable for sealing cracks ranging from " to " wide in
concrete and solid masonry. Can be used to repair cracks in dry, damp and
wet conditions with excellent results. Designed to perform in applications
where water is seeping or mildly leaking from the crack.

For Leaking Cracks


Crack-Pac Flex-H2O
Crack Sealer
Dispensing System: U.S. Patents
6,737,000 and 6,896,001 B2

- IMPORTANT SEE Pages 106108


FOR INJECTION
INSTRUCTIONS

USAGE TEMPERATURE:

Crack Injection

SHELF LIFE: 12 months from the date of manufacture, unopened.


60- 90F

STORAGE CONDITIONS: For best results store in a dry area between 45- 95F.
Product is very moisture sensitive.
COLOR: Polyurethane - clear, accelerator - green, cured - green

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CLEAN UP: Uncured material Wipe up with cotton cloths. If desired scrub area
with abrasive, waterbased cleaner and flush with water. If approved, solvents
such as ketones (MEK, acetone, etc.), lacquer thinner, or adhesive remover can be
used. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS TO CLEAN ADHESIVE FROM SKIN. Take appropriate
precautions when handling flammable solvents. Solvents may damage surfaces to
which they are applied. Cured material scrape or brush off surface with a putty
knife or wire brush. Tip: wetting the concrete or masonry surface immediately
prior to injection will make cured resin easier to remove.
PROPERTY
Viscosity (77F)
Density

TEST METHOD
ASTM D 1638
ASTM D 1622

Elongation

ASTM D 638

Tensile strength

ASTM D 638

Tear strength

ASTM D 624

RESULTS
600 cps (liquid state)
Highly restricted rise - 65 lbs./ft3
Lightly restricted rise - 10 lbs./ft3
Highly restricted rise - 400%
Lightly restricted rise - 400%
Highly restricted rise - 2200 psi
Lightly restricted rise - 300 psi
Highly restricted rise - 400 psi
Lightly restricted rise - 55 psi

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Very good to excellent against water, most hydrocarbons and alkalis.
Poor to fair against ketones, chlorinated solvents and concentrated acids.

Additional Components Needed for Crack Repair


Condition
Dry Crack
Wet Crack
Seeping Crack
Mildly Leaking Crack

Paste-Over
Material
ETR, CIP or
CIP-F*
Hydraulic
Cement

Ports

Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Kit


(CPFH09KT)

Crack-Pac Flex-H2O
Kit Components

Crack-Pac Flex-H20 crack sealer is also available in the


Crack-Pac Flex-H20 Injection Kit. The kit includes everything
needed to pressure inject approximately 8 lineal feet of cracks:
2 Crack-Pac Flex-H20
cartridge/nozzle sets
12 E-Z-Click injection ports
2 E-Z-Click injection
fittings with 12" tubing

1 pint of paste-over epoxy


(8 oz. of resin + 8 oz. of
hardener)
4 disposable wood
paste-over applicators
1 pair latex gloves

Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Cartridge System

Capacity
ounces
(cubic
inches)

Model
No.
CPFH09
CPFH09KT

9
(16.2)
18
(32.4)

Cartridge
Type

Carton
Quantity

Dispensing
Tool(s)

single

12

single

2 (kits)

CDT10 or
Standard
Caulking
Tool

Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Bulk Packaging

EIP-EZA or
EIP-EZ Flush-Mount
EIPX-EZ Drill-In

*CIP-F requires EIP-EZA port.


See page 109 for information on Crack Repair Accessories.

DEFINITIONS:
Dry Crack: A crack containing no moisture.
Wet Crack: A crack containing moisture (damp or containing standing water).
The surface can be dried and will remain dry during the paste-over operation.
Seeping Crack: A wet crack that slowly oozes water. After being dried,
the surface slowly becomes wet again.
Mildly Leaking Crack: A crack with a slow trickle of water emitting from its face.

Model
No.

Description

FHO5*

Flex-H2O
Resin
Flex-H2O
Catalyst

Capacity
5 Gallons
16 Ounces

Dispensing
Tool/Equipment
Bulk Pump/Meter Mix
Machine or Grease Gun

*For standard reaction time, use a 30:1 resin: catalyst ratio. For a faster
reaction time, add more catalyst, for a slower reaction time, use less.

ACCESSORIES: See pages 109 for information on


mixing nozzles, parts, fittings and paste over material.

105

CRACK-PAC FLEX-H2O Polyurethane Crack Sealer


Wear gloves when handling
the Crack-Pac Flex-H2O cartridge.
Eye protection is recommended.

CARTRIDGE PREPARATION AND MIXING INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Remove the red cap from


the top of the cartridge.

5. Turn the black valve to


the #2 position.

2. Screw the threaded portion of


the nozzle into the cartridge.

6. Attach the black cap securely


to the end of the nozzle.

3. Turn the black valve so that the


#1 on the valve aligns with the
arrow on the neck of the nozzle.

4. Twist off the tip of the


nozzle and allow the
material contained within
to drain into the cartridge.

7. Shake the cartridge at a rate of 2 shakes per second for


2 minutes or until the mixed material is a uniform color.

Warning: Do not open


cartridge until ready to
use. The polyurethane
will react to atmospheric
moisture if left exposed. To prevent
pressure build up possibly resulting
in cartridge breach and injury,
remove cartridge from the caulking
tool when not dispensing.
8. Insert the cartridge into the caulking tool.

9. Turn the black valve to the #3


position and remove the black
cap from the end of the nozzle.
Attach the E-Z-Click injection
fitting to the end of the nozzle
for injection.

106

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Crack Injection

Usage tip: After the product is mixed, a small volume of air will remain in the cartridge.
Keeping this cushion of air at the back of the cartridge during dispensing will allow the
dispensing of the final bit of epoxy from the nozzle once the cartridge is empty.

CRACK-PAC FLEX-H2O Injection Guide


Important: These instructions are intended as recommended guidelines. Due to the variability of field conditions,
selection of the proper material for the intended application and installation are the sole responsibility of the applicator.

Application
Polyurethane injection is an effective and economical method of sealing
cracks in concrete and solid masonry elements. Crack-Pac Flex-H20 crack
sealer is suitable for sealing dry, wet, seeping and mildly leaking cracks in
horizontal and vertical concrete and solid masonry elements ranging from
" - ".
Definitions:
Dry Cracka crack containing no moisture
Wet Cracka crack containing moisture (damp or containing standing
water). The surface can be dried and will remain dry during the
paste-over operation.
Seeping Cracka wet crack that slowly oozes water. After being dried,
the surface slowly becomes wet again.
Mildly Leaking Cracka crack with a slow trickle of water emitting
from its face.

For many applications, additional preparation is necessary in order to seal


the crack. Where a surfacing material has been removed using an acid or
chemical solvent, prepare the crack as follows:
1. Using clean, compressed air, blow out any remaining debris and liquid.
2. Remove residue by high-pressure washing or steam cleaning.
3. Blow any remaining water from the crack with clean compressed air.

Dry or Wet Crack Application - Sealing of the crack and attachment


of E-Z-Click flush mount injection ports (Model EIP-EZ or EIP-EZA)

Seeping Crack Application - Sealing of the crack and attachment


of E-Z-Click flush mount injection ports (Model EIP-EZ)

2. Using a putty knife or other paste-over


tool, generously work epoxy along the
entire length of the crack. Take care to
mound the epoxy around the base of
ports and to work out any holes in the
material. It is recommended that the
paste-over should be a minimum of "
thick and 1" wide. Insufficient paste-over
will result in leaks under the pressure of
injection. Allow the paste-over to cure
before beginning injection.

1. Mix a small amount of quick-setting hydraulic cement with water in a


container per manufacturer's recommendation (leave cement thick so
it can be molded). Apply the cement generously to the top of the port
flange and hold the port onto the concrete/masonry surface at one end
of the crack until it sticks when the hand is released (usually about
1 minute). Repeat until the entire crack is sealed and ported.
IMPORTANT: Be sure not to cover the port opening/closing interface
with the cement. If this interface is covered, the cement must be
cut away from this interface with a utility knife once it is cured,
otherwise, the port will not close.

1.1

2. To seal the remaining portions of the crack, mix small amounts of the
hydraulic cement and apply it to the crack in a similar fashion. It is
recommended that the paste-over be " thick and 1" wide. Once the
entire crack is covered, all leaking water should be directed through the
open ports. If water is leaking from any parts of the paste-over, be sure
to patch these areas with additional hydraulic cement before injecting
the crack.

Crack Injection

NOTE: Multiple applications may be necessary to fill all voids.

If a coating, sealant or paint has been applied to the concrete it must be


removed before placing the paste-over material. Under the pressure of
injection these materials may lift and cause a leak. If the surface coating is
covering the crack, it may be necessary to route out the surface of the crack
in a "V" shape using a grinder in order to get past the surface contamination.

1. To adhere the port to the concrete,


apply a small amount of epoxy around
the bottom of the port base. Place the
port at one end of the crack and repeat
until the entire crack is ported. As a rule
of thumb, injection ports should be placed
8" apart along the length of the crack.
Important: Do not allow epoxy to block
the port or the crack under it, this is
where adhesive must enter the crack.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Preparation of the Crack for Injection


Clean the crack and the surface surrounding it to allow the paste-up
material to bond to sound concrete. At a minimum, the surface to receive
paste-over should be brushed with a wire brush. Oil, grease or other surface
contaminates must be removed in order to allow the paste-over to bond
properly. Take care not to impact any debris into the crack during cleaning.
With dry cracks, use clean, oil free compressed air to blow out as much
dust and debris from the crack.

Mildly Leaking Crack Application - Sealing of the crack and


attachment of E-Z-Click drill-in injection ports (Model EIPX-EZ)

3. For Dry Cracks- Crack-Pac Flex-H20 reacts


with water and needs moisture present
to cure. Therefore, if the crack to be sealed
is completely dry, water must be introduced
into it. Once ports are in place and the crack
surface is pasted over, use a syringe or
spray bottle to introduce approximately
1 ounce of water into each port.
Note: CIP and CIP-F and ETR epoxies are a
fast cure, manually mixed materials and may
harden prematurely if left in a mixed mass on
the mixing surface while installing ports.
Spreading paste-over into a thin film (approximately ")
on the mixing surface will slow curing by allowing
the heat from the reaction to dissipate.

1. Using a hammer drill or roto-hammer, drill " holes " deep at each
end of the crack and along the crack approximately 8" apart.
2. Using the E-Z-Click Drilled-In port (model EIPX-EZ), gently pound the
port into the drilled hole at the top of a vertical crack or at either end
of a horizontal crack. Mix a small amount of quick-setting hydraulic
cement with water in a container per manufacturer's recommendation
(leave cement thick so it can be molded).
3. Apply the cement generously to the top of the port flange and hold until
it sticks when the hand is released (usually about 1 minute). Repeat
until the entire crack is sealed and ported. IMPORTANT: Be sure not to
cover the port opening/closing interface with the cement. If this
interface is covered, the cement must be cut away from this interface
with a utility knife once it is cured, otherwise, the port will not close.
4. To seal the remaining portions of the crack, mix small amounts of the
hydraulic cement and apply it to the crack in a similar fashion. Starting
at one end and working toward the other. In vertical applications start at
the top and work down. It is recommended that the paste-over be at
least " thick and 1" wide. Once the entire crack is covered, all leaking
water should be directed through the open ports. If water is leaking
from any parts of the paste-over, be sure to patch these areas with
additional hydraulic cement before injecting the crack.
107

CRACK-PAC FLEX-H2O Injection Guide


Injection Procedure for Crack-Pac Flex-H20 crack sealer

Injection Tips

1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge label. Verify


that the material flowing from the nozzle is a uniform green color.
2. Attach the E-Z-Click fitting to the end of the nozzle by pushing the
tubing over the barbs at the end of the nozzle. Make sure that all ports
are pushed in to the open position.
3. Attach the E-Z-Click injection fitting to the
first E-Z-Click port until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the head of the port is
pushed in to the open position. In vertical
applications, begin injection at the lowest
port and work your way up. In a horizontal
application start at one end of the crack
and work your way to the other end.
4. Inject polyurethane into the first port until
material shows at the next port. Remove
the E-Z-Click fitting by bracing the base
of the port and pulling out gently on the
head of the port to close it. Pulling too
hard may dislodge the port from the
surface of the concrete, causing a leak.
Depress the metal tab on the head of
the E-Z-Click fitting and remove it from
the port.

For narrow cracks it may be necessary to increase the pressure


gradually until the polyurethane begins to flow. It may also be
necessary to wait a few minutes for the material to fill the crack
and travel to the next port.
If desired, once the polyurethane has cured, remove the injection
ports and paste-over epoxy or hydraulic cement. The paste-over
can be removed with a chisel, scraper or grinder.

Troubleshooting
Polyurethane is flowing into the crack, but not showing up
at the next port.
This can indicate that either the crack expands and/or branches off
under the surface of the concrete. Continue to inject and fill these voids.
Back pressure is preventing polyurethane from flowing.
This can indicate several situations:
The crack is not continuous and the portion
being injected is full.
The port is not aligned over the crack properly.
The crack is blocked by debris.
Polyurethane is leaking from the pasted-over crack
or around injection ports.
Stop injecting. If using a fast cure paste-over material (ETR or CIP),
wipe off the leaking injection epoxy with a cotton cloth and re-apply the
paste over material. Wait a approximately 1015 minutes to allow the
paste-over to begin to harden. If the leak is large (e.g. the port broke
off of the concrete surface) it is a good idea to wait approximately
30 minutes, or longer as necessary, to allow the paste-over to cure
more completely. Check to see that the paste-over is hard before
reinjecting or the paste-over or ports may leak.
Another option for small leaks is to clean off the injection adhesive
and use paraffin or crayon to seal the holes.

108

More polyurethane is being used than estimated.


This may indicate that the crack either expands or branches off below
the surface. Continue to inject and fill these voids.
Less polyurethane is being used than estimated.
This may indicate that the crack is shallower than originally thought,
or the polyurethane is not penetrating the crack sufficiently before
moving to the next port.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Crack Injection

5. Move to the next port and repeat until


all ports have been injected.

CRACK REPAIR ACCESSORIES


Crack Injection Paste-Over in Cartridge Delivery System

EMN022 Opti-Mix Mixing Nozzle


The Opti-Mix static mixing nozzle is specifically designed for crack injection
epoxies and ensures thorough mixing of epoxy components:
For use with both low viscosity and gel viscosity ETI formulations.
Flow regulators ensure that resin and hardener flow at equal rates and prevent
mixed epoxy from flowing back out of the nozzle into the cartridge. This
ensures thorough mixing and prevents mixed product from curing in the neck
of the cartridge, causing blockage. Testing shows that mixing with the Opti-Mix
nozzle is 4 times more consistent than a standard spiral mixing nozzle.
For use with pneumatic, battery and manual dispensing tools.
Half the length of standard spiral mixing nozzles, allowing easy access
in cramped conditions and reducing waste.
Barbed end allows easy attachment to the E-Z-Click injection fitting.
When dispensing low viscosity material, using a standard spiral mixing nozzle
and a manual dispensing tool, resin and hardener surge unevenly through the
nozzle without being thoroughly combined. The result is poorly mixed epoxy
that will not fully cure and will not effectively repair the crack. The Opti-Mix
nozzle corrects this problem utilizing unique mixing elements and a flow
regulator that allows the use of a manual tool with low viscosity epoxy.
E-Z-Click Injection System
The E-Z-Click injection system is comprised of a specially designed fitting and
ports that take the mess out of your repair project while allowing you to work faster.
The E-Z-Click injection fitting installs onto the end of the Opti-Mix mixing nozzle and
clicks onto the E-Z-Click ports during injection.
Positive connection eliminates messy leakage, minimizing waste and clean-up.
No drilling of ports: E-Z-Click ports perform while pasted to the surface
of the concrete. No drilling required for most applications.
Disconnect the fitting and the epoxy stops flowing, no leaky mess.
After injecting, pull the head of the E-Z-Click port out to close it and
prevent leakage.
One person can work faster without having to hold the tube on the port.
ETR Epoxy Paste-Over
Ideal for pasting over the surface of cracks and attaching ports for pressure
injection. The non-sag paste consistency enables paste-up on horizontal,
vertical and overhead applications. Fast cure time means shorter time between
paste-over and injection. Packaged as a kit in separate 8 oz. canisters which are
mixed manually to yield 16 ounces of epoxy. Also ideal for small concrete repair
application: spall repair and misc. patching. Each kit contains enough material to
cover approximately 8 lineal feet of cracks.
CIP Paste-Over
CIP is a fast-curing, two-part epoxy paste over material. It is used to seal
cracks and to secure injection ports over concrete prior to epoxy or urethane
foam injection repair. CIP sets up hard and can either be left on the concrete or
ground or chiseled off at the completion of a crack injection job.
CIP-F Paste-Over
CIP-F is a flexible, peelable and fast-curing polyurea paste-over material. It is
used to temporarily seal cracks and to secure injection ports over concrete prior to
epoxy or urethane foam injection repair. CIP-F can be peeled off at the completion
of a crack injection job by pulling on starter tabs placed under the lead edge surface
at the time of application or by prying under the paste-over.

Model
No.

Capacity
ounces
(cubic
inches)

Carton
Quantity

Dispensing
Tool(s)

Mixing
Nozzle

22 (39.7) side-by-side

10

EDT22B,
EDT22AP, or
EDT22CKT

EMN22

CIP-F 22 (39.7) side-by-side

10

EDT22B,
EDT22AP,
EDT22CFT

included

CIP

Cartridge
Type

1. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzle in accordance with


Simpson Strong-Tie instructions. Modification or improper use of mixing
nozzle may impair paste over performance.
2. Each cartridge contains enough material to cover approximately 8 lineal feet
of cracks.
3. CIP-F can be dispensed without the mixing nozzle and mixed by hand using
a mixing board and putty knife.

E-Z-Click Ports and


Injection Fitting
Opti-Mix
Mixing Nozzle

E-Z-Click
Injection Fitting

EIP-EZA
Flush Mount
Port
(EIP-EZ
similar in
appearance)

Crack Injection

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Crack Repair Accessories

EIPX-EZ
Corner
Mount/
Drilled-In
Port

Crack Repair Accessories Product Data


Description

Pkg. Ctn. Qty.


Qty.
(ea.)
30
EMNO22-RP6 6
(5 Packs)
Model No.

6 Opti-Mix mixing nozzles for ETI epoxies


(6" long, " square). Includes retaining nuts.1
100 standard E-Z-Click flush mount injection
ports (not compatible with CIP-F paste-over)
20 standard E-Z-Click flush mount injection ports and
1 E-Z-Click injection fitting (not compatible with CIP-F)
100 stiff-flange E-Z-Click flush mount injection ports
and 1 E-Z-Click injection fitting (compatible with all
Simpson Strong-Tie paste-overs)
20 stiff-flange E-Z-Click flush mount injection ports
and 1 E-Z-Click injection fitting (compatible with all
Simpson Strong-Tie paste-overs)
20 E-Z-Click corner mount/drilled-in injection ports 2
20 E-Z-Click corner mount/drilled-in injection ports
and 1 E-Z-Click injection fitting 2
E-Z-Click injection fitting
ETR Kit containing 1 8-oz. canister of resin and
1 8-oz. canister of hardener

EIP-EZ

100

EIP-EZKT

5 Kits

EIP-EZA

100

EIP-EZAKT

5 Kits

EIPX-EZ-RP20

20

100
(5 Packs)

EIPX-EZKT

5 Kits

EIF-EZ

10

ETR16

4 Kits

ETR16
Cure Schedule ETR and CIP
Base Material
Temperature
F
C
40
4
60
16
80
27
100
38

Cure
Time
24 hrs.
2 hrs.
1 hr.
1 hr.

CIP

CIP-F

Cure Schedule - CIP-F


Base Material Temperature
F
C
40
4
72
22

CureTime
3 hrs.
1 hrs.

1. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzle in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie
instructions. Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair epoxy performance.
2. EIPX intended for use as a surface mount port in corners and a drilled-in port on flat surfaces.
All accessories compatible with ETI-LV and ETI-GV epoxies.

Detailed information on the full line of Simpson Strong-Tie


manual and pneumatic dispensing tools is available on pages 8788.

109

MECHANICAL ANCHORS
Heavy-duty general purpose
anchors for any base
material:
Concrete
Concrete block
(grouted and hollow)
Brick
Drywall

High-performance anchors
designed and tested for use
in cracked or uncracked
concrete
Optimum performance
under static tension and
shear loading

Ideal for demanding


structural applications
TESTED
TO
MEET

IBC

2006

Blue Banger Hanger threaded


rod hanger

Installs before the concrete


pour
Provides high tension loads
for overhead attachments
Each hanger capable of
accepting multiple diameters
of threaded rod
110

C-SAS-2009 92009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Proven results under


Seismic and Wind loading

TORQ-CUT Self-Undercutting Anchor for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete

TESTED
TO
MEET

IBC

2006

The Torq-Cut self-undercutting anchor is a heavy-duty, high-capacity anchor designed and


tested for use in cracked and uncracked concrete under static and seismic loading conditions.
It is designed to meet the requirements that the 2006 IBC places on post-installed anchors.
The built in ring with hardened cutters expands with installation torque forming undercut
grooves in the concrete. This interlocking connection between the anchor and the concrete
provides superior load carrying capacity.

(Call for availability)

FEATURES:
Self-undercutting feature provides higher load carrying capacity than conventional
mechanical anchors
AC193 code tested to ensure outstanding performance in both cracked and uncracked concrete
Excellent for resisting seismic and vibratory loads
Suitable for seismic applications categories A-F
Ductile steel rod provides consistent, reliable performance
Specially designed, low-friction wedge cone minimizes binding and speeds installation
Installs just like a conventional wedge anchor, no special tool, drill bit, or secondary
drilling is required
The head is stamped with the Simpson Strong-Tie "" sign and size ID
for easy post installation identification
Software Supported

MATERIAL: ASTM A193 grade B7 or B7M rod with SAE J403 grade 1144 expansion clip and cone
FINISH: Zinc plated
CODES: ICC-ES pending

Torq-Cut
Self-Undercutting Anchor
U.S. Patent 7,357,613

The load tables list values based upon results from the most recent testing and
may not reflect those in current code reports. Where code jurisdictions apply, consult
the current reports for applicable load values.

(Check latest software


version or
www.simpsonanchors.com
for available support)

Installation Sequence

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult to set the anchor
and will reduce the anchors load capacity.
Do not use an impact wrench to set or tighten the Torq-Cut anchor.
Installation Instructions: Pre-Set Version
Drill a hole in the base material to the specified embedment depth using the appropriate
diameter carbide drill bit specified for each diameter.
Blow the hole clean using compressed air.
Assemble the anchor with nut and washer and finger tighten nut so all components
are snug (spacer sleeve, expansion sleeve and cone). The bottom of the threaded rod
should be flush with the bottom of the cone.
Place the anchor into the drilled hole and use a hammer and setting tube* to drive the anchor
until the washer and nut are tight against the surface of the base material.
Remove the nut and washer and install the fixture. Re-assemble the nut and
washer over the fixture.
Tighten to the required installation torque.
Installation Instructions: Through-Set Version
Drill a hole in the base material to the specified embedment depth using the appropriate
diameter carbide drill bit specified for each diameter.
Blow the hole clean using compressed air.
Assemble the anchor with nut and washer and finger tighten nut so all components
are snug (spacer sleeve, expansion sleeve and cone). The bottom of the threaded rod
should be flush with the bottom of the cone.
Place the anchor through the fixture and into the drilled hole. Use a hammer and setting tube*
to drive the anchor until the washer and nut are tight against the fixture.
Tighten to the required installation torque.
APPLICATION:
Interior environment where low levels of moisture and corrosive chemicals are present
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS:
Self-undercutting anchors shall have an expansion ring with undercutting teeth which expands
by tightening the nut that pushes the ring into a cone expander via a spacer sleeve. The anchor
shall have been tested and qualified for performance in cracked and uncracked concrete per
ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193. Undercut anchor shall be the Torq-Cut self-undercutting anchor
from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA, and be installed following the Simpson Strong-Tie
instructions.

Mechanical Anchors

TEST CRITERIA: The Torq-Cut anchor has been tested in accordance with ICC-ES's
Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements (AC193) and ACI 355.2
for the following:
Static tension and shear loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Seismic and wind loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Performance in cracked concrete

Pre-Set
Setting
Tube

Through-Set
Setting
Tube

*Setting tube is a metal spacer tube that prevents damage


to the threaded portion of the anchor when the anchor is
driven into the hole with a hammer. One setting tube is
included with every box of anchors.

Torq-Cut Anchor Installation Data


Nominal Anchor Dia (in)
Drill Bit Size (in)
Min. Fixture Hole Dia
Pre-Set (in)
Min. Fixture Hole Dia
Through-Set (in)
Wrench Size (in)

1 1

111

TORQ-CUT Self Undercutting Anchor for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete


Torq-Cut Anchor Product Data, Pre-Set Version
Size
(in.)

Model No.

Drill Bit Dia.


(in.)

Min. Hole
Depth
(A) (in.)

Base of
Anchor to Top
of Sleeve
(B) (in.)

Max. Fixture
Thickness
(C) (in.)

Min. Fixture
Hole Dia.
(in.)

Quantity

Threaded Rod
Length
(D) (in.)

Box

Carton

x 6

TCAP370600

4.6

10

x 8

TCAP500834

6.6

x 9

TCAP500912

6.6

x 11

TCAP621112

9.5

8.9

11

x 12

TCAP621212

9.5

8.9

12

x 14

TCAP751458

12

11.4

14

x 16

TCAP751658

12

11.4

16

Max. Fixture
Thickness
(C) (in.)

Min. Fixture
Hole Dia.
(in.)

Threaded Rod
Length
(D) (in.)

Box

Carton
4

1. See detail below

Size
(in.)

Model No.

Drill Bit Dia.


(in.)

Min. Hole
Depth
(A) (in.)

Base of
Anchor to Top
of Sleeve
(E) (in.)

x 6

TCAT370600

5.4

10

x 8

TCAT500834

7.9

x 9

TCAT500912

8.6

x 11

TCAT621112

9.5

10.4

11

x 12

TCAT621212

9.5

11.4

12

x 14

TCAT751458

12

13.4

14

x 16

TCAT751658

12

15.4

16

1. See detail below

Torq-Cut Anchor Material Specifications


Carbon Steel Component Materials
Threaded Rod

Nut

Washer

Spacer Sleeve

Expansion Sleeve

Cone
SAE J403
Grade 1144 Steel
Zinc Plated
ASTM B633 SC1

ASTM A1931

SAE J995, Grade 8

ASTM F436, Type 1

AISI 1045 Steel

SAE J403
Grade 1144 Steel

Zinc Plated
ASTM B633 SC1

Commercial Zinc

Commercial Zinc

Zinc Plated
ASTM B633 SC1

Zinc Plated
ASTM B633 SC1

1. 3/8" TCA uses ASTM A193 Grade B7 rod. 1/2", 5/8" and 3/4" TCA uses ASTM A193 Grade B7M rod.

Pre-Set

Through-Set

Dimensions A, B, C, D, E

112

Quantity

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Torq-Cut Anchor Product Data, Through-Set Version

TORQ-CUT Self-Undercutting Anchor for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete


Torq-Cut Anchor Installation and Additional Data1
Characteristic

Symbol

Units

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

Installation Information
Drill Bit Diameter

in.

Minimum Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter

dc

in.

1
240

Installation Torque

Tinst

ft-lb

55

90

185

Embedment Depth

hnom

in.

12

Critical Edge Distance

cac

in.

12

15

Minimum Edge Distance

cmin

in.

10

Minimum Spacing

smin

in.

Minimum Concrete Thickness

hmin

in.

12

15

category

Additional Data
Anchor Category
Yield Strength

fya

ksi

105

80

80

80

Tensile Strength

futa

ksi

125

100

100

100

Minimum Tensile and Shear Stress Area

Ase

in 2

0.078

0.142

0.226

0.334

Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range uncracked concrete

uncr

lb/in.

635,830

Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range - cracked concrete

cr

lb/in.

346,694

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D.

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

1,6

Torq-Cut Anchor Characteristic Tension Design Data

Symbol

Units

Embedment Depth

hnom

in.

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

12

Steel Strength in Tension


Nominal Steel Strength in Tension

Nsa

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Strength Reduction Factor Steel Failure

9,690

14,190

22,600

33,450

lb.

0.75 2

0.75 2

0.75 2

0.75 2

Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension6

Effective Embedment Depth

hef

in.

10

Critical Edge Distance 4

cac

in.

12

15

Effectiveness Factor Uncracked Concrete

kuncr

30

30

30

24

Effectiveness Factor Cracked Concrete

kcr

24

24

24

24

Ratio of kuncr /kcr

c,N

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.00

0.655

0.655

0.655

0.655

lb

lb

Pullout Strength in Tension7

Strength Reduction Factor Concrete Breakout Failure


Nominal Pullout Strength Uncracked Concrete
Nominal Pullout Strength Cracked Concrete

Npn,uncr
Npn,cr

Tension Resistance for Seismic Applications7

Strength Reduction Factor - Pullout Failure

Tension Resistance - Seismic Loads

Neq

lb

9,690

14,190

22,600

33,450

Strength Reduction Factor Steel Failure

0.75 2

0.75 2

0.75 2

0.75 2

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the


design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are
used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section
D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of . Anchors are considered ductile
steel elements.
3. Pullout strength is not reported since steel failure controls.
4. The modification factor cp,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete. Otherwise,
the modification factor for uncracked concrete without supplementary
reinforcement to control splitting is either: (1) cp,N = 1.0 if ca,min cac or (2)
cp,N = ca,min / cac 1.5hef / cac if ca,min < cac. The modification factor, cp,N is
applied to the nominal concrete breakout strength, Ncb or Ncbg.

Mechanical Anchors

Characteristic

5. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If
the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of
Section D4.4(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D4.4 to determine the
appropriate value of . If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used,
refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
6. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.4, modify the
value of Nn by multiplying all values of f'c affecting Nn by 0.60. All-lightweight
concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
7. For sand-lightweight concrete, modify the value of Npn,cr, Npn,uncr and Neq by
0.60. All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.

113

TORQ-CUT Self-Undercutting Anchor for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete


*

Torq-Cut Characteristic Shear Design Data1,5


Characteristic
Embedment Depth
Nominal Steel Strength in
Shear
Strength Reduction Factor
Steel Failure
Outside Diameter
Load Bearing Length
of Anchor in Shear
Strength Reduction Factor
Concrete Breakout Failure

Symbol

Units

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

hnom
in.
5
Steel Strength in Shear

12

8,515

13,560

20,070

Vsa

lb.

5,815

0.65 2

Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear5


do
in.

in.

10

0.70 3

Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear


Coefficient for
kcp

2.0
2.0
2.0
Pryout Strength
Strength Reduction Factor

0.70 4

Concrete Pryout Failure


Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications
Nominal Steel Strength in
Veq
lb
5,815
8,515
13,560
Shear for Seismic Loads
Strength Reduction Factor

0.65 2

Steel Failure

2.0

20,070

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D,
except as modified below.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI
318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of . Anchors are considered
ductile steel elements
3. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements
of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D4.4 to determine the appropriate value of .
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
4. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of
Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section
D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
5. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.4, modify the value of Vn by multiplying all values of f'c
affecting Vn by 0.60. All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

114

STRONG-BOLT Wedge
WedgeAnchor
Anchorfor
forCracked
Crackedand
andUncracked
UncrackedConcrete
Concrete

TESTED
TO
MEET

IBC

2006

The Strong-Bolt is a wedge anchor specifically designed for optimum performance in both
cracked and uncracked concrete; a requirement that the 2006 IBC places on post-installed
anchors. Rigorously tested according to the latest industry-wide criteria, the Strong-Bolt anchor
is proven to offer increased reliability in the most adverse conditions, including performance in
cracked concrete under static and seismic loading. The proprietary tri-segmented clip has dual
undercutting embossments on each segment which enable secondary or "follow-up" expansion
if a crack forms and intersects the anchor location. This significantly increases the ability of the
Strong-Bolt wedge anchor to carry load if the hole opened slightly due to a crack. The Strong-Bolt
anchor sets like a standard wedge anchor and is available in Imperial fractional sizes.
FEATURES:
Tri-segmented clip: Each segment is able to adjust independently increasing
follow-up expansion should the hole increase in size as a result of a crack.
Dual embossments on each clip segment: Allows the clip to undercut into the
concrete increasing follow-up expansion should a crack occur.
316 stainless steel clip: In addition to superior corrosion resistance, a stainless
steel clip offers better "memory". This memory contributes to the anchors
performance should the hole size increase due to a crack.
Imperial fractional sized anchor: Fits most fixtures and installs with common
drill bits sizes and tools. No need to buy additional tools to install a metric anchor
and no special couplers needed.
Installs like a standard wedge anchor: No complicated installation procedure.
No need for special bits or installation tools.
The head is stamped with the Simpson Strong-Tie "" sign and size ID
for easy post installation identification

Tri-Segmented
Clip

Strong-Bolt
Wedge Anchor

MATERIAL: Carbon-steel stud with 316 stainless-steel clip

Software Supported

FINISH: Zinc plated


CODES: ICC-ES ESR-1771; City of L.A. RR25705; Florida FL 11506.6
The load tables list values based upon results from the most recent testing and
may not reflect those in current code reports. Where code jurisdictions apply, consult
the current reports for applicable load values.

Installation Sequence

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

TEST CRITERIA: The Strong-Bolt wedge anchor has been tested in accordance with ICC-ES's
Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements (AC193) and ACI 355.2
for the following:
Static tension and shear loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Seismic and wind loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Performance in cracked concrete
Performance in lightweight concrete over metal deck
Vibratory Load Testing: A 150 lb. concrete block was suspended from a " diameter anchor
embedded at 2" and vibrated for 12.6 million cycles at a frequency of 30 Hz and an amplitude
of 0.025 inches. Subsequent load test showed no reduction in ultimate tension capacity.
DESIGN EXAMPLE See pages 2425
INSTALLATION: Do not use an impact wrench to set or tighten the Strong-Bolt anchor.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make
it difficult to set the anchor and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter as the
nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to the specified
embedment depth and blow it clean using compressed air. Overhead installations
need not be blown clean. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate
embedment depth and dust from drilling.
Assemble the anchor with nut and washer so that the top of the nut is flush
with the top of the anchor. Place the anchor in the fixture and drive into the
hole until washer and nut are tight against the fixture.
Tighten to the required installation torque.

Strong-Bolt Anchor Installation Data


Strong-Bolt
Dia.
(in.)

APPLICATION:
Interior environment where low levels of moisture and corrosive chemicals are present.

Bit Size (in.)


Min. Fixture Hole (in.)
Wrench Size (in.)

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS:
Wedge anchors shall be an imperial-sized steel threaded stud with an integral cone
expander and a three-segment expansion clip. The stud shall be manufactured from carbon
steel and the expansion clip shall have two undercutting embossments per segment and
be manufactured from 316 stainless steel. The anchor shall have been tested and qualified
for performance in cracked concrete per ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193. Anchors shall be
Strong-Bolt wedge anchors from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA, and be installed
following Simpson Strong-Tie instructions.

1
1
1
1

Length Identification Head Marks on Strong-Bolt Anchors (corresponds to length of anchor inches).
R

From
1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10
Up to but not
2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 11
including

Mark

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

115

STRONG-BOLT Wedge
WedgeAnchor
Anchorfor
forCracked
Crackedand
andUncracked
UncrackedConcrete
Concrete

Strong-Bolt Anchor Product Data


Size
(in.)
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 7
x 8
x 10
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 7
x 8
x 10
x 5
x 6
x 7
x 8
x 10
1x7
1 x 10
1 x 13

Model
No.
STB50334
STB50414
STB50512
STB50700
STB50812
STB50100
STB62412
STB62500
STB62600
STB62700
STB62812
STB62100
STB75512
STB75614
STB75700
STB75812
STB75100
STB100700
STB1001000
STB1001300

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Material Specifications
Thread
Length
(in.)

Box

Component Materials

Carton

25
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5

2
2
4
5
6
6
2
3
4
5
6
6
3
4
5
6
6
3
3
3

Carbon Steel - Zinc Plated 1

Quantity
Anchor
Body

125
100
100
100
50
50
80
80
80
80
40
20
40
40
40
20
20
20
10
10

Nut

Washer

Clip

Carbon
Steel
Carbon
Carbon
316
SAE J403,
Steel
Steel
Stainless
Grade 1030-1035 ASTM A 563,
ASTM F844
Steel
SAE J403,
Grade A
Grade 12L14
1. Zinc meets ASTM B 633, Class SC 1 (Fe / Zn 5), Type I.

Strong-Bolt Anchor Installation Information and Additional Data 1


Characteristic

Symbol

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

Units

Installation Information
Drill Bit Diameter
Baseplate Clearance
Hole Diameter
Installation Torque
Embedment Depth
Critical Edge Distance
Minimum
Edge Distance
Minimum Spacing
Minimum
Concrete Thickness
Anchor Category
Yield Strength
Tensile Strength
Minimum Tensile &
Shear Stress Area
Axial Stiffness in
Service Load Range

in.

dc

in.

Tinst
hnom
cac

ft-lb
in.
in.

cmin

in.

smin

in.

hmin

in.

category
fya
futa

psi
psi

Ase

in 2

0.108

0.167

0.273

0.472

lb/in.

125,000

141,000

225,000

299,600

2
9

50
3
7

5
6

3
11

85
5
9

6
8

180
5
11

Additional Data
1

230
7
10

10

5
18

9
13

13

2
108,000
125,000

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D.

116

4
13

60,000
78,000

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

1. The published length is the overall length of the anchor.


Allow one anchor diameter for the nut and washer thickness
plus the fixture thickness when selecting a length.

STRONG-BOLT Wedge Anchor for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete


*

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

Strong-Bolt Anchor Tension Design Data1


Characteristic

Symbol

Units

Embedment Depth

hnom

in.

Nominal Steel Strength in Tension


Strength Reduction Factor
Steel Failure

Nsa

lb.

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

5
3
3
5
Steel Strength in Tension
13,500
20,875
0.75 2

0.75 2

1
7

34,125

36,815

0.65 2

0.75 2

Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension9


Effective
Embedment Depth
Critical Edge Distance 7
Effectiveness Factor
Uncracked Concrete
Effectiveness Factor
Cracked Concrete

hef

in.

2.250

3.375

4.500

2.750

4.500

5.500

3.375

5.000

6.750

4.500

9.000

cac

in.

11

13

11

10

18

13

kuncr

24

kcr

17

Ratio of kuncr /kcr

c,N

1.41

Strength Reduction Factor


Concrete Breakout Failure

0.65 8

0.55 8

Pullout Strength in Tension10


Npn,uncr

lb

4,120 5 4,600 5

7,250 4 7,300 4

Npn,cr

lb

2,995 5 2,995 5

5,200 4 5,260 4

9,850 5

7,7005 11,185 5

0.65 6

0.65 6

0.55 6

0.55 6

0.55 6

0.65 6

0.65 6

9,420 5 12,115 5 8,360 5 9,690 5

0.55 6

Pullout Strength in Tension for Seismic Applications10

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Nominal Pullout Strength of


Single Anchor for
Seismic Loads
(f'c = 2,500 psi)
Strength Reduction Factor
Pullout Failure

Neq

lb

2,995 5 2,995 5

5,200 4 5,260 4

9,850 5

7,7005 11,185 5

0.65 6

0.65 6

0.55 6

0.55 6

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with


the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to
Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of . The inch diameter
is considered as a brittle steel element. The inch, inch, and 1 inch
diameters are considered as ductile steel elements.
3. Pullout strength is not reported since concrete breakout controls.
4. Adjust the characteristic pullout resistance for other concrete compressive
strengths by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified / 2,500) 0.7.
5. Adjust the characteristic pullout resistance for other concrete compressive
strengths by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified / 2,500) 0.5.
6. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section
D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .

0.65 6

0.65 6

0.55 6

7. The modification factor cp,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete. Otherwise,


the modification actor for uncracked concrete without supplementary
reinforcement to control splitting is either: (1) cp,N = 1.0 if ca,min cac
ca,min 1.5hef
or (2) cp,N = c c if ca,min < cac. The modification factor,
ac
ac
cp,N is applied to the nominal concrete breakout strength, Ncb or Ncbg.
8. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are
met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section
D4.4 to determine the appropriate value of . If the load combinations of
ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the
appropriate value of .
9. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.4, modify
the value of Nn by multiplying all values of f'c affecting Nn by 0.60.
All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
10. For sand-lightweight concrete, modify the value of Npn,cr, Npn,uncr and
Neq by 0.60. All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.

Mechanical Anchors

Nominal Pullout Strength


Uncracked Concrete
(f'c = 2,500 psi)
Nominal Pullout Strength
Cracked Concrete
(f'c = 2,500 psi)
Strength Reduction Factor
Pullout Failure

117

STRONG-BOLT Wedge Anchor for Cracked and Uncracked Concrete


*

Strong-Bolt Anchor Shear Design Data1


Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

Characteristic

Symbol

Units

Embedment Depth

hnom

in.

Vsa

lb.

6,560

10,475

19,305

15,020

0.65 2

0.65 2

0.60 2

0.65 2

do

in.

Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear5


0.5
0.625

0.75

1.00

in.

Nominal Steel Strength in


Shear
Strength Reduction Factor
Steel Failure
Outside Diameter
Load Bearing Length
of Anchor in Shear
Strength Reduction Factor
Concrete Breakout Failure

5
3
3
Steel Strength in Shear

2.25

3.375

4.00

2.75

4.50

5.00

3.375

5.00

1
7

6.00

4.50

8.00

0.70 3
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear

Coefficient for
Pryout Strength
Strength Reduction Factor
Concrete Pryout Failure

kcp

1.0

2.0
0.70 4

Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications


Veq

lb

6,560

0.65 2

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in


conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D,
except as modified below.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318
Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318
Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the
appropriate value of . The inch diameter is considered
as a brittle steel element. The inch, inch, and 1 inch
diameters are considered as ductile steel elements.

8,380

9,715
0.65 2

0.60 2

Symbol

Embedment Depth
hnom
Effective Embedment Depth
hef
Installation Torque
Tinst
Pullout Resistance, concrete
Npn,deck,cr
on metal deck (cracked) 3,4
Pullout Resistance, concrete
N
on metal deck (uncracked) 3,4 pn,deck,uncr
Steel Strength in Shear,
Vst,deck
concrete on metal deck 5

118

Units

0.65 2

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

2
2.25
40

4
4.00
40

3
2.75
40

5
5.00
50

lb

1,335 6

1,905

2,835

3,665

2,610

3,780

4,885

MIN. 3,000 PSI NORMAL OR


SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE

UPPER
FLUTE
MAX. 3"

1,830 6

MIN. " TYP.

MIN. 1"

in.
in.
ft-lb

lb

15,020

3. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used
and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations
of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition A
are met, refer to Section D4.4 to determine the appropriate value of . If the load combinations
of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
4. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used
and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations
of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
5. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.4, modify the value of Vn by
multiplying all values of f'c affecting Vn by 0.60. All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of
this table.

Strong-Bolt Anchor Tension and Shear Data for Normal-Weight


or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck 1,2
Characteristic

10,475 15,445 17,305 19,305

MIN. 4"

MIN. 4"
MIN. 12" TYP.
MAX. 1" OFFSET, TYP.

lb

4,405

6,690

6,270

8,865

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria
of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. Concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum.
3. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over metal deck
floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure A, calculation of the concrete breakout strength
may be omitted.
4. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete
for anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over metal deck
floor and roof assemblies Npn,deck,cr shall be substituted for Npn,cr. Where analysis indicates
no cracking at service loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked concrete Npn,deck,uncr
shall be substituted for Npn,uncr.
5. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.6.1.2 (c), the shear strength for anchors installed in the
soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight-concrete-over-metal-deck floor and roof assemblies
Vst,deck shall be substituted for Vsa.
6. Values applicable to both the lower and the upper flute, see Figure A.
7. Minimum distance to edge of panel is 2hef.

MIN.
20 GAUGE
STEEL
DECK

Figure A
Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck

LOWER
FLUTE

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Nominal Steel Strength in


Shear for Seismic Loads
Strength Reduction Factor
Steel Failure

The Titen HD anchor is a patented, high-strength screw anchor for concrete and masonry.
It is designed for optimum performance in both cracked and uncracked concrete; a requirement
that the 2006 IBC places on post-installed anchors. The high strength, easy to install Titen HD
anchor has been tested and shown to provide outstanding performance in cracked and uncracked
concrete under both static and seismic loading conditions. The self-undercutting, non-expansion
characteristics of the Titen HD anchor make it ideal for structural applications, even at reduced edge
distances and spacings. Recommended for permanent dry, interior non-corrosive environments or
temporary outdoor applications.
PERFORMANCE FEATURES:
Tested per AC193 to ensure outstanding performance in both cracked and uncracked concrete
Higher load capacity and vibration resistance: Threads along the length of the anchor undercut the concrete and efficiently transfer the load to the base material.
Vibration and Shock Resistance: The mechanical interlock of the threads and the ratchet teeth
on the underside of the head help prevent the anchor from loosening in vibratory
conditions. The Titen HD anchor has been tested to 12.6 million vibratory cycles with no
performance reductions.
Specialized Heat Treating Process: Creates superior surface hardness at the tip to facilitate
cutting, while at the same time not compromising ductility within the anchor body.
Less spacing and edge distance required: The anchor does not exert expansion forces on the
base material.
Easy post-installation inspection: The head is stamped with the Simpson Strong-Tie "" sign
and the anchor length in inches.
INSTALLATION FEATURES:
No special drill bit needed: Designed to install using standard sized ANSI tolerance drill bits
Installs with 50% less torque: Testing shows that when compared to competitors,
the Titen HD requires 50% less torque to be installed in concrete.
Hex-washer head: Requires no separate washer and provides a clean installed appearance.*
Removable: Ideal for temporary anchoring (e.g. formwork, bracing) or applications where
fixtures may need to be moved. Re-use of the anchor to achieve listed load values is not
recommended.
See reinstallation note on next page.
MATERIAL: Carbon steel, heat treated
FINISH: Zinc plated or mechanically galvanized
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-2713 (concrete); ICC-ES ESR-1056 (CMU); City of L.A. RR25741(concrete)
City of L.A. RR25560(CMU); Florida FL 11506.7; Factory Mutual 3017082.
The load tables list
values based upon results from the most recent testing and may not reflect those in current code
reports. Where code jurisdictions apply, consult the current reports for applicable load values.
TEST CRITERIA: The Titen HD anchor has been tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC193, ACI
355.2 and ICC-ES AC106 for the following:
Static tension and shear loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Seismic and wind loading in cracked and uncracked concrete
Performance in cracked concrete
Anchor Fatigue Testing: Tested in accordance with ASTM E 488 for the effects of fatigue. 25%
of the average ultimate load was applied to the anchor for 2 million cycles at a frequency of 15 Hz.
Subsequent load tests showed no reduction in ultimate tension capacity.
Vibratory Load Testing: A 150 lb. concrete block was suspended from a " diameter anchor
embedded at 1" and vibrated for 12.6 million cycles at a frequency of 30 Hz and an amplitude
of 0.0325 inches. Subsequent load test showed no reduction in ultimate tension capacity.
Field Testing: For guidance on field testing see technical bulletin T-SAS-THDINSP.
INSTALLATION: Holes in metal fixtures to be mounted should match the diameter specified in
the table on the next page.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical
interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Use a Titen HD screw anchor one time only. Installing the anchor multiple times may result in
excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity.
Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter as the nominal
diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth
plus " minimum to allow the thread tapping dust to settle and blow it clean using
compressed air. Overhead installations need not be blown clean. Alternatively, drill the
hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling and tapping.
Insert the anchor through the fixture and into the hole.
Tighten the anchor into the base material until the hex washer head contacts the fixture.
If the anchor will not install completely, remove the anchor and assure that all dust has
been evacuated or drill the hole deeper. Begin re-installation of the anchor by hand to
prevent cross-threading.
Do not use impact wrenches to install into hollow CMU.
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS: Screw anchors shall have 360-degree contact with the base
material and shall not require oversized holes for installation. Fasteners shall be manufactured from
carbon steel, and are heat-treated. Anchors shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633 or
mechanically galvanized in accordance with ASTM B695. Anchors are not to be reused after initial
installation. Screw anchors shall be Titen HD anchors from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA.
Anchors shall be installed per the Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for the Titen HD anchor.
*Some jurisdictions require an additional square plate washer for sill plate applications.

TESTED
TO
MEET

IBC

2006

Serrated teeth
on the tip of the
Titen HD screw
anchor facilitate
cutting and
reduce
installation
torque.

Titen HD
screw
anchor

Software Supported

U.S. Patent
5,674,035 &
6,623,228

Suitable for use


in place of code
anchor bolts.

New longer " diameter


Titen HD anchors achieve
sufficient embedment depth
to develop tension loads
equal to many Simpson
Strong-Tie holdowns that
specify a " diameter
anchor. Testing has been
conducted to assure
compatibility of these
holdowns anchor holes
with the " Titen HD
screw anchor.

Mechanical Anchors

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry

Installation Sequence

" min

119

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry


Titen HD Anchor Product Data - Zinc Plated

x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 6
x 8
x 12
x 13
x 14
x 15
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 6
x 8
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 7
x 8
x 10

Model
No.
THD37300H
THD37400H
THD37500H
THD37600H
THD50300H
THD50400H
THD50500H
THD50600H
THD50612H
THD50800H
THD501200H
THD501300H
THD501400H
THD501500H
THD62400H
THD62500H
THD62600H
THD62612H
THD62800H
THD75400H
THD75500H
THDT75600H
THD75700H
THD75812H
THD75100H

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Wrench
Size
(in.)

Quantity
Box

Carton

50
50
50
50
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5

200
200
100
100
100
80
80
80
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
20
40
20
20
10
10
10

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Size
(in.)

Model
No.

x 5
x 6
x 5
x 6
x 6
x 8
x 5
x 6
x 6
x 8
x 8
x 10

THD37500HMG
THD37600HMG
THD50500HMG
THD50600HMG
THD50612HMG
THD50800HMG
THD62500HMG
THD62600HMG
THD62612HMG
THD62800HMG
THD75812HMG
THD75100HMG

Wrench
Size
(in.)

Quantity
Box

Carton

50
50
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
5
5

100
100
80
80
40
40
40
40
40
20
10
10

1. Mechanical galvanizing meets ASTM B695, Class 65, Type 1. Intended for some
pressure-treated wood sill plate applications. Not for use in other corrosive or
outdoor environments. See page 16 for more corrosion information.

The Titen HD screw anchor x 6


and x 7 (models THDT75600H and
THD75700H) have a 1" section under
the head that is unthreaded to allow
installation into tilt-up wall braces.

1. Zinc plating meets ASTM B633, SC1.


2. Length is measured from the underside of the head to the tip of the anchor.

FIXTURE HOLE DIAMETER:


Due to the full shank diameter and larger threads of the Titen HD screw
anchor, consideration needs to be given to specifying the appropriate diameter
Titen HD anchor based on the fixture hole type to be used. The American Institute
of Steel Construction (AISC) has established the following guidelines with
regards to fixture hole sizing depending on the hole type:
Standard fixture holes are " larger than the nominal anchor diameter.
Oversized fixture holes are -" larger than the nominal anchor
diameter, depending upon the specific anchor diameter.

Hole Dimensions
Titen HD
Diameter
(in.)

Wrench
Size
(in.)

Recommended
Fixture
Hole Size
(in.)

to

to

to

to

Reinstallation of Titen HD screw anchor in Original Drilled Hole

Standard fixture hole

120

Oversized fixture hole

Use the following table to identify which diameter Titen HD screw anchor to use
based on the fixture hole type and diameter. In most cases where a smaller diameter
Titen HD anchor is called out in comparison to the competitor's larger diameter
anchor, the Titen HD anchor still generally provides allowable tension and shear load
values comparable to or greater than those of the competitor's anchor.

Titen HD anchors may be removed and reinstalled in the original


hole without reducing load capacity if the threads that were cut
into the concrete during the original installation are followed.
Start reinstallation of the anchor by hand to prevent cross-threading
and a possible reduction in load capacity.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Size
(in.)

Titen HD Anchor Product Data - Mechanically Galvanized

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry


Titen HD Installation Information and Additional Data1,4
Characteristic

Symbol

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

Units

Installation Information
Drill Bit Diameter

in.

Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter

dc

in.

Maximum Installation Torque

Tinst,max

ft-lb

502

652

1502

Maximum Impact Wrench Torque Rating

Timpact,max

ft-lb

1503

3853

3853

Embedment Depth

hnom

in.

Critical Edge Distance

cac

in.

6

Minimum Edge Distance

cmin

in.

Minimum Spacing

smin

in.

Minimum Concrete
Thickness

hmin

in.

10

Additional Data
Anchor Category

category

Yield Strength

fya

psi

97,000

Tensile Strength

futa

psi

Minimum Tensile & Shear Stress Area

Ase

in2

Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range - Uncracked Concrete

uncr

lb/in.

715,000

Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range - Cracked Concrete

cr

lb/in.

345,000

0.183

0.414

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

3. Timpact,max is the maximum permitted torque rating for impact wrenches for
the embedment depth range covered by this table. This is not applicable to
other embedment depths published elsewhere in this catalog.
4. This data at hnom = 2" is also valid for the THD50234RH installed at
hnom = 2". See page 133 for further information regarding the
THD50234RH.

Mechanical Anchors

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the


design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D.
2. Tinst,max is the maximum permitted installation torque for the embedment
depth range covered by this table. This is not applicable to other embedment
depths published elsewhere in this catalog.

110,000
0.099

121

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry


*See page 10 for an explanation
of the load table icons

Titen HD Tension Design Data1,10


Characteristic

Symbol

Units

Embedment Depth

hnom

in.

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

10

Steel Strength in Tension


Nominal Steel Strength in Tension

Nsa

Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure

lb.

10,890

20,130

45,540

0.65
8

Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension


Effective Embedment Depth

hef

in.

1.77

2.40

2.35

2.99

4.22

4.86

Critical Edge Distance

cac

in.

Effectiveness Factor - Uncracked Concrete

kuncr

24

Effectiveness Factor - Cracked Concrete

kcr

17

Ratio of kuncr/kcr

c,N

1.41

Strength Reduction Factor - Concrete Breakout Failure

0.657

Pullout Strength in Tension9


Nominal Pullout Strength Uncracked Concrete (f'c=2,500 psi)

Npn,uncr

lb.

2,7004
4

Nominal Pullout Strength Cracked Concrete (f'c=2,500 psi)

Npn,cr

lb.

Strength Reduction Factor - Pullout Failure

1,235

3
4

2,700

6,070

7,1954

6,0704

7,1954

0.655

122

Nominal Pullout Strength for Seismic Loads (f'c=2,500 psi)

Neq

lb.

Strength Reduction Factor - Breakout or Pullout Failure

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with


the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to
Section D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of . Anchors are considered
brittle steel elements.
3. Pullout strength is not reported since concrete breakout controls.
4. Adjust the characteristic pullout resistance for other concrete compressive
strengths by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified / 2,500) 0.5.
5. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section
D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
6. The modification factor cp,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete. Otherwise,
the modification actor for uncracked concrete without supplementary
reinforcement to control splitting is either: (1) cp,N = 1.0 if ca,min cac
ca,min 1.5hef
or (2) cp,N = c c if ca,min < cac. The modification factor,
ac
ac
cp,N is applied to the nominal concrete breakout strength, Ncb or Ncbg.

1,2354

2,7004

3
0.655

7. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are
met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section
D4.4 to determine the appropriate value of . If the load combinations of
ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the
appropriate value of .
8. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.4, modify
the value of Nn by multiplying all values of f'c affecting Nn by 0.60.
All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
9. For sand-lightweight concrete, modify the value of Npn,cr, Npn,uncr and
Neq by 0.60. All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
10. This data for the " Titen HD at hnom = 2" is also valid for the THD50234RH
installed at hnom = 2" provided the tabular value of Npn,uncr is multiplied
by 0.75. See page 133 for further information regarding the THD50234RH.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Breakout or Pullout Strength in Tension for Seismic Applications

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry


*

Titen HD Shear Design Data1,5


Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)
Characteristic

Symbol

Embedment Depth

hnom

Units

in.

Steel Strength in Shear


Nominal Steel Strength in
Shear (f'c = 2,500 psi)

Vsa

lb.

Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure

4,460

7,455

16,840

0.602

Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear5


Outside Diameter

do

in.

Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear

in.

Strength Reduction Factor Concrete Breakout Failure

Coefficient for Pryout Strength

kcp

Strength Reduction Factor - Concrete


Pryout Failure

0.375
1.77

0.500
2.40

2.35

0.750
2.99

4.22

4.86

0.703

Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear


1.0

2.0
0.704

Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications


Nominal Steel Strength in Shear
for Seismic Loads (f'c=2,500 psi)

Veq

lb.

Strength Reduction Factor - Steel Failure

2,855

9,350

0.602
4. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are
used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load
combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to determine the
appropriate value of .
5. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.4, modify the value of
Vn by multiplying all values of f'c affecting Vn by 0.60. All-lightweight concrete is
beyond the scope of this table.
*See page 10 for an explanation
of the load table icons

Titen HD Tension and Shear Design Data for Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck1,2,6
Characteristic

Symbol

Units

Lower Flute

Upper Flute

Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch)

Nom. Anch. Diameter (inch)

Embedment Depth

hnom

in.

Effective Embedment Depth

hef

in.

0.92

1.77

1.29

2.56

0.92

1.29

Pullout Resistance, concrete on metal


deck (cracked)3,4

Npn,deck,cr

lbs.

580

1,335

905

2,040

765

1,700

Pullout Resistance, concrete on metal


deck (uncracked)3,4

Npn,deck,uncr

lbs.

825

1,905

1,295

2,910

1,095

2,430

Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on


metal deck5

Vst,deck

lbs.

2,240

2,395

2,435

4,430

4,180

7,145

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI
318 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. Concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum.
3. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over metal deck
floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure A, calculation of the concrete breakout strength may
be omitted.
4. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete for
anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight-concrete-over-metal-deck floor
and roof assemblies Npn,deck,cr shall be substituted for Npn,cr. Where analysis indicates no cracking
at service loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked concrete Npn,deck,uncr shall be substituted
for Npn,uncr.
5. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.6.1.2 (c), the shear strength for anchors installed in the soffit
of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies Vst,deck
shall be substituted for Vsa.
6. Minimum distance to edge of panel is 2hef.

MIN. " TYP.

MIN. 1"

MIN. 3,000 PSI NORMAL OR


SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE

UPPER
FLUTE
MAX. 3"

MIN. 4"

Mechanical Anchors

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design
criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. The value of applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D4.5 to
determine the appropriate value of . Anchors are considered brittle steel elements
3. The value of applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are
used and the requirements of Section D4.4(c) for Condition B are met. If the load
combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section
D4.4(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D4.4 to determine the appropriate
value of . If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section
D4.5 to determine the appropriate value of .
C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

4,790

MIN. 4"

MIN.
20 GAUGE
STEEL
DECK

MIN. 12" TYP.


MAX. 1" OFFSET, TYP.

LOWER
FLUTE

Figure A Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck


123

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry


*

Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete


Size
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)
2
(70)
3
(95)
2
(70)
3
(92)
5
(146)
2
(70)
4
(105)
5
(146)
2
(70)
4
(117)
5
(146)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

3
(76)

6
(152)

4
(102)

8
(203)

5
(127)

10
(254)

6
(152)

12
(305)

Tension Load
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
4,297
1,075

(19.1)
(4.8)
7,087
347
1,770
(31.5)
(1.5)
(7.9)
4,610
1,155

(20.5)
(5.1)
7,413
412
1,855
(33.0)
(1.8)
(8.3)
10,278
297
2,570
(45.7)
(1.3)
(11.4)
4,610
1,155

(20.5)
(5.1)
8,742
615
2,185
(38.9)
(2.7)
(9.7)
12,953
1,764
3,240
(57.6)
(7.8)
(14.4)
4,674
1,170

(20.8)
(5.2)
10,340
1,096
2,585
(46.0)
(4.9)
(11.5)
13,765
1,016
3,440
(61.2)
(4.5)
(15.3)

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,315
(5.8)
2,115
(9.4)
1,400
(6.2)
2,270
(10.1)
3,240
(14.4)
1,400
(6.2)
2,630
(11.7)
3,955
(17.6)
1,405
(6.3)
3,470
(15.4)
4,055
(18.0)

*
Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Size
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

124

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)
2
(70)
3
(95)
2
(70)
3
(92)
5
(146)
2
(70)
4
(105)
5
(146)
2
(70)
4
(117)
5
(146)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

4
(114)

6
(152)

6
(152)

8
(203)

7
(191)

10
(254)

9
(229)

12
(305)

Shear Load
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
6,353
1,585

(28.3)
(7.1)
6,377
1,006
1,595
(28.4)
(4.5)
(7.1)
6,435
1,605

(28.6)
(7.1)
9,324
1,285
2,330
(41.5)
(5.7)
(10.4)
11,319
1,245
2,830
(50.3)
(5.5)
(12.6)
7,745
1,940

(34.5)
(8.6)
8,706
1,830
2,175
(38.7)
(8.1)
(9.7)
12,498
2,227
3,125
(55.6)
(9.9)
(13.9)
7,832
1,960

(34.8)
(8.7)
11,222
2,900
2,805
(49.9)
(12.9)
(12.5)
19,793
3,547
4,950
(88.0)
(15.8)
(22.0)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may be increased 33% for short-term loading
due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge
distance on pages 128129.

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,665
(7.4)
1,670
(7.4)
2,050
(9.1)
2,795
(12.4)
3,045
(13.5)
2,220
(9.9)
3,415
(15.2)
3,890
(17.3)
2,415
(10.7)
4,490
(20.0)
5,560
(24.7)

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
1,740

(7.7)
1,740

(7.7)
9,987
2,495

(44.4)
(7.8)
13,027
597
3,255
(57.9)
(2.7)
(14.5)
3,255

(14.5)
9,987
2,495

(44.4)
(11.1)
18,607
1,650
4,650
(82.8)
(7.3)
(20.7)
4,650

(20.7)
11,460
2,865

(51.0)
(12.7)
24,680
2,368
6,170
(109.8)
(10.5)
(27.4)
24,680
795
6,170
(109.8)
(3.5)
(27.4)

4. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.


5. Tension and Shear loads for the Titen HD anchor may be combined using the elliptical
interaction equation (n=). Allowable load may be interpolated for concrete
compressive strengths between 2000 psi and 4000 psi.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

See Notes Below

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
6,204
1,550

(27.6)
(6.9)
9,820
1,434
2,455
(43.7)
(6.4)
(10.9)
6,580
1,645

(29.3)
(7.3)
10,742
600
2,685
(47.8)
(2.7)
(11.9)
15,640
2,341
3,910
(69.6)
(10.4)
(17.4)
6,580
1,645

(29.3)
(7.3)
12,286
1,604
3,070
(54.7)
(7.1)
(13.7)
18,680
4,670

(83.1)
(20.8)
6,580
1,645

(29.3)
(7.3)
17,426
1,591
4,355
(77.5)
(7.1)
(19.4)
18,680
1,743
4,670
(83.1)
(7.8)
(20.8)

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry


Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete,
Load Applied Parallel to Concrete Edge
Size
in.
(mm)

(12.7)

(15.9)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed. Minimum Minimum


Depth
Edge
End
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)

2
(70)
3
(83)
3
(89)
4
(114)
2
(70)
3
(83)
3
(89)

1
(45)

1
(45)

8
(203)

10
(254)

*
Minimum
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

8
(203)

10
(254)

Shear Load Based on


Concrete Edge Distance
f'c 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
4,660
575
1,165
(20.7)
(2.6)
(5.2)
1,530

(6.8)
6,840
860
1,710
(30.4)
(3.8)
(7.6)
7,800
300
1,950
(34.7)
(1.3)
(8.7)
4,820
585
1,205
(21.4)
(2.6)
(5.3)
1,580

(7.0)
7,060
1,284
1,765
(31.4)
(5.7)
(7.9)

Note: Rebar not


shown for clarity.

1. The allowable loads listed are based


on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. Allowable loads may be increased 33%
for short-term loading due to wind or
seismic forces where permitted by code.
3. The minimum concrete thickness is 1
times the embedment depth.

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

The Titen HD anchor may be used for sill plate applications.


Use bearing plates as required by code. Refer to the appropriate
code report or use Simpson Strong-Tie ACI 318 Anchor Designer
software for anchor design information.

Titen HD
screw anchor
U.S. Patent
5,674,035 &
6,623,228

125

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry


Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete,
Load Applied at 60-degree Angle
to Horizontal for Tilt-Up Wall Braces

*
Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall
Tension Load
Size Drill Embed. Stemwall Min. Min. f'c 2500 psi
f'c 4500 psi
in.
Bit Depth
Width Edge End
(17.2 MPa)
(31.0 MPa)
(mm) Dia.
in.
in.
Dist. Dist.
Concrete
Concrete
in. (mm)
(mm)
in.
in. Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow.
(mm) (mm) lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
(kN)
(kN)
(kN)
(kN)
8
15,420 3,855 20,300 5,075
10
6
1 (203) (68.6) (17.1) (90.3) (22.6)

(254)
(152)
(44) 4 14,280 3,570 19,040 4,760
(12.7)
(111) (63.5) (15.9) (84.7) (21.2)

Drill Bit Embed.


Dia.
Depth
in.
in.
(mm)

(15.9)

(19.1)

5
(127)
5
(127)

Tension Applied at 60-degrees


to Horizontal
f'c 2500 psi (17.2 MPa)
Concrete
Ultimate
lbs. (kN)

Std. Dev.
lbs. (kN)

Allow.
lbs. (kN)

13,420
(59.7)
15,180
(67.5)

1,273
(5.7)
968
(4.3)

3,355
(14.9)
3,795
(16.9)

1. The allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Anchor must be installed into a concrete floor slab, footing,
or deadman with sufficient area, weight, and strength
to resist the anchorage load.
3. Titen HD has been qualified for temporary outdoor use of
up to 90 days through testing for this application.

4. The minimum concrete thickness


(depth) is 12 inches.
5. Allowable loads may be interpolated
for compressive strengths between
2,500 and 4,500 psi.

Mechanical Anchors

Tension and Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck


Install in Concrete (see Figure A)
Install through Metal Deck (see Figure A)
Size Drill Embed. Critical Critical
Tension Load
Shear Load
Tension Load
Shear Load
in.
Bit
Depth Edge Spacing
(mm) Dia.
in.
Dist.
Dist. f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Lightweight Concrete
Lightweight Concrete
Lightweight Concrete
Lightweight Concrete
in.
(mm)
in.
in.
Ultimate
Allowable
Ultimate
Allowable
Ultimate
Allowable
Ultimate
Allowable
(mm)
(mm)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
2,560
640
4,240
1,060
2

(11.4)
(2.8)
(18.9)
(4.7)
(70)
6
6

(152)
(152)
(9.5)
3
5,420
1,355
4,100
1,025

(76)
(24.1)
(6.0)
(18.2)
(4.6)
3,040
760
6,380
1,595
2

(13.5)
(3.4)
(28.4)
(7.1)
(70)
8
8

(203)
(203)
(12.7)
4
7,020
1,755
6,840
1,710

(102)
(31.2)
(7.8)
(30.4)
(7.6)
3,100
775
6,380
1,595
2

(13.8)
(3.4)
(28.4)
(7.1)
(70)
10
10

(254)
(254)
(15.9)
5
8,940
2,235
10,700
2,675

(127)
(39.8)
(9.9)
(47.6)
(11.9)
1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. Allowable tension loads for anchors installed in the concrete
side may be increased 33% for short-term loading due to
wind or seismic forces where permitted by code. Allowable
shear loads for anchors installed through the metal deck side
shall not be increased for wind or seismic forces.
3. Allowable loads for anchors installed in the lower flute
of the steel deck are for flutes with a trapezoidal profile
with a depth of 3 inches, and a width varying from
4 inches at the bottom to 7 inches at the top. The
spacing of the flutes is 12 inches. The metal deck must
be minimum 20-gauge with a minimum yield strength
of 38 ksi and minimum ultimate strength of 45 ksi.

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

4. Anchors may be installed off-center in the


lower flute (up to 1" from the edge of the
lower flute) without a load reduction.
5. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at
critical edge distance and critical spacing.
Testing at smaller edge distances and
spacings has not been performed.

MIN. 3,000 PSI


SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE

6"
3"

UPPER
FLUTE
LOWER
FLUTE

1"

MIN.
20 GAUGE
STEEL
DECK

4"
7"

4"

Figure A Titen HD screw anchor installed in the top


and bottom of a structural sand-lightweight-concrete and
metal-deck assembly

126

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. The allowable loads are based


on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. Allowable loads may be increased 33%
for short-term loading due to wind or
seismic forces where permitted by code.
3. The minimum anchor spacing is 15 inches.

Size
in.
(mm)

TITEN HD Heavy Duty Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry


Figure 1

Tension and Shear Loads in 8-inch Lightweight,


Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Size
in.
(mm)

Drill
Min. Critical Critical Critical
Bit Embed. Edge
End Spacing
Dia. Depth
Dist.
Dist.
Dist.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm) (mm)
(mm)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

4" MINIMUM
EDGE DISTANCE

CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE


(SEE LOAD TABLE)

Values for 8-inch Lightweight, Medium-Weight


or Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU

Tension Load
Shear Load
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in the Face of the CMU Wall (See Figure 1)
12
12
6
2,390
480
4,340
870
2
(305)
(305)
(152)
(10.6)
(2.1)
(19.3)
(3.9)
(70)
12
12
8
3,440
690
6,920
1,385
3
(305)
(305)
(203)
(15.3)
(3.1)
(30.8)
(6.2)
(89)
12
12
10
5,300
1,060
10,420
2,085
4
(305)
(305)
(254)
(23.6)
(4.7)
(46.4)
(9.3)
(114)
12
12
12
7,990
1,600
15,000
3,000
5
(305)
(305)
(305)
(35.5)
(7.1)
(66.7)
(13.3)
(140)

1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. For
installations under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
2. Values for 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete
masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90.
3. The masonry units must be fully grouted with grout complying with UBC Section 2103.4 or IBC Section 2103.12.
4. Mortar is prepared in accordance with UBC Section 2103.3 and UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8.
5. The minimum specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
6. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.

Tension and Shear Loads in 8-inch Lightweight,


Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU

INSTALLATION
IN THIS AREA
FOR REDUCED
ALLOWABLE
LOAD CAPACITY

4" MINIMUM
EDGE DISTANCE
CRITICAL EDGE
DISTANCE
(SEE LOAD TABLE)
NO INSTALLATION
WITHIN 1" OF
HEAD JOINT

INSTALLATIONS IN THIS AREA FOR


FULL ALLOWABLE LOAD CAPACITY

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load
table icons

Shaded Area = Placement for


Full and Reduced Allowable Load
Capacity in Grout-Filled CMU

7. Allowable loads may be increased 33%


for short-term loading due to wind or
seismic forces where permitted by code.
8. Grout-filled CMU wall design must satisfy
applicable design standards and be capable
of withstanding applied loads.
9. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors
for spacing and edge distance on page 130.

Anchor Installed in Face Shell (See Figure 2)

1
(44)

4
4
(102) (117)

720
(3.2)

145
(0.6)

1,240
(5.5)

250
(1.1)

1
(44)

4
4
(102) (117)

760
(3.4)

150
(0.7)

1,240
(5.5)

250
(1.1)

1
(44)

4
4
(102) (117)

800
(3.6)

160
(0.7)

1,240
(5.5)

250
(1.1)

1
(44)

4
4
(102) (117)

880
(3.9)

175
(0.8)

1,240
(5.5)

250
(1.1)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(9.5)
(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)

is 1,500 psi.
4. Embedment depth is measured
from the outside face of the concrete
masonry unit and is based on the
anchor being embedded an additional
" through 1" thick face shell.
5. Allowable loads may not be
increased for short-term loading
due to wind or seismic forces.
CMU wall design must satisfy
applicable design standards and
be capable of withstanding applied loads.
6. Do not use impact wrenches to install in hollow CMU.
7. Set drill to rotation-only mode when drilling into hollow CMU.

Tension and Shear Loads in 8-inch Lightweight,


Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU Stemwall

Size Drill Embed. Min. Min. Critical


8-inch Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Loads Based on CMU Strength
in.
Bit Depth Edge End Spacing
Tension
Shear Perp. to Edge Shear Parallel to Edge
(mm) Dia.
in.
Dist. Dist.
Dist.
in.
(mm)
in.
in.
in.
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening or Web (Top of Wall) (See Figure 3)
8
8
2,860
570
800
160
2,920
585
4
1

(12.7)
(2.5)
(3.6)
(0.7)
(13.0)
(2.6)
(114) (44.5) (203) (203)
(12.7)
10
10
2,860
570
800
160
3,380
675
4
1

(12.7)
(2.5)
(3.6)
(0.7)
(15.0)
(3.0)
(114) (44.5) (254) (254)
(15.9)
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the
IBC and IRC. For installations under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated
allowable loads by 1.25).
2. Values are for 8-inch wide CMU, Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight and
normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90.
3. The masonry units must be fully grouted with grout complying with UBC Section
2103.4 or IBC section 2103.8.

Mechanical Anchors

1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for
8-inch Hollow CMU Loads Based
installations under the IBC and IRC. For installations under the UBC use a
Size Drill Embed. Min. Min.
on
CMU
Strength
safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
in.
Bit Depth 4 Edge End
2. Values for 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight
(mm) Dia.
in.
Dist. Dist.
Tension Load
Shear Load
and normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to UBC Standard
in.
(mm)
in.
in.
21-4 or ASTM C90.
Ultimate
Allowable
Ultimate
Allowable
(mm) (mm)
3. The minimum specified compressive
Figure 2
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days

Figure 3

Anchor installed
in top of wall

4. The minimum specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm,


at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
5. Allowable loads may be increased 33% for short-term loading due
to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
6. Grout-filled CMU wall design must satisfy applicable design standards
and be capable of withstanding applied design loads.
7. Loads are based on anchor installed in either the web or grout-filled
cell opening in the top of wall.

127

TITEN HD ANCHOR

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for Titen HD Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:


Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension
and/or shear load application.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for either a tension
and/or shear load application.

4.
5.
6.
7.

These tables are not for use


with USD design methods

Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.


The load adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.
Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor(s).
Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)


Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6

2
3
1
0.83
0.83
0.86
0.90
0.93
0.97
1.00

3
3
1
0.73
0.73
0.78
0.84
0.89
0.95
1.00

2
4
1
0.67
0.67
0.71
0.74
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.89
0.93
0.96
1.00

3
4
1
0.57
0.57
0.62
0.67
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.90
0.95
1.00

5
4
1
0.73
0.73
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

2
5
1
0.67
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.75
0.77
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

4
5
1
0.57
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.74
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.87
0.90
0.93
0.97
1.00

5
5
1
0.59
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.68
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.81
0.84
0.87
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

2
6
1
0.67
0.67
0.69
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.79
0.81
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.96
0.98
1.00

4
6
1
0.48
0.48
0.51
0.54
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

5
6
1
0.58
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.93
0.95
0.98
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

See Notes Below

*
Edge Distance Shear (fc)
Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9

128

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

2
4
1
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.45
0.59
0.73
0.86
1.00

3
4
1
0.24
0.24
0.31
0.45
0.59
0.72
0.86
1.00

2
6
1
0.25
0.25
0.29
0.38
0.47
0.56
0.65
0.74
0.82
0.91
1.00

3
6
1
0.20
0.20
0.25
0.34
0.44
0.53
0.62
0.72
0.81
0.91
1.00

5
6
1
0.17
0.17
0.22
0.32
0.41
0.51
0.61
0.71
0.80
0.90
1.00

2
7
1
0.19
0.19
0.23
0.30
0.37
0.44
0.51
0.58
0.65
0.72
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00

4
7
1
0.16
0.16
0.20
0.27
0.34
0.42
0.49
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.78
0.85
0.93
1.00

5
7
1
0.19
0.19
0.23
0.30
0.37
0.44
0.51
0.58
0.65
0.72
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00

2
9
1
0.19
0.19
0.22
0.27
0.33
0.39
0.44
0.50
0.55
0.61
0.66
0.72
0.78
0.83
0.89
0.94
1.00

4
9
1
0.14
0.14
0.17
0.23
0.29
0.35
0.41
0.47
0.53
0.58
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

5
9
1
0.13
0.13
0.16
0.22
0.28
0.34
0.40
0.46
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

The tabled adjustment values (fc)


have been calculated using the
following information:
1. E = Embedment depth (inches).
2. Cact = actual edge distance at
which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical edge distance for
100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum edge distance
for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = percent of allowable load at
actual edge distance.
6. fccr = percentage of allowable load
at critical edge distance. fccr is
always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = percent of allowable load
at minimum edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin)
(Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

TITEN HD ANCHOR

Technical Information

These tables are not for use


with USD design methods

Load-Adjustment Factors for Titen HD Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:


Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension
and/or shear load application.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for either a tension
and/or shear load application.

4.
5.
6.
7.

Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.


The load adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.
Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor(s).
Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.

Spacing Tension (fs)

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

3
6
1
0.56
0.56
0.61
0.66
0.71
0.80
0.90
1.00

2
8
2
0.72

3
8
2
0.63

5
8
2
0.76

0.72
0.74
0.77
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.95
1.00

0.63
0.66
0.69
0.75
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

0.76
0.78
0.80
0.84
0.88
0.92
0.96
1.00

2
10
2
0.79

4
10
2
0.69

5
10
2
0.73

0.79
0.80
0.83
0.86
0.89
0.92
0.94
0.97
1.00

0.69
0.71
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.88
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.73
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.86
0.89
0.93
0.96
1.00

2
12
3
0.80

4
12
3
0.70

5
12
3
0.72

0.80
0.82
0.84
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.93
0.96
0.98
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.87
0.90
0.93
0.97
1.00

0.72
0.75
0.78
0.81
0.84
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

See Notes Below

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Spacing Shear (fs)

Sact
(in.)

1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

2
6
1
0.77
0.77
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00

3
6
1
0.77
0.77
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00

2
8
2
0.77

3
8
2
0.77

5
8
2
0.77

0.77
0.79
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.77
0.79
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.77
0.79
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.92
0.96
1.00

2
10
2
0.77

4
10
2
0.77

5
10
2
0.77

0.77
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

0.77
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

0.77
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

2
12
3
0.77

4
12
3
0.77

5
12
3
0.77

0.77
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.77
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.77
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

The tabled adjustment values (fs)


have been calculated using the
following information:
1. E = Embedment depth (inches).
2. Sact = actual spacing distance at
which anchors are installed
(inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for
100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance
for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for
allowable load at actual
spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for
allowable load at critical spacing
distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for
allowable load at minimum
spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin)
(Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

Mechanical Anchors

1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

2
6
1
0.66
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.77
0.85
0.92
1.00

129

TITEN HD ANCHOR

Technical Information

These tables are not for use


with USD design methods

Load-Adjustment Factors for Titen HD Anchors in Face-of-Wall Installation in


8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. Locate the edge distance (Cact) or spacing (Sact) at which the
anchor is to be installed.

5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row and column.
6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
7. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacings are multiplied together.

Edge or End Distance


Tension (fc)

Edge and End Distance Shear (fc)


Shear Load Parallel to Edge or End

Mechanical Anchors

4
6
8
10
12

2
12
4
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

3
12
4
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

4
12
4
0.83
0.83
0.87
0.92
0.96
1.00

5
12
4
0.66
0.66
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00

Cact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

4
6
8
10
12

2
12
4
0.77
0.77
0.83
0.89
0.94
1.00

3
12
4
0.48
0.48
0.61
0.74
0.87
1.00

4
12
4
0.46
0.46
0.60
0.73
0.87
1.00

5
12
4
0.44
0.44
0.58
0.72
0.86
1.00

See Notes Below

See Notes Below

Edge or End Distance Shear (fc)


Shear Load Perpendicular to Edge or
End (Directed Towards Edge or End)

Edge or End Distance Shear (fc)


Shear Load Perpendicular to Edge or
End (Directed Away From Edge or End)

Cact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

4
6
8
10
12

2
12
4
0.58
0.58
0.69
0.79
0.90
1.00

3
12
4
0.38
0.38
0.54
0.69
0.85
1.00

4
12
4
0.30
0.30
0.48
0.65
0.83
1.00

5
12
4
0.21
0.21
0.41
0.61
0.80
1.00

Cact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

4
6
8
10
12

2
12
4
0.89
0.89
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

3
12
4
0.79
0.79
0.84
0.90
0.95
1.00

4
12
4
0.58
0.58
0.69
0.79
0.90
1.00

5
12
4
0.38
0.38
0.54
0.69
0.85
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Cact = actual end or edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr = critical end or edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin = minimum end or edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual end or edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical end or edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum end or edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

Spacing Tension (fs)

Sact
(in.)

4
6
8
10
12

130

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

Spacing Shear (fs)

2
6
3
0.87
0.91
1.00

3
8
4
0.69
0.69
0.85
1.00

4
10
5
0.59
0.51
0.67
0.84
1.00

5
12
6
0.50
0.33
0.50
0.67
0.83
1.00

Sact
(in.)

3
4
5
6
8
10
12

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

2
6
3
0.62
0.62
0.75
0.87
1.00

3
8
4
0.62

4
10
5
0.62

5
12
6
0.62

0.62
0.72
0.81
1.00

0.62
0.70
0.85
1.00

0.62
0.75
0.87
1.00

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Cact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

TITEN HD ROD COUPLER

Threaded Rod Anchors for Masonry Foundation

The Titen HD Rod Coupler is designed to be used in conjunction with a single or


multi-story rod tie-down system. This anchor provides a fast and simple way to attach
threaded rod to concrete stem wall or thickened slab footing. Unlike adhesive anchors,
the installation requires no special tool, cure time or secondary setting process; just drill
a hole and drive the anchor.
FEATURES:
The serrated cutting teeth and patented thread design enable the Titen HD Rod
Coupler to be installed quickly and easily. Less installation time translates to lower
installed cost
The specialized heat treating process creates high hardness at the tip to facilitate
cutting while the body remain ductile
No special setting tools are required. The Titen HD Rod Coupler installs with regular
or hammer drill, ANSI size bits and standard sockets
Compatible with threaded rods in 3/8" and 1/2" diameters
MATERIAL:
FINISH:

Carbon steel, heat treated

Zinc plated

INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the
mechanical interlock of the threads with base material and will reduce the anchors
load capacity. Use a Titen HD Rod Coupler one time only. Installing the anchor
multiple times may result in excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity
Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the base material to a depth
of at least 1/2" deeper than the required embedment.
Blow the hole clean of dust and debris using compressed air. Overhead application
need not to be blown clean.
Tighten the anchor with appropriate size socket until the head sits flush against
base material

Size
(in)

Model
No.

x 6

THD37634RC

x 9

THD50934RC

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in)

Wrench
Size
(in)

Quantity
Box

Carton

50

100

20

40

Titen HD Rod Coupler


U.S. Patent
5,674,035 & 6,623,228

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. Length is measured from the underside of the coupler.

Mechanical Anchors

Titen HD Rod Coupler Product Data

Installation Sequence

Washer
recommended
to resist
shear loads

" min

" min

131

TITEN HD ROD COUPLER

Threaded Rod Anchors for Masonry Foundation

Titen HD Rod Coupler Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall

Size
in.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Stemwall
Width
in.
(mm)

Minimum
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Minimum
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Tension Load
Based on
Concrete Strength

Tension Load
Based on
Connected
Rod Strength

f'c 2500 psi (17.2 Mpa)


Concrete

A307
(SAE 1018)

Ultimate
lbs. (kN)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)

(9.5)

5
(127)

8
(203)

1
(44)

20
(508)

8,900
(39.6)

2,225
(9.9)

2,105
(9.4)

8
(203)

8
(203)

1
(44)

32
(813)

15,540
(69.1)

3,885
(17.3)

3,750
(16.7)

(12.7)

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the concrete or steel strength.


2. The allowable loads based on concrete strength are based on a factor of safety of 4.0.
3. The allowable load based on steel strength is limited by the strength of the coupler nut
supplied with this anchor. Use of higher strength rod will not increase allowable loads.
4. Allowable loads may be increased 33% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1.5 times the embedment depth.
6. Tension and shear loads may be combined using the straight-line interaction equation (n=1).

132

Size
in.
(mm)

(12.7)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Stemwall
Width
in.
(mm)

Minimum
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Minimum
Spacing
Dist.
in.
(mm)

8
(203)

8
(203)

1
(44)

32
(813)

*
Shear Load
Based on Conc. Edge Dist.
f'c 2500 psi (17.2 Mpa)
Concrete
Ultimate
lbs. (kN)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)

6,200
(27.6)

1,550
(6.9)

1. Install with a washer (not supplied with anchor) when used to resist shear loads.
2. The allowable load based on concrete edge distance is based on a factor of safety of 4.0. Steel strength does not control.
3. Allowable load may be increased 33 1/3% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
4. The minimum concrete thickness is 1.5 times the embedment depth.
5. Tension and shear loads may be combined using the straight-line interaction equation (n=1).

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Titen HD Rod Coupler Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall,


Load Applied Parallel to Concrete Edge

TITEN HD ROD HANGER

TESTED
TO
MEET

Masonry Threaded Rod Anchors

IBC

2006

The Titen HD Rod Hanger is a high-strength screw anchor that provides a fast and convenient
way to suspend threaded rod from concrete slabs and beams. The anchors high load capacity
and ease of installation make it ideal for hanging pipes, equipment and fixtures in overhead
applications. Unlike traditional drop-in anchors, installation requires no special tool or
secondary setting process; just drill a hole and drive the anchor. The serrated cutting teeth
and patented thread design enable the Titen HD Rod Hanger to be installed quickly and with
significantly less effort when compared to other screw type anchors.
FEATURES:
Compatible with 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" diameter threaded rod
High load capacity as a result of the full length threads that undercut the concrete
and effectively transfer load into the base material
Specialized heat treating process creates high hardness at the tip to facilitate
cutting while the body remains ductile
No special installation tools required. Holes can be drilled with a rotary hammer or
hammer drill with ANSI size bit. Anchors are installed with standard size sockets.
Less installation time translates to lower installed cost
1/2" size was designed for optimum performance in cracked and uncracked concrete,
an IBC 2006 requirement.
U.S. Patent
5,674,035 &
6,623,228

MATERIAL: Carbon steel, heat treated


FINISH: Zinc plated
INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical
interlock of the threads with base material and will reduce the anchors load capacity.
Use a Titen HD Rod Hanger one time only. Installing the anchor multiple times may
result in excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity
Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the base material to a depth
of at least 1/2" deeper than the required embedment.
Blow the hole clean of dust and debris using compressed air.
IMPORTANT: Install with an applied torque of 15 ft-lbs for the " and " size Titen HD
rod hangers using a torque wrench, driver drill, hammer drill or cordless " impact driver
with a maximum permitted torque rating of 100 ft-lb.

Installation Sequence

Mechanical Anchors

CODES: Factory Mutual 3031136 (THD37218RH and THD50234RH);


ICC-ES pending (THD50234RH)
The load tables list values based upon results from the most recent testing and may not
reflect those in current code reports. Where code jurisdictions apply, consult the current reports
for applicable load values.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Titen HD Rod Hanger Product Data


Size

Model No.

Accepts
Rod Dia.
(in)

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in)

Wrench
Size
(in)

Min.
Embed.

Quantity
Box

Ctn

" x 1"

THD25112RH

"

"

"

1"

100

500

" x 2"

THD37218RH

"

"

"

2"

50

250

" x 2"

THD50234RH

"

"

"

2"

50

100

56O" min

Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete


Size
in.
(mm)

Drill Embed.
Min.
Bit
Depth Spacing
Dia.
in.
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)

1/4
(6.4)

1/4

1 1/2
(38)

4
(102)

3/8
(9.5)

1/4

2 1/8
(54)

1/24
(12.7)

3/8

2 3/4
(70)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Tension Load
f'c 2000 psi Concrete

f'c 4000 psi Concrete

Ultimate
lbs. (kN)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)

Ultimate
lbs. (kN)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)

2
(51)

1,319
(5.9)

330
(1.5)

2,102
(9.4)

525
(2.3)

4
(102)

2
(51)

2,210
(9.8)

555
(2.5)

3,227
(14.4)

805
(3.6)

8
(203)

4
(102)

4,297
(19.1)

1,075
(4.8)

6,204
(27.6)

1,550
(6.9)

1. The allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1/2 times the embedment depth.
3. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads. Verify with local codes.
4. For performance values in accordance with USD in both cracked and uncracked concrete, see pages 121122.

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

133

TITEN HD MINI

Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry

Sharing the same features as the larger Titen HD screw anchor (page 119), the Titen HD Mini
anchor provides an easy solution for jobs that call for smaller anchors. The self-undercutting,
non-expansion characteristics are ideal for situations where minimum edge distance and reduced
spacing is a concern. The patented cutting teeth and thread design enable the Titen HD Mini anchor
to be installed quickly and with less effort than many other screw type anchors. Since there are
no secondary setting steps involved, the Titen HD Mini screw anchor can be installed much more
quickly than traditional expansion anchors.
FEATURES:
Full-length threads undercut the concrete and effectively transfer loads into the base material.
Specialized heat-treating process creates high hardness at the tip to facilitate cutting while the
body remains ductile.
Less spacing and edge distance required since the anchor does not exert expansion forces
No special installation tools required. Holes can be drilled with rotary hammer or hammer drill
with ANSI size bit. Anchors are installed with standard size sockets.
Less installation time translates to lower installed cost.
Removable, ideal for temporary anchorage.
MATERIAL:

U.S. Patent
5,674,035 &
6,623,228

Carbon steel, heat treated

Zinc plated

TEST CRITERIA:
The Titen HD Mini anchor has been tested in accordance with ASTM E488 standard test methods
for tension and shear.
INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical interlock
of the threads with base material and will reduce the anchors load capacity. Use a Titen HD
Mini screw anchor one time only. Installing the anchor multiple times may result in excessive
thread wear and reduce load capacity.
Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the base material to a depth of at least
1/2" deeper than the required embedment depth.
Blow the hole clean of dust and debris using compressed air.
Insert the anchor through the fixture and into the hole.
IMPORTANT: Install with an applied torque of 15 ft-lbs for the " Titen HD Mini and 25 ft-lbs
for the " Titen HD Mini using a torque wrench, driver drill, hammer drill or cordless "
impact driver with a maximum permitted torque rating of 100 ft-lb.

Installation Sequence

Titen HD Mini Anchor Product Data


Size

Model No.

" x 1"
" x 2"
" x 3"
" x 1"
" x 2"

THD25134H
THD25214H
THD25300H
THD37134H
THD37212H

Drill Bit
Dia
(in.)

Wrench
Size
(in.)

Quantity
Box
100
50
50
50
50

Ctn
500
250
250
250
200

"
min

*
Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Size in.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia. in.

(6.4)

(9.5)

Embed.
Depth
in. (mm)
1 (25)

Min.
Spacing
in. (mm)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in. (mm)

1 (44)

4 (102)

4 (102)

1 (38)

4 (102)

6 (152)

Tension Load
f'c 2000 psi Concrete

f'c 4000 psi Concrete

Ultimate lbs. (kN)

Allowable lbs. (kN)

Ultimate lbs. (kN)

Allowable lbs. (kN)

624 (2.8)

155 (0.7)

1,037 (4.6)

260 (1.2)

1,768 (7.9)

440 (2.0)

2,255 (10.0)

565 (2.5)

2,070 (9.2)

520 (2.3)

2,974 (13.2)

745 (3.3)

*See page 10
for an
explanation
of the
load table
icons

See Notes Below

*
Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Size in.
(mm)

134

Drill Bit
Dia. in.

(6.4)

(9.5)

Embed.
Depth
in. (mm)
1 (25)

Min.
Spacing
in. (mm)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in. (mm)

1 (44)

4 (102)

4 (102)

1 (38)

4 (102)

6 (152)

Shear Load
f'c 2000 psi Concrete

f'c 4000 psi Concrete

Ultimate lbs. (kN)

Allowable lbs. (kN)

Ultimate lbs. (kN)

Allowable lbs. (kN)

1,104 (4.9)

275 (1.2)

2,135 (9.5)

535 (2.4)

2,443 (10.9)

610 (2.7)

2,912 (13.0)

730 (3.2)

1. The allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1/2 times the embedment depth.

3,668 (16.3)

610 (2.7)
915 (4.1)

3. Tension and Shear loads may be combined using the straight line interaction
equation (n=1).

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

FINISH:

STAINLESS-STEEL ANCHORS
Simpson Strong-Tie Makes Stainless...Painless!
When your project requires anchorage in corrosive environments, let Simpson
Strong-Tie be your source for stainless-steel anchors. We have the expertise to
help you choose the correct stainless-steel anchor and the inventory to get the
product to your jobsite without delay.
Wedge-All wedge anchors
Available in type 303/304 and
316 stainless steel
44 sizes ranging from " to 1" in
diameter and 1" to 12" in length
Head stamped and ICC-ES listed
(ESR-1396)
Custom lengths also available

Drop-In anchors
Available in type 303 and 316
stainless steel

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Sleeve-All sleeve anchors


Several sizes available in
type 304 stainless steel

Titen stainless-steel screws


Available in type 410
stainless steel

Stainless-steel anchors for a variety


of applications:
Water treatment facilities
Wastewater and sewage
treatment facilities
Reservoirs and dams
Food processing facilities
Pulp and paper mills
Construction in coastal environments
Miscellaneous exterior environments

135

WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchors


The Wedge-All wedge anchors are a non-bottom bearing, wedge-style
expansion anchor for use in solid concrete or grout-filled masonry. A one-piece
clip ensures uniform holding capacity that increases as tension is applied. The
threaded stud version is available in eight diameters and multiple lengths. A single
size tie-wire version is available for wire supported fixtures. Threaded studs are set
by tightening the nut. Tie-wire anchors are set with the claw end of a hammer.
WEDGE-ALL SPECIAL FEATURES:
One piece wrap around clip
Threaded end is chamfered for ease of starting nut
Most sizes feature full thread for added versatility
MATERIAL: Carbon and stainless steel
FINISH: Carbon steel anchors are available zinc plated or
mechanically galvanized.
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-1396 (CMU); City of L.A. RR24682; Factory Mutual
3017082 and 3031136; Florida FL 11506.8; Underwriters Laboratories File Ex3605;
Meets requirements of Federal Specifications A-A-1923A, Type 4. The Tie-Wire
anchor is not code listed.
The load tables list values based upon results from the most recent testing and
may not reflect those in current code reports. Where code jurisdictions
apply, consult the current reports for applicable load values.

Wedge-All
Anchor

(Zinc plate only)

Wedge-All Anchor Installation Sequence

INSTALLATION:
Holes in metal fixtures to be mounted should exceed nominal
anchor diameter by " for " thru " diameter anchors,
and by " for all other diameters.
Do not use an impact wrench to set or tighten the Wedge-All.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult
to set the anchor and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Threaded studs:
Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same
diameter as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill
the hole to the specified embedment depth and blow it clean using
compressed air. Overhead installations need not be blown clean.
Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate
embedment depth and dust from drilling.
Assemble the anchor with nut and washer so the top of the nut is
flush with the top of the anchor. Place the anchor in the fixture and
drive into the hole until washer and nut are tight against fixture.
Tighten to the required installation torque.
Tie-Wire:
Drill a hole at least 1" deep using a " diameter carbide tipped bit.
Drive the anchor into the hole until the head is seated
against the base material.
Set the anchor by prying/pulling the head with the claw end
of the hammer.

Tie-Wire Anchor Installation Sequence


C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

TEST CRITERIA: The Wedge-All anchor has been tested in accordance with
ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Expansion Anchors (AC01) for the following:
Static tension and shear loading
Seismic and wind loading
Combination tension and shear loading
Critical and minimum edge distance

Tie-Wire Anchor

Wedge-All Anchor Installation Data

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS:
Wedge anchors shall be a threaded stud with an integral cone expander and
a single piece expansion clip. The stud shall be carbon steel with a minimum
70,000 psi tensile strength, or type 303, 304 or 316 stainless steel, as called
for on the drawings. Anchors shall meet Federal Specification A-A-1923A, Type
4. Anchors shall be Wedge-All anchors from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton,
CA. Anchors shall be installed following the Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for
Wedge-All anchors.

Wedge-All
Dia.
(in.)

1 1

Bit Size (in.)


Min. Fixture Hole (in.)
Wrench Size (in.)


1
1 1

1 1
1 1
1 1

Length Identification Head Marks on Wedge-All Anchors (corresponds to length of anchor inches).
Mark
From

136

Up To
But Not
Including

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

WEDGE-ALL Carbon-Steel Wedge Anchors

Size
(in.)

Carbon
Steel
Model No.

Mechanically
Galvanized
Model No.

x 1 3
x 1
x 2
x 3
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 3
x 5
x 7
x 2
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 7
x 8
x 10
x 12
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 7
x 8
x 10
x 12
x 4
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 7
x 8
x 10
x 12
x 6
x 8
x 10
x 12
1x6
1x9
1 x 12
1 x 9
1 x 12

TWD25112 4
WA25134
WA25214
WA25314
WA37214
WA37234
WA37300
WA37312
WA37334
WA37500
WA37700
WA50234
WA50334
WA50414
WA50512
WA50700
WA50812
WA50100
WA50120
WA62312
WA62412
WA62500
WA62600
WA62700
WA62812
WA62100
WA62120
WA75414
WA75434
WA75512
WA75614
WA75700
WA75812
WA75100
WA75120
WA87600
WA87800
WA87100
WA87120
WA16000
WA19000
WA11200
WA12590
WA12512

WA25134MG
WA25214MG
WA25314MG
WA37214MG
WA37234MG
WA37300MG
WA37312MG
WA37334MG
WA37500MG
WA37700MG
WA50234MG
WA50334MG
WA50414MG
WA50512MG
WA50700MG
WA50812MG
WA50100MG
WA50120MG
WA62312MG
WA62412MG
WA62500MG
WA62600MG
WA62700MG
WA62812MG
WA62100MG
WA62120MG
WA75414MG
WA75434MG
WA75512MG
WA75614MG
WA75700MG
WA75812MG
WA75100MG
WA75120MG
WA87600MG
WA87800MG
WA87100MG
WA87120MG
WA16000MG
WA19000MG
WA11200MG
WA12590MG
WA12512MG

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Thread
Length
(in.)
Hole dia. is

1
2
1
1
1
2
2
3
5
1
2
2
4
4
6
6
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
6
2
2
3
4
5
6
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Material Specifications
Quantity
Box

Carton

100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

500
500
500
500
250
250
250
250
250
200
200
125
125
100
100
100
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
40
20
20
40
40
40
40
40
20
20
10
20
10
10
10
20
10
10
10
10

1. The published length is the overall length of the anchor. Allow one
anchor diameter for the nut and washer thickness plus the fixture
thickness when selecting the minimum length.
2. Special lengths are available on request. Load values are valid as long
as minimum embedment depths are satisfied.
3. Tie-Wire Wedge-All anchor, overall length is 2".
4. Tie-Wire Wedge-All anchor also available in bulk quantity of 2,000, model TWD25112B.
5. Bulk packaged Wedge-All anchors available, call Simpson Strong-Tie for details.

Carbon Steel - Zinc Plated


Component Materials
Anchor Body

Nut

Washer

Clip

Material Meets
minimum
70,000 psi
tensile
strength

Carbon
Steel
ASTM A
563,
Grade A

Carbon
Steel

Carbon
Steel

Application:
Interior
environment,
low level of
corrosion
resistance.
See page 16
for more
corrosion
information.

Mechanical Anchors

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Wedge-All Anchor Product Data


Carbon Steel: Zinc Plated and Mechanically Galvanized

Material Specifications
Carbon Steel - Mechanically Galvanized 1
Component Materials
Anchor Body

Nut

Washer

Clip

Material Meets
minimum
70,000 psi
tensile
strength

Carbon
Steel
ASTM A
563,
Grade A

Carbon
Steel

Carbon
Steel

1. Mechanical Galvanizing meets ASTM B695,


Class 55, Type 1.

Application: Exterior
unpolluted environment,
medium level of
corrosion resistance.
Well suited to humid
environments. See
page 16 for more
corrosion information.

137

WEDGE-ALL Stainless-Steel Wedge Anchors


Wedge-All Anchor Product Data - Stainless Steel

x 1
x 2
x 3
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 3
x 5
x 7
x 2
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 7
x 8
x 10
x 12
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 7
x 8
x 10
x 12
x 4
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 7
x 8
x 10
x 12
x 6
x 8
x 10
x 12
1x6
1x9
1 x 12
1 x 9
1 x 12

304/303
Stainless
Model No.1

316
Stainless
Model No.2

WA251344SS
WA252144SS
WA253144SS
WA372144SS
WA372344SS
WA373004SS
WA373124SS
WA373344SS
WA375004SS
WA377004SS
WA502344SS
WA503344SS
WA504144SS
WA505124SS
WA507004SS
WA50812SS
WA50100SS
WA50120SS
WA623124SS
WA624124SS
WA625004SS
WA626004SS
WA627004SS
WA62812SS
WA62100SS
WA62120SS
WA754144SS
WA754344SS
WA755124SS
WA756144SS
WA757004SS
WA75812SS
WA75100SS
WA75120SS
WA87600SS
WA87800SS
WA87100SS
WA87120SS
WA16000SS
WA19000SS
WA11200SS
WA12590SS
WA12512SS

WA251346SS
WA252146SS
WA253146SS
WA372146SS
WA372346SS
WA373006SS
WA373126SS
WA373346SS
WA375006SS
WA377006SS
WA502346SS
WA503346SS
WA504146SS
WA505126SS
WA507006SS
WA508123SS
WA501003SS
WA501203SS
WA623126SS
WA624126SS
WA625006SS
WA626006SS
WA627006SS
WA628123SS
WA621003SS
WA621203SS
WA754146SS
WA754346SS
WA755126SS
WA756146SS
WA757006SS
WA758123SS
WA751003SS
WA751203SS
WA876003SS
WA878003SS
WA871003SS
WA871203SS
WA160003SS
WA190003SS
WA112003SS
WA125903SS
WA125123SS

Drill Bit Thread


Dia.
Length
(in.)
(in.)

1
1

1
2
1
1
1
2
2
3
5
1
2
2
4
5
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Standard
Quantity
Box
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

1. Anchors with the SS suffix in the model number are manufactured from
type 303 stainless steel, the remaining anchors (with the 4SS suffix) are
manufactured from type 304 stainless steel. 303 stainless anchors may
require extra lead time, call factory for details. Types 303 and 304 stainless
steel perform equally well in certain corrosive environments.
2. Anchors with the 3SS suffix in the model number may require extra lead
time. Call Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
3. These package quantities available in type 303 stainless steel only.
4. The published length is the overall length of the anchor. Allow one anchor
diameter for the nut and washer thickness plus the fixture thickness when
selecting a length.

138

Carton
500
500
500
250
250
250
250
250
200
200
125
125
100
100
100
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
40
20
20
40
40
40
40
40
20
20
10
20
10
10
10
20
10
10
10
10

Mini-Pack Quantity
-R Suffix in Model No.
(see note below)

Box
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
18
10
10

10
4
4
4
4
10
10
10
10
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4
4
4
43
43

Carton
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
100
80
100
100

80
32
16
16
16
100
80
80
80
16
16
16
16
40
40
32
32
32
16
16
16
8
8
8

8
8
8
8
8

5. Special lengths are available


on request. Load values are
valid as long as minimum
embedment depths are
satisfied.
Mini Pack: These package
quantities must be ordered
with a -R suffix on the end
of the standard model number.
(example: WA505124SS-R).

Material Specifications
304/303 Stainless Steel 1
Component Materials
Anchor
Body

Nut

Washer

Clip

Type 303
Type
Type
Type 304
and 304
18-8
18-8
or 316
Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
1. Type 303 and 304 stainless steels perform
equally well in certain corrosive environments.
Larger sizes are manufactured from type 303.

Application: Exterior environment, high


level of corrosion resistance. Resistant
to organic chemicals, many inorganic
chemicals, mild atmospheric pollution
and mild marine environments (not in
direct contact with salt water). See page
16 for more corrosion information.

Material Specifications
316 Stainless Steel 1
Component Materials
Anchor
Body

Nut

Washer

Clip

Type
Type
Type
Type 304
316
316
316
or 316
Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
1. Type 316 stainless steel provides the
greatest degree of corrosion resistance
offered by Simpson Strong-Tie.

Application: Exterior environment,


high level of corrosion resistance.
Resistant to chlorides, sulfuric acid
compounds and direct contact with
salt water. See page 16 for more
corrosion information.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Size
(in.)

WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchors


Tension Loads for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All (and Tie-Wire) Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete
Size
in.
(mm)

(6.4)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1
(31.8)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

1
(29)
2
(57)
1
(44)
2
(67)
3
(86)
2
(57)
3
(86)
4
(114)
2
(70)
4
(114)
5
(140)
3
(86)
5
(127)
6
(171)
3
(98)
7
(200)
4
(114)
9
(229)
5
(143)
9
(241)

2
(64)
2
(64)
3
(95)
3
(95)
3
(95)
5
(127)
5
(127)
5
(127)
6
(159)
6
(159)
6
(159)
7
(191)
7
(191)
7
(191)
8
(222)
8
(222)
10
(254)
10
(254)
12
(318)
12
(318)

1
(41)
3
(79)
2
(60)
3
(92)
4
(121)
3
(79)
4
(121)
6
(159)
3
(98)
6
(159)
7
(197)
4
(121)
7
(178)
9
(241)
5
(137)
11
(279)
6
(159)
12
(321)
7
(200)
13
(337)

Tension Load
f'c 2000 psi
f'c 3000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
680
167
170
205
(3.0)
(0.7)
(0.8)
(0.9)
1,920
286
480
530
(8.5)
(1.3)
(2.1)
(2.4)
1,560
261
390
555
(6.9)
(1.2)
(1.7)
(2.5)
3,360
464
840
1,100
(14.9)
(2.1)
(3.7)
(4.9)
3,680
585
920
1,140
(16.4)
(2.6)
(4.1)
(5.1)
3,280
871
820
1,070
(14.6)
(3.9)
(3.6)
(4.8)
6,040
654
1,510
1,985
(26.9)
(2.9)
(6.7)
(8.8)
6,960
839
1,740
2,350
(31.0)
(3.7)
(7.7)
(10.5)
4,520
120
1,130
1,640
(20.1)
(0.5)
(5.0)
(7.3)
8,200
612
2,050
2,990
(36.5)
(2.7)
(9.1)
(13.3)
8,200
639
2,050
2,990
(36.5)
(2.8)
(9.1)
(13.3)
6,760
1,452
1,690
2,090
(30.1)
(6.5)
(7.5)
(9.3)
10,040
544
2,510
3,225
(44.7)
(2.4)
(11.2)
(14.3)
10,040
1,588
2,510
3,380
(44.7)
(7.1)
(11.2)
(15.0)
7,480
821
1,870
2,275
(33.3)
(3.7)
(8.3)
(10.1)
17,040
1,566
4,260
4,670
(75.8)
(7.0)
(18.9)
(20.8)
15,400
2,440
3,850
3,885
(68.5)
(10.9)
(17.1)
(17.3)
20,760
3,116
5,190
6,355
(92.3)
(13.9)
(23.1)
(28.3)
15,160
1,346
3,790
4,990
(67.4)
(6.0)
(16.9)
(22.2)
20,160
3,250
5,040
8,635
(89.7)
(14.5)
(22.4)
(38.4)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may be increased by 33% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces
where permitted by code.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on pages 144 and 146.
4. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
5. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
6. Allowable loads for -inch size at 1-inch embedment apply to both the Wedge-All and Tie-Wire anchors.
Installation torque does not apply to the Tie-Wire anchor.
7. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
960
233
240
(4.3)
(1.0)
(1.1)
2,320
105
580
(10.3)
(0.5)
(2.6)
2,880
588
720
(12.8)
(2.6)
(3.2)
5,440
553
1,360
(24.2)
(2.5)
(6.0)
5,440
318
1,360
(24.2)
(1.4)
(6.0)
5,280
849
1,320
(23.5)
(3.8)
(5.9)
9,840
1,303
2,460
(43.8)
(5.8)
(10.9)
11,840
2,462
2,960
(52.7)
(11.0)
(13.2)
8,600
729
2,150
(38.3)
(3.2)
(9.6)
15,720
1,224
3,930
(69.9)
(5.4)
(17.5)
15,720
1,116
3,930
(69.9)
(5.0)
(17.5)
9,960
1,324
2,490
(44.3)
(5.9)
(11.1)
15,760
1,550
3,940
(70.1)
(6.9)
(17.5)
17,000
1,668
4,250
(75.6)
(7.4)
(18.9)
10,720
1,253
2,680
(47.7)
(5.6)
(11.9)
20,320
2,401
5,080
(90.4)
(10.7)
(22.6)
15,680
1,876
3,920
(69.7)
(8.3)
(17.4)
30,080
1,612
7,520
(133.8)
(7.2)
(33.5)
24,760
625
6,190
(110.1)
(2.8)
(27.5)
48,920
1,693
12,230
(217.6)
(7.5)
(54.4)

Install.
Torque
ft-lbs
(N-m)

8
(10.8)

30
(40.7)

60
(81.3)

90
(122.0)

150
(203.4)

200
(271.2)

Mechanical Anchors

(19.1)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

300
(406.7)

400
(542.3)

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

139

WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchors


Shear Loads for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All (and Tie-Wire) Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete

(6.4)

(9.5)

(12.7)

Mechanical Anchors

(15.9)

(19.1)

(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1
(31.8)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

1
(29)
2
(57)
1
(44)
2
(67)
3
(86)
2
(57)
3
(86)
4
(114)
2
(70)
4
(114)
5
(140)
3
(86)
5
(127)
6
(171)
3
(98)
7
(200)
4
(114)
9
(229)
5
(143)
9
(241)

2
(64)
2
(64)
3
(95)
3
(95)
3
(95)
5
(127)
5
(127)
5
(127)
6
(159)
6
(159)
6
(159)
7
(191)
7
(191)
7
(191)
8
(222)
8
(222)
10
(254)
10
(254)
12
(318)
12
(318)

1
(41)
3
(79)
2
(60)
3
(92)
4
(121)
3
(79)
4
(121)
6
(159)
3
(98)
6
(159)
7
(197)
4
(121)
7
(178)
9
(241)
5
(137)
11
(279)
6
(159)
12
(321)
7
(200)
13
(337)

Shear Load
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev.
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
920
47
230
(4.1)
(0.2)
(1.0)
230

(1.0)
2,280
96
570
(10.1)
(0.4)
(2.5)
4,220
384
1,055
(18.8)
(1.7)
(4.7)
1,055

(4.7)
6,560
850
1,345
(29.2)
(3.8)
(6.0)
8,160
880
1,675
(36.3)
(3.9)
(7.5)
1,675

(7.5)
8,720
1,699
1,620
(38.8)
(7.6)
(7.2)
12,570
396
2,330
(55.9)
(1.8)
(10.4)
2,330

(10.4)
11,360
792
2,840
(50.5)
(3.5)
(12.6)
18,430
1,921
4,610
(82.0)
(8.5)
(20.5)
4,610

(20.5)
13,760
2,059
3,440
(61.2)
(9.2)
(15.3)
22,300
477
5,575
(99.2)
(2.1)
(24.8)
22,519
1,156
5,730
(100.2)
(5.1)
(25.5)
25,380
729
6,345
(112.9)
(3.2)
(28.2)
29,320
2,099
7,330
(130.4)
(9.3)
(32.6)
7,330

(32.6)

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
230
(1.0)
230
(1.0)
570
(2.5)
1,055
(4.7)
1,055
(4.7)
1,485
(6.6)
1,850
(8.2)
1,850
(8.2)
1,900
(8.5)
2,740
(12.2)
2,740
(12.2)
2,840
(12.6)
4,610
(20.5)
4,610
(20.5)
3,440
(15.3)
5,575
(24.8)
5,730
(25.5)
6,345
(28.2)
7,330
(32.6)
7,330
(32.6)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may be increased by 33% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces
where permitted by code.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 144, 145 and 147.
4. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
5. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
6. Allowable loads for -inch size at 1-inch embedment apply to both the Wedge-All and Tie-Wire anchors.
Installation torque does not apply to the Tie-Wire anchor.
7. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.

140

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
230
(1.0)
230
(1.0)
570
(2.5)
1,055
(4.7)
1,055
(4.7)
1,625
(7.2)
2,020
(9.0)
2,020
(9.0)
2,180
(9.7)
3,145
(14.0)
3,145
(14.0)
2,840
(12.6)
4,610
(20.5)
4,610
(20.5)
3,440
(15.3)
5,575
(24.8)
5,730
(25.5)
6,345
(28.2)
7,330
(32.6)
7,330
(32.6)

Install.
Torque
ft-lbs
(N-m)

8
(10.8)

30
(40.7)

60
(81.3)

90
(122.0)

150
(203.4)

200
(271.2)

300
(406.7)

400
(542.3)

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Size
in.
(mm)

WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchors


Tension Loads for Stainless-Steel Wedge-All Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete
Size
in.
(mm)

(6.4)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1
(31.8)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

1
(29)
2
(57)
1
(44)
2
(67)
3
(86)
2
(57)
3
(86)
4
(114)
2
(70)
4
(114)
5
(140)
3
(86)
5
(127)
6
(171)
3
(98)
7
(200)
4
(114)
9
(229)
5
(143)
9
(241)

2
(64)
2
(64)
3
(95)
3
(95)
3
(95)
5
(127)
5
(127)
5
(127)
6
(159)
6
(159)
6
(159)
7
(191)
7
(191)
7
(191)
8
(222)
8
(222)
10
(254)
10
(254)
12
(318)
12
(318)

1
(41)
3
(79)
2
(60)
3
(92)
4
(121)
3
(79)
4
(121)
6
(159)
3
(98)
6
(159)
7
(197)
4
(121)
7
(178)
9
(241)
5
(137)
11
(279)
6
(159)
12
(321)
7
(200)
13
(337)

Allowable Tension Load lbs. (kN)


f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
Concrete

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa)
Concrete

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
Concrete

155
(0.7)
430
(1.9)
350
(1.6)
755
(3.4)
830
(3.7)
740
(3.3)
1,360
(6.0)
1,565
(7.0)
1,015
(4.5)
1,845
(8.2)
1,845
(8.2)
1,520
(6.8)
2,260
(10.1)
2,260
(10.1)
1,685
(7.5)
3,835
(17.1)
3,465
(15.4)
4,670
(20.8)
3,410
(15.2)
4,535
(20.2)

185
(0.8)
475
(2.1)
500
(2.2)
990
(4.4)
1,025
(4.6)
965
(4.3)
1,785
(7.9)
2,115
(9.4)
1,475
(6.6)
2,690
(12.0)
2,690
(12.0)
1,880
(8.4)
2,905
(12.9)
3,040
(13.5)
2,050
(9.1)
4,205
(18.7)
3,495
(15.5)
5,720
(25.4)
4,490
(20.0)
7,770
(34.6)

215
(1.0)
520
(2.3)
650
(2.9)
1,225
(5.4)
1,225
(5.4)
1,190
(5.3)
2,215
(9.9)
2,665
(11.9)
1,935
(8.6)
3,535
(15.7)
3,535
(15.7)
2,240
(10.0)
3,545
(15.8)
3,825
(17.0)
2,410
(10.7)
4,570
(20.3)
3,530
(15.7)
6,770
(30.1)
5,570
(24.8)
11,005
(49.0)

Install.
Torque
ft-lbs
(N-m)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

8
(10.8)

30
(40.7)

60
(81.3)

90
(122.0)

150
(203.4)

200
(271.2)

Mechanical Anchors

(19.1)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

300
(406.7)

400
(542.3)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may be increased by 33% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces
where permitted by code.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on pages 144 and 146.
4. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
5. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
6. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.

141

WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchors


Shear Loads for Stainless-Steel Wedge-All Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete

(6.4)

(9.5)

(12.7)

Mechanical Anchors

(15.9)

(19.1)

(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1
(31.8)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

1
(29)
2
(57)
1
(44)
2
(67)
3
(86)
2
(57)
3
(86)
4
(114)
2
(70)
4
(114)
5
(140)
3
(86)
5
(127)
6
(171)
3
(98)
7
(200)
4
(114)
9
(229)
5
(143)
9
(241)

2
(64)
2
(64)
3
(95)
3
(95)
3
(95)
5
(127)
5
(127)
5
(127)
6
(159)
6
(159)
6
(159)
7
(191)
7
(191)
7
(191)
8
(222)
8
(222)
10
(254)
10
(254)
12
(318)
12
(318)

1
(41)
3
(79)
2
(60)
3
(92)
4
(121)
3
(79)
4
(121)
6
(159)
3
(98)
6
(159)
7
(197)
4
(121)
7
(178)
9
(241)
5
(137)
11
(279)
6
(159)
12
(321)
7
(200)
13
(337)

Allowable Shear Load lbs. (kN)


f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
Concrete

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa)
Concrete

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
Concrete

265
(1.2)
265
(1.2)
655
(2.9)
1,215
(5.4)
1,215
(5.4)
1,545
(6.9)
1,925
(8.6)
1,925
(8.6)
1,865
(8.3)
2,680
(11.9)
2,680
(11.9)
3,265
(14.5)
5,300
(23.6)
5,300
(23.6)
3,955
(17.6)
6,410
(28.5)
6,590
(29.3)
7,295
(32.4)
8,430
(37.5)
8,430
(37.5)

265
(1.2)
265
(1.2)
655
(2.9)
1,215
(5.4)
1,215
(5.4)
1,710
(7.6)
2,130
(9.5)
2,130
(9.5)
2,185
(9.7)
3,150
(14.0)
3,150
(14.0)
3,265
(14.5)
5,300
(23.6)
5,300
(23.6)
3,955
(17.6)
6,410
(28.5)
6,590
(29.3)
7,295
(32.4)
8,430
(37.5)
8,430
(37.5)

265
(1.2)
265
(1.2)
655
(2.9)
1,215
(5.4)
1,215
(5.4)
1,870
(8.3)
2,325
(10.3)
2,325
(10.3)
2,505
(11.1)
3,615
(16.1)
3,615
(16.1)
3,265
(14.5)
5,300
(23.6)
5,300
(23.6)
3,955
(17.6)
6,410
(28.5)
6,590
(29.3)
7,295
(32.4)
8,430
(37.5)
8,430
(37.5)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may be increased by 16% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces
where permitted by code.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 144, 145 and 147.
4. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
5. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
6. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.

142

Install.
Torque
ft-lbs
(N-m)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

8
(10.8)

30
(40.7)

60
(81.3)

90
(122.0)

150
(203.4)

200
(271.2)

300
(406.7)

400
(542.3)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Size
in.
(mm)

WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchors


Tension Loads for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All (and Tie-Wire) Anchors in
Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck

Tension Load
Tension Load
Embed. Critical Critical
(Install in Concrete)
(Install through Metal Deck)
Depth Edge Spacing
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
in.
Dist.
in.
Concrete
Concrete
(mm)
in.
(mm)
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
(mm)
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
1,440
167
360
3
2
(TWD) 1

(6.4)
(0.7)
(1.6)
(38)
(86)
(70)
(6.4)
3,880
228
970
3,860
564
965
2
6
4

(17.3)
(1.0)
(4.3)
(17.2)
(2.5)
(4.3)
(57)
(171)
(105)
(12.7)
5
5,920
239
1,480
5,220
370
1,305
2
8

(127)
(26.3)
(1.1)
(6.6)
(23.2)
(1.6)
(5.8)
(70)
(213)
(15.9)
10
7,140
537
1,785
6,600
903
1,650
3
6

(254)
(31.8)
(2.4)
(7.9)
(29.4)
(4.0)
(7.3)
(86)
(156)
(19.1)
Size
in.
(mm)

Install.
Torque
ft-lbs
(N-m)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

60
(81.3)
90
(122.0)
150
(203.4)

WEDGE-ALL
ANCHOR

6"
3"

See Notes 18 Below

Shear Loads for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All (and Tie-Wire) Anchors in


Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. For installations in concrete (not through metal deck), allowable loads may
be increased by 33% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
3. For installations through metal deck, allowable tension loads must be
decreased 23% and allowable shear loads may be increased 33% for
short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 148.

4"

TIE-WIRE
ANCHOR

60
(81.3)
90
(122.0)
150
(203.4)

5. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing.


loads at reduced spacing have not been determined.
6. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to
nominal anchor diameter.
7. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the
embedment depth.
8. Metal deck must be minimum 20 gauge.

9. Anchors installed in the


bottom flute of the steel
deck must have a minimum
allowable edge distance of
1" from the inclined edge of
the bottom flute.

Size Embed. Critical Critical Critical 8" Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Load Based on CMU Strength Install.
Torque
in. Depth Edge
End Spacing
Tension Load
Shear Load
ft-lbs
(mm)
in.
Dist. Dist.
in.
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. (N-m)
(mm) (mm)
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
Anchor Installed on the Face of the CMU Wall at Least 1 inch Away from Head Joint (See Figure)
12
1,700
129
340
3,360
223
670
30
2
10
10

(305) (267) (267)


(7.6)
(0.6)
(1.5)
(14.9)
(1.0)
(3.0)
(40.7)
(9.5) (67)
12
14
14
2,120
129
425
5,360
617
1,070
35
3

(305) (356) (356)


(9.4)
(0.6)
(1.9)
(23.8)
(2.7)
(4.8)
(47.4)
(12.7) (89)
20
3,120
342
625
8,180
513
1,635
55
4
17
17

(13.9)
(1.5)
(2.8)
(36.4)
(2.3)
(7.3)
(74.5)
(15.9) (111) (508) (445) (445)
20
21
21
4,320
248
865
10,160
801
2,030
120
5

(19.2)
(1.1)
(3.8)
(45.2)
(3.6)
(9.0) (162.6)
(19.1) (133) (508) (533) (533)
3. Values are for 8-inch-wide CMU Grade N, Type ll,
lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight
concrete masonry units conforming to UBC
standard 21-4 or ASTM C90. The masonry
units must be fully grouted with grout complying
with UBC section 2103.4 or IBC section 2103.12.
Mortar must be Type M or S prepared in accordance
with section 2103.3 of the UBC and UBC standard
21-15, or IBC section 2103.8. The specified
compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days
must be a minimum of 1,500 psi.

7"

Lightweight Concrete
On Metal Deck

Install.
Torque
ft-lbs
(N-m)

Tension and Shear Loads for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Anchors


in Grout-Filled CMU

1. The tabulated allowable loads are


based on a safety factor of 5.0 for
installations under the IBC and IRC.
For installations under the UBC use
a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the
tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
2. Listed loads may be applied to
installations on the face of the
CMU wall at least 1 inch away
from headjoints.

MIN.
20 GAUGE
STEEL
DECK

Mechanical Anchors

Shear Load
Shear Load
Embed. Critical Critical
(Install in Concrete)
(Install through Metal Deck)
Depth Edge Spacing
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
in.
Dist.
in.
Concrete
Concrete
(mm)
in.
(mm)
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
(mm)
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
1,660
627
415
3
2
(TWD) 1

(7.4)
(2.8)
(1.8)
(38)
(86)
(70)
(6.4)
5,575
377
1,395
7,260
607
1,815
2
6
4

(24.8)
(1.7)
(6.2)
(32.3)
(2.7)
(8.1)
(57)
(171)
(105)
(12.7)
5
8,900
742
2,225
8,560
114
2,140
2
8

(127)
(39.6)
(3.3)
(9.9)
(38.1)
(0.5)
(9.5)
(70)
(213)
(15.9)
10
10,400
495
2,600
11,040
321
2,760
3
6

(254)
(46.3)
(2.2)
(11.6)
(49.1)
(1.4)
(12.3)
(86)
(156)
(19.1)
Size
in.
(mm)

UPPER
FLUTE
MIN.4"

4" MINIMUM
EDGE DISTANCE

CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE


(SEE LOAD TABLE)

INSTALLATION
IN THIS AREA
FOR REDUCED
ALLOWABLE
LOAD CAPACITY

4" MINIMUM
EDGE DISTANCE
CRITICAL EDGE
DISTANCE
(SEE LOAD TABLE)
NO INSTALLATION
WITHIN 1" OF
HEAD JOINT

INSTALLATIONS IN THIS AREA FOR


FULL ALLOWABLE LOAD CAPACITY

Shaded Area = Placement for


Full and Reduced Allowable Load
Capacity in Grout-Filled CMU

4. Embedment depth is measured from the


outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
5. Drill bit diameter used in base material
corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
6. Allowable loads may be increased by 33 percent
for short-term loading due to wind and seismic forces.
7. Tension and shear loads for the Wedge-All anchor
may be combined using the parabolic interaction
equation (n=).
8. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for
edge distance on page 148.

143

WEDGE-ALL ANCHOR Technical Information


Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel and Stainless-Steel Wedge-All Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension
and/or shear load application.
3. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.

4. The load adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.
5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
10
12
15

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

2
1
0.70
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00

3
1
0.70
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.90
0.97
1.00

5
2
0.70

0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.95
1.00

6
2
0.70

0.70
0.74
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.86
0.90
0.94
0.98
1.00

7
3
0.70

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.93
0.97
1.00

8
3
0.70

0.70
0.71
0.73
0.76
0.79
0.81
0.84
0.86
0.87
0.90
0.93
0.96
0.99
1.00

1
10
4
0.70

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.81
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.93
0.94
1.00

1
12
5
0.70

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.85
0.90
1.00
See Notes Below

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


(Shear Applied Perpendicular to Edge)
Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
10
12
15

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

2
1
0.30
0.30
0.53
0.77
1.00

3
1
0.30
0.30
0.46
0.61
0.77
0.92
1.00

5
2
0.30

0.30
0.42
0.53
0.65
0.71
0.77
0.88
1.00

6
2
0.30

0.30
0.39
0.49
0.53
0.58
0.67
0.77
0.86
0.95
1.00

7
3
0.30

0.30
0.38
0.42
0.46
0.53
0.61
0.69
0.77
0.81
0.84
0.92
1.00

8
3
0.30

0.30
0.33
0.37
0.43
0.50
0.57
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.90
0.97
1.00

1
10
4
0.30

0.30
0.36
0.42
0.48
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.65
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.85
1.00

1
12
5
0.30

0.30
0.35
0.39
0.42
0.44
0.49
0.53
0.58
0.63
0.65
0.77
1.00

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Edge Distance Tension (fc)

1. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).


2. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
3. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

Load-Adjustment Factors for Reduced Spacing:


144

Critical spacing is listed in the load tables. No adjustment in load is required when the anchors are spaced at critical spacing.
No additional testing has been performed to determine the adjustment factors for spacing dimensions less than those listed in the load tables.

WEDGE-ALL ANCHOR

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel and Stainless-Steel Wedge-All Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
Edge Distance and Shear Load Applied Parallel to Edge
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a shear load application.
3. Locate the edge distance (Cact||) at which the anchor is
to be installed.

4. The load adjustment factor (fc||) is the intersection of the row and column.
5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.

Edge Distance Shear (fc||)


(Shear Applied Parallel to Edge
with End Distance EDmin)
Edge
Dist.
Cact||
(in.)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

2
9
2
1
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

3
13
3
1
0.93

4
18
5
2
0.70

5
22
6
2
0.62

6
27
7
3
0.62

7
31
8
3
0.62

0.93
0.95
0.96
0.98
0.99
1.00

0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00

0.62
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.87
0.97
1.00

0.62
0.66
0.70
0.79
0.87
0.96
1.00

0.62
0.66
0.73
0.80
0.87
0.95
1.00

1
9
36
10
4
0.62

0.62
0.68
0.75
0.81
0.87
0.94
1.00

1
9
38
12
5
0.62

0.62
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.82
0.87
0.92
0.97
1.00

1. Table is not applicable to anchors with ED < EDmin. Factors from this table
may not be combined with load-adjustment factors for shear loads applied
perpendicular to edge.
2. Cact|| = actual edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load)
at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. Ccr|| = critical edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load)
for 100% load (inches).
4. Cmin|| = minimum edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load)
for reduced load (inches).
5. ED = actual end distance (measured parallel to direction of shear load)
at which anchor is installed (inches).
6. EDmin = minimum edge distance (measured parallel to direction of shear load).
7. fc|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
8. fccr|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
fccr|| is always = 1.00.
9. fcmin|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
10. fc|| = fcmin|| + [(1 - fcmin||) (Cact|| - Cmin||) / (Ccr|| - Cmin||)].

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

Mechanical Anchors

1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Size
E
EDmin
Ccr||
Cmin||
fcmin||

145

WEDGE-ALL ANCHOR

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel and Stainless-Steel Wedge-All Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
Spacing, Tension Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a tension load application.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for a tension load application.
4. Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.

5. The load adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.
6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.

Spacing Tension (fs)

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8

0.43
0.50
0.64
0.79
0.93
1.00

2
3
1
0.70

0.72
0.76
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.91
0.94
0.98
1.00

1
2

0.43
0.48
0.57
0.67
0.76
0.86
0.95
1.00

2
3
1
0.43

3
4
1
0.70

0.46
0.53
0.59
0.65
0.72
0.78
0.84
0.97
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.88
0.93
0.98
1.00

3
4
1
0.43

0.47
0.54
0.61
0.68
0.75
0.82
0.89
0.96
1.00

0.43
0.48
0.53
0.57
0.62
0.67
0.76
0.86
0.95
1.00

4
6
2
0.70

2
3
1
0.43

4
6
2
0.43

0.46
0.52
0.57
0.63
0.69
0.74
0.80
0.91
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.76
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.91
0.98
1.00

0.43
0.47
0.50
0.54
0.61
0.68
0.75
0.82
0.96
1.00

5
7
2
0.70

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

0.70
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.81
0.84
0.90
0.96
1.00

See Notes Below

Spacing Tension (fs)

Sact
(in.)

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

3
4
1
0.43
0.48
0.67
0.86
1.00

5
7
2
0.43
0.49
0.62
0.75
0.87
1.00

6
9
3
0.70

0.73
0.78
0.83
0.88
0.93
0.98
1.00

3
5
2
0.43
0.43
0.60
0.77
0.94
1.00

1
7
11
4
0.70

0.70
0.74
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.91
0.96
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

146

2
3
1
0.43

4
6
2
0.43
0.54
0.68
0.82
0.96
1.00

1
9
12
4
0.70

0.72
0.76
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.90
0.94
0.98
1.00

5
7
2
0.43
0.46
0.57
0.68
0.79
0.90
1.00

9
13
4
0.70

0.71
0.74
0.78
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.92
0.96
0.99
1.00

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

1
1

WEDGE-ALL ANCHOR

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel and Stainless-Steel Wedge-All Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
Spacing, Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a shear load application.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for a shear load application.
4. Locate the spacing (Sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.

5. The load adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.
6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.

Spacing Shear (fs)

Sact
(in.)

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

0.79
0.82
0.87
0.92
0.97
1.00

2
3
1
0.79

0.80
0.83
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.96
0.99
1.00

1
2

0.79
0.81
0.84
0.88
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.00

2
3
1
0.79

3
4
1
0.79

0.80
0.83
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.99
1.00

0.79
0.81
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.00

2
3
1
0.79

3
4
1
0.79

0.80
0.83
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.96
0.99
1.00

0.79
0.81
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.00

4
6
2
0.79

2
3
1
0.79

4
6
2
0.79

0.80
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.97
1.00

0.79
0.80
0.82
0.83
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.99
1.00

0.79
0.80
0.82
0.83
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.99
1.00

See Notes Below

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Spacing Shear (fs)

Sact
(in.)

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Dia.
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

3
4
1
0.79
0.81
0.88
0.95
1.00

5
7
2
0.79
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.95
1.00

6
9
3
0.79

0.81
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.00

3
5
2
0.79
0.79
0.85
0.91
0.98
1.00

1
7
11
4
0.79

0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

4
6
2
0.79
0.83
0.88
0.93
0.99
1.00

5
7
2
0.79

0.79
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.93
0.97
1.00

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

Mechanical Anchors

1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8

1
1

1
9
12
4
0.79

0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.96
0.98
1.00

5
7
2
0.79
0.80
0.84
0.88
0.92
0.96
1.00

9
13
4
0.79

0.80
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.97
0.99
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

147

WEDGE-ALL ANCHOR

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Anchors in Sand-Lightweight


Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the edge distance (Cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
10

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

3
1
0.70
0.70
0.72
0.79
0.87
0.91
0.94
1.00

6
2
0.70

0.70
0.72
0.75
0.76
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.91
0.94
0.98
1.00

8
3
0.70

0.70
0.71
0.74
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.86
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.00

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


(Shear Applied Perpendicular to Edge)
Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
10

10
4
0.70

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.93
0.95
0.98
1.00

See Notes Below

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

3
1
0.30
0.30
0.34
0.52
0.69
0.78
0.87
1.00

6
2
0.30

0.30
0.34
0.41
0.43
0.52
0.61
0.69
0.78
0.87
0.96
1.00

8
3
0.30

0.30
0.32
0.39
0.46
0.53
0.60
0.67
0.74
0.77
0.81
0.88
0.95
1.00

10
4
0.30

*
*See page 10 for an
explanation of the
load table icons

0.30
0.36
0.42
0.48
0.53
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.71
0.77
0.81
0.83
0.88
0.94
1.00

See Notes Below

Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Anchors in Face of Wall Installation


in 8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads

Edge Distance Tension (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

12
4
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

12
4
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

20
4
0.80
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.93
0.95
0.98
1.00

20
4
0.80
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.93
0.95
0.98
1.00

Load-Adjustment Factors for Reduced Spacing:

148

Critical spacing is listed in the load tables. No adjustment


in load is required when the anchors are spaced at critical
spacing. No additional testing has been performed to
determine the adjustment factors for spacing dimensions
less than those listed in the load tables.

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

12
4
0.79
0.79
0.82
0.84
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

12
4
0.52
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

20
4
0.32
0.32
0.36
0.41
0.45
0.49
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.92
0.96
1.00

20
4
0.32
0.32
0.36
0.41
0.45
0.49
0.53
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.92
0.96
1.00

1. Cact = actual edge distance


at which anchor is installed
(inches).
2. Ccr = critical edge distance for
100% load (inches).
3. Cmin = minimum edge distance
for reduced load (inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for
allowable load at actual edge
distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for
allowable load at critical edge
distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for
allowable load at minimum
edge distance.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin)
/ (Ccr - Cmin)].

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Edge Distance Tension (fc)

4. The load adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.
5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.

SLEEVE-ALL Sleeve Anchors


Sleeve-All sleeve anchors are pre-assembled expanding sleeve anchors
for use in all types of solid base materials. These anchors are available in
acorn, hex, rod coupler, flat or round head styles for a wide range of
applications.

SLEEVE-ALL ANCHORS

MATERIAL: Carbon and stainless steel


FINISH: Carbon Steel: Zinc plated
INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set the anchor
and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same
diameter as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill
the hole to the specified embedment depth and blow it clean using
compressed air. Overhead installations need not be blown clean.
Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate
embedment depth and dust from drilling.
Place the anchor in the fixture and drive into the hole until
the washer and nut are tight against fixture.
Tighten to required installation torque.

Flat
(Phillips Head)

Hex

Acorn

CODES: Factory Mutual 3017082, 3026805 and 3029959,


" " dia.; Underwriters Laboratories File Ex3605, " " dia.
Meets requirements of Federal Specifications A-A-1922A.
The load tables list values based upon results from the most recent
testing and may not reflect those in the current code reports. Where code
jurisdictions apply, consult the current reports for applicable load values.

Mechanical Anchors

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS:
Sleeve anchors shall be zinc plated studs having a minimum 50,000 psi
tensile strength with an expansion sleeve meeting AISI 1008 cold rolled
steel or type 304 stainless steel stud with a type 304 stainless-steel
expansion sleeve, as called for on the drawings. Sleeve anchors shall
meet Federal Specifications A-A-1922A. Anchors shall be Sleeve-All
expanding sleeve anchors from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA.
Anchors shall be installed following the Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for
Sleeve-All expanding sleeve anchors.

Rod Coupler

Round

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Sleeve-All Anchor Installation Sequence

Sleeve-All Anchor Installation Data

Material Specifications
Anchor
Component

304
Stainless Steel

Zinc Plated Carbon Steel

Anchor Body Material meets minimum 50,000 psi tensile


Sleeve
SAE J403, Grade 1008 Cold Rolled Steel
Commercial Grade, meets requirements
Nut
of ASTM A563 Grade A
SAE J403, Grade 1008/1010
Washer
Cold Rolled Steel

Sleeve-All
Dia.
(in.)

Type 304
Type 304

Bit Size (in.)


Wrench Size 1 (in.)
Wrench Size for
Coupler Nut (in.)

Type 304
Type 304

1. Applies to Acorn and Hex head configurations only.

Length Identification Head Marks on Sleeve-All Anchors (corresponds to length of anchor inches).
Mark
From
Up To
But Not
Including

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19
149

SLEEVE-ALL Sleeve Anchors


Sleeve-All Anchor Product Data - Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel
Model
No.

x 1
x 2
x 1*
x 2
x 1
x 3
x 4
x 2*
x 3
x 4
x 6
x 2*
x 3
x 4
x 6
x 2*
x 4
x 6
x 2
x 3
x 2
x 3
x 2
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 2
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 4

Head
Style

Bolt
Max.
Quantity
Diameter - Fixture
Threads Thickness
Box Ctn.
per inch
(in.)
SL25138A
100 500

Acorn
- 24
Head
SL25214A
100 500
1
SL31112H
100 500

- 20
SL31212H
50 250
1
SL37178H
50 250

SL37300H
50 200
- 18
1
SL37400H
50 200
2
SL50214H
50 200

SL50300H
25 100

- 16
SL50400H
25 100
1
Hex
Head
SL50600H
20
80
3
SL62214H
25 100

SL62300H
20
80

- 13
SL62414H
10
40
1
SL62600H
10
40
3
SL75212H
10
40

SL75414H
10
40
- 11

SL75614H
5
20
2
SL25200PF
100 500

- 24
SL25300PF
50 250
1
SL31212PF
50 250
1
- 20
SL31312PF Phillips
50 250
2
Flat
SL37234PF Head
50 200
1
SL37400PF
50 200
2
- 18
SL37500PF
50 200
3
SL37600PF
50 200
4
SL25200R
100 500

- 24
SL25234R
50 250
1
Round
SL37212R
1
50 200
Head
SL37334R
50 200
- 18
2
SL37434R
50 200
3

Size
(in.)

Model
No.

x 2
x 1
x 3
x 3
x 4

SL25214FSS
SL37178HSS
SL37300HSS
SL50300HSS
SL50400HSS

Bolt
Max.
Quantity
Diameter - Fixture
Threads Thickness
Box Ctn.
per inch
(in.)
Flat Head - 24
100 500
1
50 250

- 18
50 200
1
Hex
Head
25 100

- 16
25 100
1

Sleeve-All Anchor (with rod coupler) Product Data Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel
Size
(in.)

x 1
x 2
x 2

Model
No.

SL37178C
SL50214C
SL62214C

Accepts
Rod
Dia.
(in.)

Wrench
Size

Quantity
Box

Ctn.

50
25
20

200
100
80

*These models do not meet minimum embedment requirements for rated load values.

Tension and Shear Loads for " Sleeve-All Anchor in Grout-Filled


CMU (Anchor Installed in Horizontal Mortar Joint or Face Shell)

Size Embed. Min. Edge Min. End Min.


Install.
Tension Load
Shear Load
in.
Depth
Dist.
Dist.
Spacing
Torque
Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow.
(mm)
in.
in.
in.
in.
ft-lbs
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) (N-m)

(9.5)

1
(38)

16
(406)

16
(406)

24
(610)

2,000
(8.9)

400
(1.8)

2,300
(10.2)

1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the
IBC and IRC. For installations under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated
allowable loads by 1.25).
2. Listed loads may be applied to installations through a face shell with the
following placement guidelines:
a. Minimum 3" from vertical mortar joint.
b. Minimum 1" from vertical cell centerline.
3. Values for 6 and 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight and
normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90.
The masonry units must be fully grouted with grout complying with UBC Section 2103.4,
or IBC Section 2103.12. Mortar is prepared in accordance with Section 2103.3 of the UBC
and UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8. The minimum specified compressive
strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
4. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
5. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
6. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.

150

Head
Style

460
(2.0)

Horizontal Mortar Joint/Face


Shell Installation

15
(20)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Allowable Anchor Placement in grout-filled CMU


shown by shaded areas.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Size
(in.)

Sleeve-All Anchor Product Data - Stainless Steel

SLEEVE-ALL Sleeve Anchors


Tension and Shear Loads for Sleeve-All Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete
Size
in.
(mm)

(6.4)

(7.9)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

Embed. Critical Critical


Depth
Edge Spacing
in.
Dist.
Dist.
(mm)
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)
1
(29)
1
(37)
1
(38)
2
(57)
2
(70)
3
(86)

2
(64)
3
(79)
3
(95)
5
(127)
6
(159)
7
(191)

4
(114)
5
(146)
6
(152)
9
(229)
11
(279)
13
(343)

*
Tension Load

f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)


Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
880
94
220
(3.9)
(0.4)
(1.0)
1,120
113
280
(5.0)
(0.5)
(1.2)
1,600
294
400
(7.1)
(1.3)
(1.8)
3,160
254
790
(14.1)
(1.1)
(3.5)
4,200
681
1,050
(18.7)
(3.0)
(4.7)
6,400
665
1,600
(28.5)
(3.0)
(7.1)

Shear Load

f'c 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
1,320
189
330
(5.9)
(0.8)
(1.5)
1,320
350
330
(5.9)
(1.6)
(1.5)
2,680
450
670
(11.9)
(2.0)
(3.0)
4,760
485
1,190
(21.2)
(2.2)
(5.3)
6,160
1,772
1,540
(27.4)
(7.9)
(6.9)
9,520
674
2,380
(42.3)
(3.0)
(10.6)

f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)


Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
1,440
90
360
(6.4)
(0.4)
(1.6)
2,160
113
540
(9.6)
(0.5)
(2.4)
3,080
223
770
(13.7)
(1.0)
(3.4)
5,000
473
1,250
(22.2)
(2.1)
(5.6)
8,520
713
2,130
(37.9)
(3.2)
(9.5)
10,040
955
2,510
(44.7)
(4.2)
(11.2)

1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on page 152.
4. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
5. Allowable tension loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
6. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.

(9.5)

(12.7)
C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(15.9)

(19.1)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

1
(38)
2
(57)
2
(70)
3
(86)

12
(305)
12
(305)
12
(305)
12
(305)

1
(38)
2
(57)
2
(70)
3
(86)

8
(203)
8
(203)
8
(203)
8
(203)

Anchor Installed in a Single Face Shell


12
24
1,746
350
(305)
(610)
(7.8)
(1.6)
12
24
3,384
675
(305)
(610)
(15.1)
(3.0)
12
24
3,970
795
(305)
(610)
(17.7)
(3.5)
12
24
6,395
1,280
(305)
(610)
(28.4)
(5.7)
Anchor Installed in Mortar T Joint
8
24
1,927
385
(203)
(610)
(8.6)
(1.7)
8
24
3,849
770
(203)
(610)
(17.1)
(3.4)
8
24
4,625
925
(203)
(610)
(20.6)
(4.1)
8
24
5,483
1,095
(203)
(610)
(24.4)
(4.9)

Install.
Torque
Allow.
ft-lbs
lbs. (kN) (N-m)

Shear Load
Ultimate
lbs. (kN)
2,871
(12.8)
5,670
(25.2)
8,171
(36.3)
12,386
(55.1)

575
(2.6)
1,135
(5.0)
1,635
(7.3)
2,475
(11.0)

15
(20)
25
(34)
50
(68)
90
(122)

3,436
(15.3)
5,856
(26.0)
7,040
(31.3)
7,869
(35.0)

685
(3.0)
1,170
(5.2)
1,410
(6.3)
1,575
(7.0)

15
(20)
25
(34)
50
(68)
90
(122)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Mechanical Anchors

Embed. Min. Edge Min. End


Min.
Tension Load
Depth
Dist.
Dist.
Spacing
Ultimate Allow.
in.
in.
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)

5
(7)
8
(11)
15
(20)
25
(34)
50
(68)
90
(122)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Tension and Shear Loads for Sleeve-All Anchors


in Grout-Filled CMU
Size
in.
(mm)

Install.
Torque
ft-lbs
(N-m)

1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. For installations
under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
2. Listed loads may be applied to installations through a face shell with the following placement guidelines:
a. Minimum 3" from vertical mortar joint.
b. Minimum 1" from vertical cell centerline.
3. Values for 6 and 8-inch wide CMU Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete
masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90. The masonry units must be fully grouted with
grout complying with UBC Section 2103.4, or IBC Section 2103.12. Mortar is prepared in accordance with
Section 2103.3 of the UBC and UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8. The minimum specified compressive
strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
4. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
5. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
6. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.

151

SLEEVE-ALL Technical Information


Load-Adjustment Factors for Sleeve-All Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the edge distance (Cact) or spacing (Sact) at which
the anchor is to be installed.

Mechanical Anchors

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

2
1
0.60
0.60
0.68
0.70
0.80
0.84
1.00

3
1
0.60

0.60
0.68
0.71
0.84
0.97
1.00

3
1
0.60

0.60
0.63
0.73
0.84
0.87
0.95
1.00

5
2
0.60

0.60
0.68
0.70
0.76
0.80
0.84
0.92
1.00

6
3
0.60

0.60
0.65
0.68
0.71
0.78
0.84
0.90
0.97
1.00

7
3
0.60

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

0.60
0.63
0.68
0.73
0.79
0.84
0.87
0.89
0.95
1.00

See Notes Below

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

2
1
0.30
0.30
0.44
0.48
0.65
0.72
1.00

3
1
0.30

0.30
0.44
0.50
0.72
0.94
1.00

3
1
0.30

0.30
0.35
0.53
0.72
0.77
0.91
1.00

5
2
0.30

0.30
0.44
0.48
0.58
0.65
0.72
0.86
1.00

6
3
0.30

0.30
0.38
0.44
0.50
0.61
0.72
0.83
0.94
1.00

7
3
0.30

0.30
0.35
0.44
0.53
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.81
0.91
1.00

1. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).


2. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
3. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

152

Spacing Tension
and Shear (fs)
Sact
(in.)
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13

Size
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

1
4
2
0.50
0.50
0.56
0.64
0.67
0.78
0.89
1.00

1
5
2
0.50

0.50
0.52
0.61
0.70
0.78
0.87
0.96
1.00

1
6
3
0.50

0.50
0.58
0.67
0.75
0.83
0.92
0.96
1.00

2
9
4
0.50

0.50
0.56
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.89
1.00

2
11
5
0.50

0.50
0.52
0.55
0.59
0.61
0.64
0.73
0.82
0.91
1.00

3
13
6
0.50

0.50
0.52
0.59
0.67
0.74
0.81
0.89
0.96
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7

4. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row
and column.
5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied together.

DROP-IN

Internally-Threaded Expansion Shell Anchor

Drop-in anchors are internally-threaded, deformation-controlled expansion


anchors with a preassembled expander plug, suitable for flush mount applications
in solid base materials. The anchor is set by driving the expansion plug towards the
bottom of the anchor using the setting tool. Drop-in anchors are also available in
coil-threaded versions for " and " coil threaded rod.
The Lipped Drop-In (DIAL) features a lip at the top of the anchor body that keeps
the top of the anchor flush with the concrete. This eliminates the need for precisely
drilled hole depths and allows for easier flush installation, consistent embedment
and uniform rod lengths.
The " Short Drop-In Anchor (DIA37S) is for use in solid and hollow concrete.
The short length permits shallow embedment, thus avoiding drilling into rebar or
prestressing strands. The wide surface flange allows the DIA37S to be installed in
deep or bottomless holes.
MATERIAL: Carbon and stainless steel
(DIA37S available in zinc plated carbon steel only)

Drop-In

Lipped Drop-In

Short
Drop-In

Coil-Thread
Drop-In

FINISH: Carbon steel: Zinc plated


INSTALLATION:
Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter carbide drill
bit as specified in the table. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth
plus " for flush mounting. Blow the hole clean using compressed air.
Overhead installations need not be blown clean.
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set the anchor
and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Insert anchor into hole. Tap with hammer until flush against surface.
Using the Drop-in setting tool, drive expander plug towards the bottom
of the anchor until shoulder of setting tool makes contact with the
top of the anchor.

Mechanical Anchors

CODES: Drop-In: City of L.A. RR24682; Factory Mutual 3017082;


Underwriters Laboratories File Ex3605. Meets requirements of Federal
Specifications A-A-55614, Type I. Short Drop-In: Factory Mutual 3017082
& Underwriters Laboratories File Ex3605.
The load tables list values based upon results from the most recent testing
and may not reflect those in current code reports. Where code jurisdictions apply,
consult the current reports for applicable load values.

SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS: Drop-In anchors shall be internally threaded,


expanding shell anchors. The anchor shell shall be zinc plated carbon steel with a
minimum 70,000 psi tensile strength, type 303 or 316 stainless steel, as called for
on the drawings. Drop-In anchors shall meet Federal Specification A-A-55614, Type
I. Anchors shall be Drop-In anchors from Simpson Strong-Tie, Pleasanton, CA.
Anchors shall be installed following the Simpson Strong-Tie instructions for Drop-In
internally threaded expansion shell anchors.

Installation Sequence
(Short Drop-In anchor similar)

Material Specifications
Anchor
Component

Component Material

Anchor
Body

Meets minimum
70,000 psi tensile

Expander
Plug
Thread

Meets minimum
50,000 psi tensile
UNC 2B/Coil-thread

Type 303
Stainless Steel
AISI 303. Meets
chemical requirements
of ASTM A-582

Type 316
Stainless Steel

AISI 303

Type 316

UNC 2B

UNC 2B

"

Zinc Plated
Carbon Steel

1/8

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

TEST CRITERIA: The Drop-In anchor has been tested in accordance with
ICC-ES's Acceptance Criteria for Expansion Anchors (AC01) for the following:
Seismic/wind loading
Combination tension and shear loads
Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing

Type 316

Note: DIA37S, DIA50C and DIA75C are not available in stainless steel.

153

DROP-IN

Internally Threaded Expansion Shell Anchor

Drop-In Anchor Product Data - Carbon and Stainless Steel


Rod
Size
(in.)

Carbon
Steel
Model No.

303
Stainless
Model No.

316
Stainless
Model No.

Drill Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Bolt
Threads
(per in.)

Body
Length
(in.)

Box

Ctn.

DIA25
DIA37
DIA50
DIA62
DIA75

DIA25SS
DIA37SS
DIA50SS
DIA62SS
DIA75SS

DIA256SS
DIA376SS
DIA506SS

20
16
13
11
10

1
1
2
2
3

100
50
50
25
20

500
250
200
100
80

Quantity

Drop-In
Anchor

Lipped Drop-In Anchor Product Data


Rod
Size
(in.)

Carbon
Steel
Model No.

Drill Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Bolt
Threads
(per in.)

Body
Length
(in.)

Box

Ctn.

DIAL25
DIAL37
DIAL50

20
16
13

1
1
2

100
50
50

500
250
200

Quantity

Lipped Drop-In
Anchor

Rod
Size
(in.)

Carbon
Steel
Model No.

Drill Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Bolt
Threads
(per in.)

Body
Length
(in.)

Box

Ctn.

DIA37S 1

16

100

500

Quantity

Short Drop-In
Anchor

1. A dedicated setting tool is included with each box of the DIA37S.

Short Drop-In Anchor


Dimensions

Coil-Thread Drop-In Anchor Product Data


Rod
Size
(in.)

Carbon
Steel
Model No.

DIA50C
DIA75C 1

Drill Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Bolt
Threads
(per in.)

Body
Length
(in.)

Box

Ctn.

6
5

2
3

50
20

200
80

Quantity

1. DIA50C and DIA75C accept " and " coil-thread rod, respectively.

Coil-Thread
Drop-In Anchor

Drop-In Anchor Setting Tool Product Data


Model
No.

For use
With

Box
Qty.

DIAST25
DIAST37
DIAST50
DIAST62
DIAST75

DIA25, DIAL25
DIA37, DIAL37
DIA50, DIA50C, DIAL50
DIA62
DIA75, DIA75C

10
10
10
5
5

1. Setting Tools sold separately except for DIA37S.


2. Setting Tools for use with carbon and stainless
steel Drop-In anchors.

154

Standard Setting Tool

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Short Drop-In Anchor Product Data

DROP-IN

Internally Threaded Expansion Shell Anchor

Tension Loads for Drop-In (Carbon and Stainless Steel) and Lipped Drop-In (Carbon Steel) Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete
Rod
Size
in.
(mm)

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

(6.4)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

1
(25)
1
(38)
2
(51)
2
(64)
3
(76)

3
(76)
4
(114)
6
(152)
7
(191)
9
(229)

4
(102)
6
(152)
8
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)

(19.1)

Tension Load
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
1,400
201
350
(6.2)
(0.9)
(1.6)
2,400
251
600
(10.7)
(1.1)
(2.7)
3,320
372
830
(14.8)
(1.7)
(3.7)
5,040
689
1,260
(22.4)
(3.1)
(5.6)
8,160
961
2,040
(36.3)
(4.3)
(9.1)

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
405
(1.8)
795
(3.5)
1,178
(5.2)
1,715
(7.6)
2,365
(10.5)

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
1,840
451
460
(8.2)
(2.0)
(2.0)
3,960
367
990
(17.6)
(1.6)
(4.4)
6,100
422
1,525
(27.1)
(1.9)
(6.8)
8,680
971
2,170
(38.6)
(4.3)
(9.7)
10,760
1,696
2,690
(47.9)
(7.5)
(12.0)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may be increased by 33% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on page 157.
4. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

Shear Loads for Drop-In (Carbon and Stainless Steel) and Lipped Drop-In (Carbon Steel) Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

(6.4)

(9.5)

(12.7)

(15.9)

1
(25)
1
(38)
2
(51)
2
(64)
3
(76)

3
(89)
5
(133)
7
(178)
8
(222)
10
(267)

4
(102)
6
(152)
8
(203)
10
(254)
12
(305)

(19.1)

Shear Load
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
1,960
178
490
(8.7)
(0.8)
(2.2)
3,240
351
810
(14.4)
(1.6)
(3.6)
7,000
562
1,750
(31.1)
(2.5)
(7.8)
11,080
923
2,770
(49.3)
(4.1)
(12.3)
13,800
1,781
3,450
(61.4)
(7.9)
(15.3)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may be increased by 16% for short-term
loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
490
(2.2)
925
(4.1)
1,750
(7.8)
2,770
(12.3)
3,725
(16.6)

f'c 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa) Concrete
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
490
(2.2)
1,040
(4.6)
1,750
(7.8)
2,770
(12.3)
4,000
(17.8)

3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on page 157.
4. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.

Tension Loads for Coil-Thread Drop-In Anchors


in Normal-Weight Concrete

Model
No.

DIA75C

Drill
Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Tension
Critical
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

3
(76)

9
(229)

12
(305)

Mechanical Anchors

Rod
Size
in.
(mm)

*
Tension Load
f'c 2500 psi
(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
lbs. (kN)
10,520
(46.8)

Std. Dev.
lbs. (kN)
1,100
(4.9)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)
2,630
(11.7)

f'c 4000 psi


(13.8 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate
lbs. (kN)
12,980
(57.7)

Std. Dev.
lbs. (kN)
1,548
(6.9)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)
3,245
(14.4)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on page 157.
4. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.

155

DROP-IN

Internally Threaded Expansion Shell Anchor

Tension and Shear Loads for " Short Drop-In Anchor


in Normal-Weight Concrete and Hollow Core Concrete Panel
Model
No.

DIA37S

DIA37S

Rod
Size
in.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

(19)

(19)

(9.5)

(9.5)

Tension
Critical
Edge Dist.
in.
(mm)

Shear
Critical
Edge Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

Tension Load
Ultimate
lbs. (kN)

Std. Dev.
lbs. (kN)

Shear Load
Allowable
lbs. (kN)

Normal-Weight Concrete, f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)


3
1,500
220
4
5
(76)
(6.7)
(1.0)
(114)
(133)
Hollow Core Concrete Panel, f'c 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)
3
1,860
119
4
5
(76)
(8.3)
(0.5)
(114)
(133)

Ultimate
lbs. (kN)

Std. Dev.
lbs. (kN)

Allowable
lbs. (kN)

375
(1.7)

2,274
(10.1)

374
(1.7)

570
(2.5)

465
(2.1)

3,308
(14.7)

210
(0.9)

825
(3.7)

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Hollow Core Concrete Panel


(Anchor can be installed below web or hollow core)

Tension and Shear Loads for Drop-In (Carbon Steel) and Lipped Drop-In (Carbon Steel)
Anchors in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Model
No.

DIA37
DIA50

Rod
Size
in.
(mm)

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

Tension
Critical
Edge Dist.
in.
(mm)

Shear
Critical
Edge Dist.
in.
(mm)

Critical
Spacing
in.
(mm)

(9.5)

(12.7)

1
(38)
2
(51)

6
(152)
8
(203)

7
(178)
9
(238)

8
(203)
10
(270)

Tension Load
(Install through Metal Deck)

Shear Load
(Install through Metal Deck)

f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)


Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
3,000
367
750
(13.3)
(1.6)
(3.3)
3,580
861
895
(15.9)
(3.8)
(4.0)

f'c 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)


Concrete
Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
2,400
187
600
(10.7)
(0.8)
(2.7)
5,600
200
1,400
(24.9)
(0.9)
(6.2)

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on page 157.

6"
3"

MIN.
20 GAUGE
STEEL DECK

UPPER
FLUTE
MIN.4"

DROP-IN
ANCHOR

4"

Lightweight Concrete over


Metal Deck

156

7"

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on page 157.

DROP-IN

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for Drop-In (Carbon and Stainless Steel) and Lipped Drop-In (Carbon Steel) Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the edge distance (Cact) or spacing (Sact) at which
the anchor is to be installed.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)


Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

3
1
0.65
0.65
0.72
0.86
0.90
1.00

4
2
0.65

0.65
0.72
0.81
0.91
0.98
1.00

6
3
0.65

0.65
0.72
0.77
0.79
0.86
0.90
0.93
1.00

7
4
0.65

0.65
0.66
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.83
0.89
0.94
1.00

9
5
0.65

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

See Notes Below

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
10
10

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

3
1
0.45
0.45
0.53
0.69
0.73
0.84
1.00

5
2
0.45

0.45
0.53
0.63
0.74
0.82
0.84
0.95
1.00

7
3
0.45

0.45
0.53
0.59
0.61
0.69
0.73
0.76
0.84
0.92
1.00

8
4
0.45

0.45
0.47
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.65
0.72
0.78
0.84
0.91
0.97
1.00

10
5
0.45

0.45
0.48
0.53
0.58
0.63
0.69
0.74
0.79
0.82
0.84
0.90
0.95
1.00

Sact
(in.)
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

0.65
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.95
1.00

Edge Distance Shear (fc)

Spacing Tension
and Shear (fs)
Size
E
Scr
Smin
fsmin

1
4
2
0.50
0.50
0.63
0.75
0.88
1.00

*
9

3
1
0.50
0.50
0.67
0.83
1.00

1
6
3
0.50

0.50
0.58
0.67
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00

2
8
4
0.50

0.50
0.56
0.63
0.69
0.75
0.88
1.00

2
10
5
0.50

0.50
0.55
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00

3
12
6
0.50

0.50
0.58
0.67
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00

1. E = Embedment depth (inches).


2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin) / (Scr - Smin)].
9. " Short Drop-In (DIA37S).

Mechanical Anchors

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9

4. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row
and column.
5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied together.

1. Cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).


2. Ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
3. Cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin) / (Ccr - Cmin)].

157

DROP-IN

Technical Information

Load-Adjustment Factors for Drop-In (Carbon and Stainless Steel) and Lipped Drop-In (Carbon Steel) Anchors
in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or
shear load application.
3. Locate the edge distance (Cact) or spacing (Sact) at which
the anchor is to be installed.

4. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row
and column.
5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied together.

Edge Distance Tension (fc)

Spacing Tension and Shear (fs)

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8

6
3
0.65
0.65
0.72
0.79
0.83
0.86
0.93
1.00

8
4
0.65

*
Sact
(in.)

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10

0.65
0.68
0.73
0.78
0.84
0.89
0.95
1.00

Mechanical Anchors

See Notes Below

Edge Distance Shear (fc)


Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9

Size
Ccr
Cmin
fcmin

7
3
0.45
0.45
0.53
0.61
0.65
0.69
0.76
0.84
0.92
1.00

9
4
0.45

0.45
0.48
0.54
0.60
0.66
0.72
0.78
0.84
0.90
0.96
1.00

1. Cact = actual edge distance at which


anchor is installed (inches).
2. Ccr = critical edge distance for
100% load (inches).
3. Cmin = minimum edge distance
for reduced load (inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable
load at actual edge distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable
load at critical edge distance.
fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable
load at minimum edge distance.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 - fcmin) (Cact - Cmin)
/ (Ccr - Cmin)].

158

Size
Scr
Smin
fsmin

8
4
0.50
0.50
0.56
0.63
0.66
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00

10
5
0.50

0.50
0.57
0.62
0.66
0.71
0.76
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.94
1.00

1. Sact = actual spacing distance at which


anchors are installed (inches).
2. Scr = critical spacing distance for
100% load (inches).
3. Smin = minimum spacing distance
for reduced load (inches).
4. fs = adjustment factor for allowable
load at actual spacing distance.
5. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable
load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00.
6. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable
load at minimum spacing distance.
7. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (Sact - Smin)
/ (Scr - Smin)].

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Edge
Dist.
Cact
(in.)

BLUE BANGER HANGER Cast-In-Place, Internally-Threaded Inserts


Blue Banger Hanger internally-threaded inserts are cast into the
underside of the concrete deck after being fastened to the top of wood
forms or metal deck. Once the concrete has cured, the anchor provides
an attachment point for threaded rod used to hang electrical, mechanical
and plumbing utilities. The Blue Banger Hanger insert is the only pre-pour
insert to offer the patented multi-thread design which allows one size
insert to handle multiple diameters of threaded rod.
FEATURES:
Quick and easy installation saves time and
money- no assembly required.
Patented multi-thread design allows each
hanger to accept multiple diameters of threaded
rod. Three sizes of hangers can handle all
applications, reducing contractor and
distributor inventories.
Multi-thread design allows threaded rod
size to be changed after the anchor is in
the concrete.
Machined steel insert with large flanged
Patented multihead provides high tension and shear loads
thread design
for overhead attachments.
allows one
Positive attachment to form keeps the
product to handle
hanger vertical and in the correct position.
up to three rod
Internal threads eliminate the cost of
diameters.
rod couplers.
The head is stamped with the Simpson Strong-Tie
"" sign for easy identification before the concrete pour.

Blue Banger Hanger


Metal Deck Insert (BBMD)
U.S. Patent 6,240,697B1

MATERIAL: Carbon steel


FINISH: Yellow-zinc dichromate

Blue Banger Hanger


Roof Deck Insert (BBRD)

CODES: Factory Mutual 3024378 (except roof deck insert);


Underwriters Laboratories File EX3605 (except roof deck insert);
See pipe size limit tables.

U.S. Patent 6,240,697B1

Mechanical Anchors

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Blue Banger Hanger Product Data


Hanger
Type

For Rod
Diameter
(in.)

Deck Hole
Diameter
(in.)

Model
No.

Carton
Qty.

Metal Deck
Insert

, ,
, ,
,

-
1-1
1-1

BBMD2550
BBMD3762
BBMD6275

100
50
50

Roof Deck
Insert

, ,

BBRD2550

50

Wood Form
Insert

, ,
, ,
,

N/A

BBWF2550
BBWF3762
BBWF6275

200
150
150

Blue Banger Hanger


Wood Form Insert (BBWF)
U.S. Patent 6,240,697B1

DRILL EXTENSIONS:
Drill extensions allow holes to be drilled for Blue Banger Hanger
insert installation without having to repeatedly bend down.
An ideal way to save installation time and reduce worker fatigue.
Available for use with hole saws and step drills.

Drill Extensions
Description

Model No.

2' extension for use with


hole saws
2' extension for use with
" shank step drills
2' extension for use with
" shank step drills

3/4"

5/8"

1/2"

3/8" 1/4"

BBDEHS

Multiple rod diameters are


easily accommodated with
the Blue Banger Hanger.

BBDE37
BBDE50

Step Drill Bit Extension


(bit not included)

Hole saws and step drills not included.

Hole Saw Bit Extension


(bit not included)

159

BLUE BANGER HANGER Cast-In-Place Internally Threaded Inserts


BLUE BANGER HANGER - METAL DECK INSERT
FEATURES:
3" plastic sleeve keeps internal threads clean.
Extended length of the sleeve allows easy location of the insert
even with fireproofing on the underside of the deck. Also provides
guidance to align threaded rod with the internal threads.
Installed height of 2" allows the insert to be used on top of,
or between, deck ribs.
Compression spring keeps the insert perpendicular to the deck,
even if it is bumped or stepped on after installation.
Multi-thread design: Each insert accepts 23 rod diameters.
INSTALLATION:
Drill a hole in the metal deck using the appropriate diameter bit
as referenced in the table.
Insert the hanger into the hole and strike the top so that the
plastic sleeve is forced through the hole and expands against
the bottom side of the deck. The anchor can also be installed
by stepping on it.

Metal Deck Insert Installation Sequence

FEATURES:
Low profile design doesn't interfere with roofing material
Plastic sleeve allows for easy identification and keeps
internal threads clean.
Positive attachment to the roof deck prevents spinning
and keeps the hanger in position.
Pre-staked screws allow quick installation.
Multi-thread design: The insert accepts 3 rod diameters.
INSTALLATION:
Drill a hole in the metal deck using the appropriate
diameter bit as referenced in the table.
Insert the hanger into the hole and fasten to the deck
with the two pre-staked, self-drilling sheet metal
screws provided.

Metal Roof Deck Insert Installation Sequence

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

BLUE BANGER HANGER - METAL ROOF DECK INSERT

BLUE BANGER HANGER - WOOD FORM INSERT


FEATURES:
Blue plastic ring acts as an insert locator when forms
are removed.
Plastic ring creates a countersunk recess to keep internal
threads clean from concrete residue.
Nails snap off with the swipe of a hammer after the forms
are removed.
Multi-thread design: Each insert accepts 23 rod diameters.
INSTALLATION:
Strike the top of the hanger and drive the 3 mounting nails
into the forming material until the bottom of the hanger is
flush with the plywood. The hanger should be sitting 90
perpendicular to the forming material.
Once concrete is hardened, and forms are stripped, strike
the mounting nails to break them off.

160

Wood Form Insert Installation Sequence

BLUE BANGER HANGER Cast-In-Place Internally Threaded Inserts


*

Wood Form Insert: Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete


Tension Load Based Tension Load Based
Min.
Threaded Embed.
Min. on Concrete Strength on Rod Strength
Edge
Model
Rod
Depth
Spacing
f'c 3000 psi
Dist.
A307 (SAE 1018)
No.
Dia.
in.
in.
(20.7 MPa) Concrete
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm) Ultimate Allowable
Allowable
(mm)
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
940

(4.2)
2
7
8
6,820
1,705
2,105
BBWF2550

(51) (178) (203)


(30.3)
(7.6)
(9.4)
3,750

(16.7)
2,105

(9.4)
2
7
8
7,360
1,840
3,750
BBWF3762

(51) (178) (203)


(32.7)
(8.2)
(16.7)
5,875

(26.1)
5,875

(26.1)
2
7
8
7,420
1,855
BBWF6275
(51) (178) (203)
(33.0)
(8.3)
8,460

(37.6)

Model
No.

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

BBRD2550

Threaded Allowable Tension


Load lbs. (kN)
Rod
Dia.
1" Deck 3" Deck
in.

150
(0.7)

1. The allowable loads are based on a factor of safety of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term
loading due to wind or seismic forces.
3. Acceptability of deck deflection due to imposed loads
must be investigated separately.
4. Threaded-rod strength must be investigated separately.
5. Anchors may be installed in the top or bottom flute of
the metal deck.
6. Deck shall be 20-gauge minimum.

See Notes Below

Shear Load Based


on Rod Strength

Typical Roof Deck Insert Installation in Metal Deck

A307 (SAE 1018)


See table

See Notes Below

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Wood Form Insert: Tension Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete


Tension Load Based Tension Load Based
Min.
Threaded Embed.
Min. on Concrete Strength on Rod Strength
Edge
Model
Rod
Depth
Spacing
f'c 3000 psi
Dist.
A307 (SAE 1018)
No.
Dia.
in.
in.
(20.7 MPa) Concrete
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm) Ultimate Allowable
Allowable
(mm)
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
940

(4.2)
2
7
8
4,280
1,070
2,105
BBWF2550

(51) (178) (203)


(19.0)
(4.8)
(9.4)
3,750

(16.7)
5,875

(26.1)
2
7
8
4,400
1,100
BBWF6275
(51) (178) (203)
(19.6)
(4.9)
8,460

(37.6)

Mechanical Anchors

Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,930
(8.6)
3,025
(13.4)
4,360
(19.4)

*
*See page 10 for
an explanation
of the load table
icons

See notes below.

Wood Form Insert: Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete


Shear Load Based
Min.
Threaded Embed.
Min. on Concrete Strength
Edge
Model
Rod
Depth
Spacing
f'c 3000 psi
Dist.
No.
Dia.
in.
in.
(20.7 MPa) Concrete
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm) Ultimate Allowable
(mm)
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
2
7
8
8,600
2,150
BBWF2550

(51) (178) (203)


(38.2)
(9.6)
2
7
8
9,260
2,315
BBWF6275

(51) (178) (203)


(41.2)
(10.3)

300
(1.3)

Wood Form Insert: Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete


Shear Load Based
Min.
Threaded Embed.
Min. on Concrete Strength
Edge
Model
Rod
Depth
Spacing
f'c 3000 psi
Dist.
No.
Dia.
in.
in.
(20.7 MPa) Concrete
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm) Ultimate Allowable
(mm)
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
2
7
8
8,750
2,185
BBWF2550

(51) (178) (203)


(38.9)
(9.7)
2
7
8
10,700
2,675
BBWF3762

(51) (178) (203)


(47.6)
(11.9)
2
7
8
10,460
2,615
BBWF6275

(51) (178) (203)


(46.5)
(11.6)

Roof Deck Insert: Tension Loads in Metal Deck

Shear Load Based


on Rod Strength
A307 (SAE 1018)
Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,930
(8.6)
4,360
(19.4)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the


concrete or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete strength
are based on a factor of safety of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may not be increased for
short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
4. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe
lower allowable loads. Verify with local codes.
5. Minimum concrete slab thickness = 2x embedment depth.

161

BLUE BANGER HANGER Cast-In-Place Internally Threaded Inserts


*
Metal Deck Insert: Tension Loads in Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Tension Load Based


on Concrete Strength
(Install in Low Flute)

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

Min.
Spacing
in.
(mm)

2
(51)

7
(191)

8
(203)

9,320
(41.5)

2,330
(10.4)

3,210
(14.3)

800
(3.6)

2
(51)

7
(191)

8
(203)

10,540
(46.9)

2,635
(11.7)

3,440
(15.3)

860
(3.8)

2
(51)

7
(191)

8
(203)

12,360
(55.0)

3,090
(13.7)

3,445
(15.3)

860
(3.8)

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

*See page 10

A307 (SAE 1018)


Allowable
lbs. (kN)
940
(4.2)
2,105
(9.4)
3,750
(16.7)
2,105
(9.4)
3,750
(16.7)
5,875
(26.1)
5,875
(26.1)
8,460
(37.6)

BBMD2550

BBMD3762

1-1

BBMD6275

1-1

Mechanical Anchors

Model
No.

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Threaded
Rod
Dia.
in.

BBMD2550

BBMD3762

1-1

BBMD6275

1-1

Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

2
(51)
2
(51)
2
(51)

Min.
Spacing
in.
(mm)

7
(191)
7
(191)
7
(191)

8
(203)
8
(203)
8
(203)

Shear Load Based


on Concrete Strength
(Install in High Flute)

Shear Load Based


on Concrete Strength
(Install in Low Flute)

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
9,720
2,430
(43.2)
(10.8)
9,400
2,350
(41.8)
(10.4)
9,720
2,430
(43.2)
(10.8)

f'c 3000 psi


(20.7 MPa) Concrete
Ultimate Allowable
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
2,790
700
(12.4)
(3.1)
3,360
840
(14.9)
(3.7)
3,360
840
(14.9)
(3.7)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the concrete or rod strength.


2. The allowable loads based on concrete strength are based on a factor of safety of 4.0.
3. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind
or seismic forces.
4. Anchors may be installed off-center in the flute, up to 1" from the edge of flute.
5. Shear loads shall be applied flush with metal deck surface.
6. Deck shall be 20-gauge minimum.
7. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads.
Verify with local codes.

Wood Form Insert: Factory Mutual and


Underwriters Laboratories Pipe Size Limits
Model
No.

BBWF2550

BBWF3762
BBWF6275
162

Rod
Dia.
in.

FM
UL
Max. Nominal Max. Nominal
Pipe Size
Pipe Size
in.
in.
N/L
4
8
4
8
N/L

1. N/L = Not listed for this pipe size.

4
4
8
4
8
8
N/L

See notes
below.

Metal Deck Insert: Shear Loads in Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Min.
Edge
Dist.
in.
(mm)

for an
explanation
of the load
table icons

Tension Load Based


on Rod Strength

Shear Load Based


on Rod Strength
A307 (SAE 1018)

*See page 10
for an
explanation
of the load
table icons

Allowable
lbs. (kN)
1,930
(8.6)
3,025
(13.4)
4,360
(19.4)

Typical
Metal Deck
Installation

Metal Deck Insert: Factory Mutual and Underwriters Laboratories Pipe Size Limits
Model
No.

BBMD2550

BBMD3762
BBMD6275

Rod
Dia.
in.

FM Max. Nominal Pipe Size


Install in
High Flute
in.
N/L
4
8
4
8
N/L
12
12

1. N/L = Not listed for this pipe size.

Install in
Low Flute
in.
N/L
4
N/L
4
N/L
N/L
N/L
N/L

UL Max. Nominal Pipe Size


Install in
High Flute
in.
4
4
8
4
8
8
12
12

Install in
Low Flute
in.
4
4
4
4
4
4
N/L
N/L

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Model
No.

Threaded
Rod
Dia.
in.

Tension Load Based


on Concrete Strength
(Install in High Flute)

EASY-SET

Pin Drive Expansion Anchor

The Easy-Set is a pin drive expansion anchor for medium and heavy duty
fastening applications into concrete and grout-filled block. Integrated nut and
washer helps keep track of parts.
MATERIAL:
FINISH:

Anchor body Hot-rolled steel; Pin Hot-wrought carbon steel

Yellow zinc dichromate coating

INSTALLATION:
Note: Hole in fixture to be mounted must be at least "
greater than the anchor diameter.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult
to set the anchor and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same
diameter as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed.
Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth plus " to allow
for pin extension and blow it clean using compressed air.
Overhead installations need not be blown clean. Alternatively,
drill the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth
and dust from drilling.
Adjust the nut for required embedment. Place the anchor through
the fixture and into the hole.
Hammer the center pin until the bottom of the head is flush
with top of anchor.

Easy-Set
(EZAC)

Size
(in.)

Model
No.

x 1
x 2
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 4
x 2
x 3
x 4
x 6
x 4
x 4
x 6
x 5
x 6
x 7

EZAC25134
EZAC25238
EZAC31234
EZAC37238
EZAC37312
EZAC37434
EZAC50234
EZAC50312
EZAC50434
EZAC50600
EZAC62400
EZAC62434
EZAC62600
EZAC75500
EZAC75600
EZAC75712

Installation Sequence
Min.
Box Carton
Thread Length
Qty. Qty.
(in.)

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2

100
100
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
10
10
10

500
500
250
250
250
200
125
125
100
100
60
60
60
40
40
20

Mechanical Anchors

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

EZAC Product Data

EZAC Tension and Shear Load Values in Normal-Weight Concrete


Tension Load
Shear Load
Size Embed. Drill Critical Critical
in. Depth Bit Edge Spacing
f'c 2000 psi
f'c 2000 psi
in.
Dia. Dist.
Dist. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (13.8 MPa) Concrete
(mm) in.
in.
in.
Allowable
Allowable
(mm) (mm)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
190
250
1
1
3
(29) (44)
(0.8)
(1.1)
(89)
530
330
1
2
4
(38) (57) (114)
(2.4)
(1.5)
630
645
1
2
5
(44) (70) (133)
(2.8)
(2.9)
1,005
1,230
2
3
6
(64) (86) (171)
(4.5)
(5.5)
3
9
1,515
1,325
4
(76) (108) (229)
(6.7)
(5.9)
1,615
1,750
3
5
10
(95) (133) (267)
(7.2)
(7.8)

*
*See page 10 for
an explanation
of the load table
icons

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading
due to wind or seismic forces.
3. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing and
critical edge distance. Allowable loads at lesser spacings and
edge distances have not been determined.
4. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.
5. Tension and Shear loads for the EZAC Anchor may be combined
using the straight-line interaction equation (n = 1).

163

TITEN Concrete and Masonry Screws


Titen screws are " and " diameter masonry screws for attaching
all types of components to concrete and masonry. Available in hex and
phillips head designs in three colors. Use with appropriately sized Titen
drill bits included with each box.
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can
experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments.
Accordingly, use these products in dry, interior and non-corrosive
environments only.
MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel
FINISH:

Zinc plated with a baked on ceramic coating

CODES:

Florida FL 2355.1

Titen
Phillips
flat head
screw
(PF)

INSTALLATION:

Installation Sequence

Preservative-treated wood applications: Suitable for use


in non-ammonia formulations of CCA, ACQ-C, ACQ-D, CA-B,
SBX/DOT and zinc borate. Use in dry, interior environments only.
Use caution not to damage ceramic barrier coating during installation.
Recommendations are based on testing and experience at time of
publication and may change. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot provide
estimates on service life of screws. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie
for additional information.

1" max

*
Titen Tension and Shear Load Values in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load
Shear Load
Titen Drill Bit Embed. Critical Critical
Dia.
Dia.
Depth Spacing Edge
f'c 2000 psi
f'c 4000 psi
f'c 2000 psi
in.
in.
in.
in.
Dist. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete (13.8 MPa) Concrete
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
in.
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
1
500
125
640
160
1,020
255
2
1

(25.4) (57.2) (28.6)
(2.2)
(0.6)
(2.8)
(0.7)
(4.5)
(1.1)
(4.8)
1,220
305
1,850
460
1,670
415
1
2
1

(5.4)
(1.4)
(8.2)
(2.0)
(7.4)
(1.8)
(38.1) (57.2) (28.6)
(4.8)
1
3
580
145
726
180
900
225
1

(25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (2.6)


(0.6)
(3.2)
(0.8)
(4.0)
(1.0)
(6.4)
3
1,460
365
2,006
500
1,600
400
1
1

(38.1) (76.2) (38.1) (6.5)


(1.6)
(8.9)
(2.2)
(7.1)
(1.8)
(6.4)
1. Maximum anchor embedment is 1" (38.1 mm).
2. Concrete must be minimum 1.5 x embedment.

Titen Tension and Shear Load Values in


Face Shell of Hollow and Grout-Filled CMU
Values for 6" or 8" Lightweight,
Titen Drill Bit Embed. Critical Critical
Dia.
Dia.
Depth Spacing Edge Medium-Weight or Normal-Weight CMU
in.
in.
in.
in.
Dist.
Tension Load
Shear Load
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
in.
Avg. Ult. Allow. Avg. Ult. Allow.
(mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
1
542
110
1,016
205
2
1

(25.4) (57.2) (28.6)
(2.4)
(0.5)
(4.5)
(0.9)
(4.8)
1
3
740
150
1,242
250
1

(25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (3.3)


(0.7)
(5.5)
(1.1)
(6.4)

*
*See page 10 for
an explanation
of the load table
icons

1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC.
For installations under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
2. See notes 1 and 2 above.

164

Titen Phillips head screw


available in white,
standard blue and silver

Bulk packaging available for


large-volume applications

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or


eliminate the mechanical interlock of the threads with the base
material and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter
carbide drill bit as specified in the table. Drill the hole to the
specified embedment depth plus " to allow the thread tapping
dust to settle and blow it clean using compressed air. Overhead
installations need not be blown clean. Alternatively, drill the hole
deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and dust from
drilling and tapping.
Position fixture, insert screw and tighten using drill and
installation tool fitted with a hex socket or phillips bit.

Titen
Hex head
screw
(H)

TITEN Concrete and Masonry Screws


Standard Blue Titen Product Data
(" diameter)
Size
(in.)

Simpson
Model No.1

x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4
x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4

TTN18114H
TTN18134H
TTN18214H
TTN18234H
TTN18314H
TTN18334H
TTN18400H
TTN18114PF
TTN18134PF
TTN18214PF
TTN18234PF
TTN18314PF
TTN18334PF
TTN18400PF

Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Standard Blue Titen Product Data


(" diameter)
Quantity
2

Carton

100

1600
500
500
500
400
400
400
1600
500
500
500
400
400
400

Box

Bulk

1000

1. H Suffix: Hex Head, PF Suffix: Phillips Flat Head.


2. One drill bit is included in each box.
3. Cartons consist of boxes of 100.
4. Bulk Titen Screws come packed in a single carton, and do not include
a drill bit. To order, add a B onto the end of the model number.
Example: TTN18314HB.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4
x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6

TTNW18114PF
TTNW18134PF
TTNW18214PF
TTNW18234PF
TTNW18314PF
TTNW18334PF
TTNW18400PF
TTNW25114PF
TTNW25134PF
TTNW25214PF
TTNW25234PF
TTNW25314PF
TTNW25334PF
TTNW25400PF
TTNW25500PF
TTNW25600PF

x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6

TTN25114H
TTN25134H
TTN25214H
TTN25234H
TTN25314H
TTN25334H
TTN25400H
TTN25500H
TTN25600H
TTN25114PF
TTN25134PF
TTN25214PF
TTN25234PF
TTN25314PF
TTN25334PF
TTN25400PF
TTN25500PF
TTN25600PF

Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Quantity
Box

100

Carton 3 Bulk 4
1600
500
500
500
400
400
400
400
400
1600
500
500
500
400
400
400
400
400

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

1. H Suffix: Hex Head, PF Suffix: Phillips Flat Head.


2. One drill bit is included in each box.
3. Cartons consist of boxes of 100.
4. Bulk Titen Screws come packed in a single carton, and do not include
a drill bit. To order, add a B onto the end of the model number.
Example: TTN25314HB.

Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Quantity
Box 1

100

100

Carton 2 Bulk 3
1600
500
500
500
400
400
400
1600
500
500
500
400
400
400
400
400

1000

1. One drill bit is included in each box.


2. Cartons consist of boxes of 100.
3. Bulk Titen Screws come packed in a single carton, and do not include
a drill bit. To order, add a B onto the end of the model number.
Example: TTNW18314PFB.

Size
(in.)

Simpson
Model No.

x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4
x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6

TTNS18114PF
TTNS18134PF
TTNS18214PF
TTNS18234PF
TTNS18314PF
TTNS18334PF
TTNS18400PF
TTNS25114PF
TTNS25134PF
TTNS25214PF
TTNS25234PF
TTNS25314PF
TTNS25334PF
TTNS25400PF
TTNS25500PF
TTNS25600PF

Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Quantity
Box

100

100

Carton 2 Bulk 3
1600
500
500
500
400
400
400
1600
500
500
500
400
400
400
400
400

Mechanical Anchors

Simpson
Model No.

Simpson
Model No.1

Silver Titen Product Data


(Phillips Flat Head)

White Titen Product Data


(Phillips Flat Head)
Size
(in.)

Size
(in.)

1000

1. One drill bit is included in each box.


2. Cartons consist of boxes of 100.
3. Bulk Titen Screws come packed in a single carton, and do not include
a drill bit. To order, add a B onto the end of the model number.
Example: TTNS18314PFB.

165

TITEN Stainless-Steel Concrete and Masonry Screws


The new stainless-steel Titen screws are ideal for attaching all types of components to
concrete and masonry in environments where corrosion is a concern. These screws combine
the versatility of our standard Titen screws with the benefits of enhanced corrosion protection.
The combination of 410 stainless steel and a protective coating provides excellent corrosion
resistance. Available in hex and phillips head, the Titen screws are designed for use with
appropriately-sized drill bits that are included with each box.
(Call for availability)

FEATURES:
410 grade stainless steel with C4 top coat for added corrosion protection
Suitable for concrete, brick and hollow-block applications
Suitable for some preservative-treated wood applications
Available in lengths from 1" to 4"
5% observed red rust after 1500 hours of ASTM B117 salt spray test*.
* Salt-spray test performance is based on tests on uninstalled fasteners,
and may not reflect actual performance when installed. This information is
provided for comparative purposes only.
MATERIAL: Heat-treated 410 stainless steel
FINISH:

Titen Stainless-Steel
Hex-Head Screw
(HSS)

C4 (zinc plated with a protective overcoat)

INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical
interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.

Titen Stainless-Steel
Phillips-Head Screw
(PFSS)

Installation Sequence

Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter carbide drill bit as specified
in the table. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth plus " to allow the thread
tapping dust to settle and blow it clean using compressed air. Overhead installations need
not be blown clean. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment
depth and dust from drilling and tapping.

Preservative-treated wood applications: Suitable for use in non-ammonia formulations


of CCA, ACQ-C, ACQ-D, CA-B, SBX/DOT and zinc borate. Acceptable for use in exterior
environments. Use caution not to damage coating during installation. The 410 stainless-steel
Titen with C4 top coat provides "medium" corrosion protection (reference table on page 16 of
this catalog). Recommendations are based on testing and experience at time of publication
and may change. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot provide estimates on service life of screws.
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for additional information.

410 Stainless-Steel Titen Tension and Shear Load Values


in Normal-Weight Concrete

Tension Load
Shear Load
Drill Embed. Critical Critical
f'c

2000
psi
f'c

4000
psi
f'c
2000 psi
Bit Depth Spacing Edge
(13.8 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
Dia.
in.
in.
Dist.
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
in. (mm) (mm)
in.
(mm) Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow.
lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
1
3
600
150
935
235
760
190
1

(25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (2.7)
(0.7)
(4.2)
(1.0)
(3.4)
(0.8)
(6.4)
3
1,040
260
1,760
440
810
200
1
1
(1.2)
(7.8)
(2.0)
(3.6)
(0.9)
(38.1) (76.2) (38.1) (4.6)
(6.4)

Titen
Dia.
in.
(mm)

1. Maximum anchor embedment is 1" (38.1 mm).


2. Concrete must be minimum 1.5 x embedment.

410 Stainless-Steel Titen Tension and Shear Load


Values in Face Shell of Hollow and Grout-Filled CMU
Values for 6" or 8" Lightweight,
Titen Drill Bit Embed. Critical Critical
Dia.
Dia.
Depth Spacing Edge Medium-Weight or Normal-Weight CMU
in.
in.
in.
in.
Dist.
Tension Load
Shear Load
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
in.
Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow.
(mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
1
4
550
110
495
100
1

(25.4) (101.6) (38.1) (2.4)


(0.5)
(2.2)
(0.4)
(6.4)
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for
installations under the IBC and IRC. For installations under the UBC use
a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated allowable loads by 1.25).
2. Maximum anchor embedment is 1" (38.1 mm).

166

1" max

410 Stainless-Steel Titen Product Data


Size
(in)

Head
Style

Simpson
Model No.

x 1
TTN25114HSS
x 1
TTN25134HSS
x 2
TTN25214HSS
Hex
x 2
TTN25234HSS
Head
x 3
TTN25314HSS
x 3
TTN25334HSS
x 4
TTN25400HSS
x 1
TTN25114PFSS
x 1
TTN25134PFSS
x 2 Phillips TTN25214PFSS
x 2
Flat TTN25234PFSS
x 3 Head TTN25314PFSS
x 3
TTN25334PFSS
x 4
TTN25400PFSS
One drill bit is included in each box

*See page 10 for an


explanation of the
load table icons

Bit
Quantity
Dia.
(in) Box Carton

100 1600
100 500
100 500
100 500
100 400
100 400
100 400
100 1600
100 500
100 500
100 500
100 400
100 400
100 400

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Position fixture, insert screw and tighten using drill and installation tool fitted with
a hex socket or phillips bit.

TITEN Concrete and Masonry Screws


TITEN SCREW Installation Tool
Makes installation of Titen screws quick and easy.
Works with drills with a standard three-jaw style chuck.
Available in a rugged plastic box ideal for storage
of the tool and screws.
Eight piece kit includes:
Drill bit holder
5" sleeve
" and " hex sockets

Phillips bit socket


#2 & #3 Phillips bits
Allen wrench

Titen Installation Tool


Model
No.
TTNT01

Quantity
Box
1

Carton
24

Titen Screw Installation Kit


(Model TTNT01)

TITEN SCREW Drill Bits


The same bits that come included with boxes of
Titen screws are also available separately. They work
with the Titen Installation Tool as well as drills with a
standard three-jaw style chuck.

Size
(in.)

Model
No.

x 3
x 4
x 5
x 3
x 4
x 5

MDB15312
MDB15412
MDB15512
MDB18312
MDB18412
MDB18512

Use With

Quantity

Screw Length
To 1
"
To 3
dia.
To 4
To 1
"
To 3
dia.
To 4

Box

Carton

12

48

Titen Screw Drill Bit

Mechanical Anchors

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Titen Drill Bits

TITEN SCREW SDS-Plus Drill Bit/Driver


This SDS-Plus shank bit works with the Titen
Installation Tool to allow pre-drilling and installation
of Titen screws using a rotohammer. Rotohammer
must be in rotation-only mode before driving screws.

Titen Screw Drill Bit / Driver

Special hex adaptor (included


with the Titen Screw Installation Kit) allows the Titen
Installation Tool to slide over
the bit and lock in, ready to
drive screws.

Titen Drill Bit/Driver Product Data


Size
(in.)
x 5
x 6
x 7
x 5
x 6
x 7

Model
No.
MDBP15500H
MDBP15600H
MDBP15700H
MDBP18500H
MDBP18600H
MDBP18700H

For
Screw
Dia.
(in.)

1. Titen Drivers are sold individually.

Drilling
Depth
(in.)
2
3
4
2
3
4

Overall
Length
(in.)
5
6
7
5
6
7

Titen Drill Bit/Driver - Bulk Packs of 25


Size
(in.)

Model
No.

x 5
x 7
x 5
x 7

MDBP15500HB
MDBP15700HB
MDBP18500HB
MDBP18700HB

For
Screw
Dia.
(in.)

Drilling
Depth
(in.)

Overall
Length
(in.)

2
4
2
4

5
7
5
7
167

HELI-TIE Helical Wall Tie


The Heli-Tie is a stainless-steel helical tie used to anchor building faades
to structural members or to stabilize multiple-wythe brick walls. The helical design
allows the tie to be driven quickly and easily into a predrilled pilot hole (or embedded into mortar joints in new construction) to provide a mechanical connection
between a masonry faade and its backup material or between multiple wythes
of brick. As it is driven, the fins of the tie undercut the masonry to provide an
expansion-free anchorage that will withstand tension and compression loads.
The Heli-Tie wall tie is installed using a proprietary setting tool that is used with
an SDS-Plus shank rotohammer to drive and countersink the tie. Heli-Tie wall ties
performs in concrete and masonry as well as wood and steel studs.

Heli-Tie Helical Wall Tie


U.S. Patent Pending

FEATURES:
Installs quickly and easily- With the rotohammer in drill and
hammer mode the tie installs faster than competitive products.
Provides an inconspicuous repair that preserves the appearance
of the building. After installation the tie is countersunk up to
" below the surface, allowing the tie location to be patched.
Corrosion resistant stainless steel.
Larger core diameter provides higher torsional capacity resulting
in less deflection due to uncoiling under load.
Fractionally sized anchor - no metric drill bits required.
Patented manufacturing process results in a more uniform
helix along the entire tie allowing easier driving and better
interlock with the substrate.
Batch number printed on every tie for easy identification
and inspection.
MATERIAL: Type 304 stainless steel (316 available by special order,
contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details)
INSTALLATION:
Drill pilot hole through the faade material and to the specified
embedment depth + 1" in the backup material using appropriate drill
bit(s). Drill should be in rotation only mode when drilling into soft
masonry or into hollow backing material.
Position blue end of the Heli-Tie fastener in the installation tool
and insert the tie into the pilot hole.
With the SDS-PLUS rotohammer in rotation and hammer mode, drive
the tie until the tip of the installation tool enters the exterior surface of
the masonry and countersinks the tie below the surface. Patch the hole
in the faade using a color-appropriate material.

Installation Sequence

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

TEST CRITERIA: CSA A370

Heli-Tie Product Data


Size
(in.)

Model
No.

x 7
x 8
x 9
x 10
x 11
x 12

HELI37700A
HELI37800A
HELI37900A
HELI371000A
HELI371100A
HELI371200A

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

"
or
"

Quantity
Box

Carton

100
100
100
150
150
150

400
400
400
300
300
300

Special-order lengths
available, contact
Simpson for details.

Heli-Tie Fastener Installation Tool - Model HELITOOL37A


Required for correct installation of Heli-Tie wall ties. Speeds up
installation and automatically countersinks the tie into the faade
material. The updated one-piece design with no moving parts
drastically reduces the cost of the tool, improves longevity and
prevents the Heli-Tie fasteners from jamming. Installation tools
sold separately.

HELITOOL37A
168

HELI-TIE Helical Wall Tie


Guide Tension Loads in Various Base Materials
Size
in.
(mm)

Base
Material

Anchor
Location

Mortar
Bed Joint
Solid
Brick 4
Brick
Face
Mortar
Bed Joint
Hollow
Brick 5

Brick
Face

Center of
Face Shell

Grout-Filled
CMU 6

Web

(9.0)

Center of
Face Shell
Hollow
CMU 7

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Web

Normal-Weight
Concrete 8

2x4 Wood
Stud 9,11

Center of
Thin Edge

Metal Stud 10,11

Center of
Flange

Min.
Embed.
Depth
in.
(mm)

3
(76)

2
(70)

1
(44)
2
(70)
2
(70)

1
(25)

Tension Load 1
Ultimate 2
lbs.
(kN)
570
(2.5)
365
(1.6)
1,310
(5.8)
815
(3.6)
530
(2.4)
775
(3.4)
510
(2.3)
1,170
(5.2)
830
(3.7)
1,160
(5.2)
810
(3.6)
720
(3.2)
530
(2.4)
790
(3.5)
505
(2.2)
1,200
(5.3)
675
(3.0)
880
(3.9)
990
(4.4)
590
(2.6)
450
(2.0)
200
(0.9)
155
(0.7)

Load at Max.
Permitted Displ.3
lbs.
(kN)
240
(1.1)
130
(0.6)
565
(2.5)
350
(1.6)
285
(1.3)
405
(1.8)
185
(0.8)
405
(1.8)
350
(1.6)
440
(2.0)
330
(1.5)
320
(1.4)
205
(0.9)
305
(1.4)
255
(1.1)
445
(2.0)
385
(1.7)
410
(1.8)
380
(1.7)
370
(1.6)
260
(1.2)
120
(0.5)
95
(0.4)

Standard
Diviation
lbs.
(kN)
79
(0.4)
46
(0.2)
84
(0.4)
60
(0.3)
79
(0.4)
47
(0.2)
20
(0.1)
79
(0.4)
60
(0.3)
56
(0.2)
100
(0.4)
71
(0.3)
58
(0.3)
56
(0.2)
46
(0.2)
50
(0.2)
96
(0.4)
76
(0.3)
96
(0.4)
24
(0.1)
6
(0.0)
8
(0.0)
2
(0.0)

Caution: Loads are guide values


based on laboratory testing.
On-site testing shall be performed
for verification of capacity since
base material quality can vary
widely.
1. Tabulated loads are guide values based on
laboratory testing. On-site testing shall be
performed for verification of capacity since
base material quality can vary widely.
2. Ultimate load is average load at failure of the
base material. Heli-Tie fastener average
ultimate steel strength is 3,885 pounds and
does not govern.
3. Load at maximum permitted displacement is
average load at displacement of 0.157 inches
(4 mm). The designer shall apply a suitable
factor of safety to these numbers to derive
allowable service loads.
4. Solid brick values for nominal 4-inch wide
solid brick conforming to ASTM C62/C216,
Grade SW. Type N mortar is prepared in
accordance with UBC Section 2103.3 and
UBC Standard 21-15, or IBC Section 2103.8.
5. Hollow brick values for nominal 4-inch wide
hollow brick conforming to ASTM C216/C652,
Grade SW, Type HBS, Class H40V. Mortar is
prepared in accordance with UBC Section
2103.3 and UBC Standard 21-15, or
IBC Section 2103.8.
6. Grout-filled CMU values for 8-inch wide
lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight
concrete masonry units conforming to UBC
Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90, Grade N, Type ll.
The masonry units must be fully grouted with
grout conforming with UBC Section 2103.4 or
IBC Section 2103.12. Type N mortar is
prepared in accordance with UBC Section
2103.3 and UBC Standard 21-15, or
IBC Section 2103.8.
7. Hollow CMU values for 8-inch wide lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight
concrete masonry units conforming to UBC
Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90, Grade N, Type ll.
Type N mortar is prepared in accordance with
UBC Section 2103.3 and UBC Standard 21-15,
or IBC Section 2103.8.
8. Normal-weight concrete values for concrete
with minimum specified compressive strength
of 2,500 psi.
9. 2x4 wood stud values for nominal 2x4
Spruce-Pine-Fir.
10. Metal stud values for 20-gauge C-shape
metal stud.
11. For new construction. Anchor one end of tie
into backup material. Embed other end into
veneer mortar joint. Not for retrofits due to
difficulty of locating center of 2x4 or metal
stud flange.

Mechanical Anchors

Mortar
Bed Joint

Drill Bit
Dia.
in.

Compression (Buckling) Loads


Size
in.
(mm)

(9.0)

Unsupported
Length
in.
(mm)

Ultimate
Compression
Load 1
lbs.
(kN)

1
(25)
2
(50)
4
(100)
6
(150)

1,905
(8.5)
1,310
(5.8)
980
(4.4)
785
(3.5)

Heli-Tie Wall Tie Tension Tester


- Model HELITEST37A

1. The Designer
shall apply a
suitable factor
of safety to
these numbers
to derive
allowable
service loads.

Recommended equipment for


on-site testing to accurately determine
load values in any specific structure.
The Heli-Tie wall tie tension tester
features a key specifically designed to
grip the Heli-Tie fastener and provide
accurate results. Replacement test
keys sold separately
(Model HELIKEY37A).

169

CRIMP Multi-Purpose

Anchors

The Crimp anchor is an easy-to-install expansion anchor for use in


concrete and grout-filled block. The pre-formed curvature along the shaft creates
an expansion mechanism that secures the anchor in place and eliminates the need
for a secondary tightening procedure. This speeds up anchor installation and
reduces the overall cost.
Four Crimp anchor head styles are available to handle different applications that
include fastening wood or light-gauge steel, attaching concrete formwork, hanging
overhead support for sprinkler pipes or suspended ceiling panels.
WARNING : Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can
experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments.
Accordingly, with the exception of the duplex anchor, use these products
in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments only.
MATERIAL: Carbon steel
FINISH: Zinc plated and mechanically galvanized
CODES: Factory Mutual 3031136 for the " Rod Coupler.
HEAD STYLES: Mushroom, rod coupler, tie-wire and duplex
INSTALLATION:
Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the base material
to a depth of at least 1/2" deeper than the required embedment.
Blow the hole clean of dust and debris using compressed air. Overhead
application need not to be blown clean. Where a fixture is used, drive the
anchor through the fixture into the hole until the head sits flush against
the fixture.
Be sure the anchor is driven to the required embedment depth. The Rod
Coupler and Tie-Wire models should be driven in until the head is seated
against the surface of the base material.

Mushroom Head

Rod Coupler

Tie-Wire

Duplex

Size

Model No.

" x 1 "

CD18114M

" x 2"

CD18200M

" x 1"

CD25100M

" x 1 "

CD25114M

" x 1"

CD25112M

" x 2"

CD25200M

" x 2 "

Head Style/
Finish

Drill
Bit Dia.
(in)

Min.
Fixture
Hole
Size

"

"

Min.
Embed.

Quantity
Box

Ctn

"

100

1600

1 "

100

500

"

100

1600

"

100

1600

1 "

100

1600

1 "

100

500

CD25212M

1 "

100

500

Mushroom
Head - Zinc
Plated

"

"

" x 3"

CD25300M

1 "

100

500

" x 2"

CD37200M

1 "

25

125

" x 3"

CD37300M

1 "

25

125

" x 3"

CD25300MG

" Rod
Coupler

CD25114RC

" Rod
Coupler

CD37112RC

Mushroom
Head Mechanically
Galvanized
Rod Coupler
- Zinc Plated

" Tie
Wire

CD25118T

Tie Wire Zinc Plated

"
Duplex

CD25234D

Duplex Head
- Zinc Plated

"

"

"

"

1 "

100

500

"

N/A

1 "

100

500

"

N/A

1 "

50

250

"

N/A

1 "

100

500

"

"

1 "

100

500

Crimp Anchor Installation Sequence


Rod Coupler

Tie-Wire

Mushroom Head

1. Mechanical galvanizing meets ASTM B695, Class 55, Type 1. Intended for some pressuretreated wood sill plate applications. Not for use in other corrosive or outdoor environments.
See page 16 for details.

Duplex-head
anchor may be
removed with a
claw hammer
170

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Crimp Anchor Product Data

CRIMP Multi-Purpose

Anchors

*
Tension and Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load
Drill
Bit.
Dia.
(in.)

Embed.
Depth
(in.)

Min.
Spacing
(in.)

Size
(in.)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
(in.)

Shear Load

f'c 2000 psi


Concrete

f'c 4000 psi


Concrete

f'c 2000 psi


Concrete

f'c 4000 psi


Concrete

Allowable
Load (lbs.)

Allowable
Load (lbs.)

Allowable
Load (lbs.)

Allowable
Load (lbs.)

145

250

340

450

175

275

395

610

365

780

755

1305

175

275

395

610

155

215

265

325

MUSHROOM HEAD

DUPLEX HEAD

3
TIE WIRE

3
4

ROD COUPLER

145

250

265

600

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1/2 times the embedment depth.
3. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
4. For rod coupler, mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads; verify with local codes.

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

*
Tension and Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck

Drill
Bit.
Dia.
(in.)

Embed.
Depth
(in.)

Min.
Spacing
(in.)

Min.
Edge
Dist.
(in.)

Tension Load
(Install through
Metal Deck)

Shear Load
(Install in
Concrete)

Shear Load
(Install through
Metal Deck)

f'c 3000 psi


Concrete

f'c 3000 psi


Concrete

f'c 3000 psi


Concrete

f'c 3000 psi


Concrete

Allowable
Load (lbs.)

Allowable
Load (lbs.)

Allowable
Load (lbs.)

Allowable
Load (lbs.)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

MUSHROOM HEAD

115

85

345

600

145

130

375

890

315

330

1030

1085

145

130

375

890

130

90

275

210

Mechanical Anchors

Size
(in.)

Tension Load
(Install in
Concrete)

DUPLEX HEAD

TIE WIRE

ROD COUPLER

115

85

300

280

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1/2 times the embedment depth.
3. Anchors may be installed off-center in the flute, up to 1" from the center of flute.
4. Anchor may be installed in either upper or lower flute.
5. Deck profile shall be 3" deep, 20-gauge minimum.
6. For rod coupler, mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads; verify with local codes.

Sand-Lightweight Concrete
On Metal Deck

Length Identification Head Marks on Mushroom And


Duplex-Head Crimp Anchors (corresponds to length of anchor - inches)
A

From

Mark
1

Up To But Not
Including

3" Deep, 20 Gauge


Metal Deck Minimum

171

MSD/CSD/DSD

Split Drive Anchors

The Split Drive anchor is a one piece anchor, with a split-type expansion
mechanism on the working end. As the anchor is driven into the hole, the
expansion mechanism compresses and exerts force against the walls of the
hole. Can be installed in concrete, grout-filled block and stone. Available in
mushroom, countersunk and duplex-head styles. The duplex head Split Drive
is designed for temporary fastening applications and can be removed using a
claw hammer.
Warning for CSD and MSD only: Industry studies show that hardened
fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive
environments. Accordingly, use these products in dry, interior and
non-corrosive environments only.
MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel
FINISH:

Zinc plated and mechanically galvanized

INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce the anchor's load
capacity. For CSD and MSD, embedment depths greater than 1" may
cause bending during installation.
Drill a hole in the base material using a " diameter carbide
tipped drill. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth
and blow it clean using compressed air. Alternatively, drill the
hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and dust
from drilling. Overhead installations need not be blown clean.
Position fixture and insert Split Drive anchor through fixture hole. For CSD
and MSD, 3/8" diameter fixture hole is recommended for hard fixtures
such as steel. For DSD, 5/16" diameter fixture hole is recommended.
Drive anchor until head is flush against fixture.

CSD
(Countersunk)

MSD
(Mushroom)

Size
(in.)

Model
No.

Installation Sequence
Head Style/
Finish

x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3
x 3
x 4

MSD25112
MSD25200
MSD25212
MSD25300
MSD25312
MSD25400
CSD25112
CSD25200
CSD25212
CSD25300
CSD25312
CSD25400

x 3

CSD25300MG

x 4

CSD25400MG

x 3

DSD25300

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Mushroom
Head Zinc Plated

Countersunk
Head Zinc Plated

Countersunk Head Mechanically


Galvanized 1
Duplex Head Zinc Plated

Quantity
Box

Carton

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

500
500
500
400
400
400
500
500
500
400
400
400

100

400

100

400

100

400

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

MSD/CSD/DSD Product Data

DSD
(Duplex)

1. Mechanical galvanizing
meets ASTM B695, Class 55,
Type 1. Intended for some
pressure-treated wood sill
plate applications. Not for
use in other corrosive or
outdoor environments.
See page 16 for details.

MSD & CSD Tension and Shear Load Values in Normal-Weight Concrete

Drill
Min. Tension Load (lbs.) Shear Load (lbs.)
Embed. Min.
Size Bit
Edge
f'c 2000 psi
f'c 2000 psi
Depth Spacing
(in.) Dia.
Dist. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.)
(in.)
(in.)
(in.)
Load
Load
Load
Load
3
655
165
969
240
1
2

*
DSD Tension and Shear Load Values in Normal-Weight Concrete
Drill
Min. Concrete Tension Load (lbs.) Shear Load (lbs.) *See page 10 for
Embed. Min.
an explanation
Size Bit
Edge Compressive
of the load table
Depth Spacing
(in.) Dia.
Dist. Strength Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable icons
(in.)
(in.)
Load
Load
Load
Load
(in.)
(in.)
(psi)
172

1
1

2
2

3
3

2500
4000

800
1060

200
265

2480
2740

620
685

DSD anchor may be removed


with a claw hammer

NAILON Pin Drive Anchors


Nylon and Zinc Nailon anchors are low cost anchors for
light-duty applications under static loads.
SPECIAL FEATURES:
Nylon Nailon anchor: The nylon shell acts as an insulator
when used In electrical applications.
Zinc Nailon anchor: Available with carbon and stainless-steel pins. The pin
and head configuration make this anchor tamper resistant.
MATERIAL: Nylon Body: nylon Pin Cold-rolled steel
Zinc Body die cast zinc alloy;
Pin Carbon and stainless steel (Type 304)
CODES: Meets Federal Specification A-A-1925A,
Type 1 (zinc mushroom),
INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set the anchor
and will lower the anchor's load capacity.
Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter
as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to the
specified embedment depth plus " for pin extension and blow it clean
using compressed air. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to
accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling.

Nylon NailonTM Anchor


(Mushroom, Round)

Position fixture, insert Nailon anchor.

Zinc NailonTM Anchor


(Mushroom)

Tap with hammer until flush with fixture;


drive pin until flush with top of head.

Installation Sequence

Nylon Nailon Product Data and Tension Loads in


Normal-Weight Concrete

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

R
M
R
R
M
R
M
M
R
M

Size
(in.)

x 1
x 1
x 1
x 1
x 2
x 3

Model
No.
N18100R
N18100M
N18112R
N25100R
N25100M
N25112R
N25112M
N25200M
N25200R
N25300M

Mechanical Anchors

Head
Style

Allowable
Tension
Quantity
Drill Bit Embed.
Dia.
Depth Load (lbs.)
(in.)
(in.)
f'c
Box Carton
3000 psi
100 1600
25

100 1600

35
100 500
1
100 1600
25

100 1600
100 500
40
1
100 500

100 400
50
1
100 400
2
50
50
200

Not for use in overhead applications

R = Round Head; M = Mushroom Head

These anchors are not recommended for eccentric


tension (prying) loading. Capacity can be greatly
reduced in such applications.

Zinc Nailon (Mushroom Head) Product Data and Tension and Shear Loads
in Normal-Weight Concrete
Size
(in.)
x
x
x 1
x 1
x 1
x 2
x 2
x 3

Carbon
Steel Pin
Model
No.

Stainless
Steel Pin
Model
No.

ZN18078
ZN25034
ZN25100
ZN25114
ZN25112
ZN25200
ZN25212
ZN25300

ZN25034SS
ZN25100SS
ZN25114SS
ZN25112SS
ZN25200SS
ZN25212SS
ZN25300SS

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Embed.
Depth
(in.)

1
1
1
2
2

Allowable Load (lbs.)


f'c 3000 psi
Tension
165
165
225
255
285
285
310
310

Shear
120
120
225
225
225
260
260
260

*See page 10 for

Quantity
Box

Carton

Bulk

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

1600
1600
500
500
500
400
400
400

1000

an explanation
of the load table
icons

1. The allowable loads listed are


based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. Bulk Nailon anchors come packed
in a single carton of 1,000.
To order add a "B" onto the
end of the model number.
Example: ZN25100B. Not
available with stainless-steel pins.

173

LSES

Lag Screw Expansion Shield

The Lag Screw Expansion Shield is a die cast zinc alloy expansion shield for anchoring
lag screws in a variety of base materials, including concrete, concrete block, brick and
mortar joints. Radial ribs provide additional holding power in softer material.
MATERIAL: Die cast Zamac 3 Alloy
INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes may make it impossible to set the anchor
and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate-diameter carbide drill bit as
specified in the table. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth plus " for
flush mounting and blow it clean using compressed air. Alternatively, drill the hole
deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling. Overhead
installations need not be blown clean.
Insert anchor into hole. Tap with hammer until flush with surface of base material.
Position fixture; insert screw and tighten.

Model
No.

Short
Short
Short
Short
Long
Long
Long
Long

LSES25S
LSES31S
LSES37S
LSES50S
LSES25L
LSES31L
LSES37L
LSES50L

ESA

Allowable
Drill
Tension
Quantity
Embed.
Bit
Depth Load (lbs.)
Dia.
(in.)
f'c
(in.)
Box Carton
3000 psi
1
90
100
500

100
100
500
1

220
50
250
1

2
250
25
125

120
50
250
1

150
50
250
1

260
50
200
2

3
310
25
100

Installation Sequence
*See page 10 for
an explanation
of the load table
icons

1. The allowable
loads listed are
based on a safety
factor of 4.0.
2. The minimum
concrete thickness
is 1 times the
embedment depth.
3. Screw is not
included.

Expansion Screw Anchor

The ESA was the original internally-threaded mechanical anchor design.


The malleable lead shield allows for secure mounting.

Installation
Sequence

MATERIAL: Cone Die Cast Zamac 3 alloy; Expander Shield 3 - 5% antimonial lead
INSTALLATION:
Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter carbide drill bit
as specified in the table. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth plus
" for flush mounting. Blow the hole clean using compressed air. Overhead
installations need not be blown clean.
Insert anchor into hole.
Using a piloted setting punch, drive expander shield over cone.
Position fixture; insert fastener and tighten.
CODES:

Meets Federal Specifications A-A-1922A, Type 1, except ESA50.

ESA Product Data and Tension Loads


in Normal-Weight Concrete

Piloted Setting Punch

Internal
Allowable
Drill
Thread
Embed.
Tension
Quantity
Model Bit
Size
Depth Load (lbs.)
No. Dia.
(dia. - threads
(in.)
(in.)
f'c 3000 psi Box Carton
per inch)

174

ESA

#10 - 24

ESA10

- 20

ESA25

- 16

ESA37

- 13

ESA50

140

100 1600

190

100

500

380

50

200

400

50

200

*See page 10 for an explanation of the load table icons

1. The allowable
loads listed are
based on a safety
factor of 4.0.
2. The minimum
concrete thickness
is 1 times the
embedment depth.
3. Machine bolt
is not included.
4. One piloted setting
punch is included
in each box.

Piloted Setting Punch


Product Data
Model No. For Use With Box Qty.
PSP10
PSP25
PSP37
PSP50

ESA10
ESA25
ESA37
ESA50

10
10
10
10

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

LSES Product Data and Tension


Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Size
(in.)

LSES

SMSA/DMSA

Machine Screw Anchors

The SMSA is a corrosion resistant, die cast machine bolt anchor with
a single internal expanding cone for use in concrete, concrete block and brick.
The DMSA utilizes the same basic anchor design as the SMSA but
with double expansion cones to provide higher loads and better performance in
base materials of questionable strength.
MATERIAL:

Die cast Zamac 3 alloy

CODES: DMSA Meets Federal Specifications A-A-1923A, Type 3, except


DMSA25 and DMSA31. SMSA Meets Federal Specifications A-A-1923A, Type 2
INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set the anchor
and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter carbide
drill bit as specified in the table. Drill the hole to the specified embedment
depth plus " for flush mounting. Blow the hole clean using compressed air.
Overhead installations need not be blown clean. Alternatively, drill the hole
deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling.
Insert anchor into hole. Tap with hammer until flush with surface.
Position fixture; insert screw and tighten. The bolt must engage a
minimum of of the anchor threads.

SMSA

DMSA

Installation Sequence

SMSA Product Data


Model
No.

- 20
- 18
- 16
- 13

SMSA25
SMSA31
SMSA37
SMSA50

Drill
Embed. Quantity
Bit
Depth
Dia.
(in.) Box Carton
(in.)

1
1
1
2

100
100
50
25

500
400
200
100

1. Machine bolt is
not included.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SMSA Tension Loads in


Normal-Weight Concrete
Bolt
(dia. - threads
per inch)

Model
No.

- 20
- 18
- 16
- 13

SMSA25
SMSA31
SMSA37
SMSA50

Allowable
Drill
Embed. Tension
Bit
Depth Load (lbs.)
Dia.
(in.)
f'c
(in.)
3000 psi
235
1

585
1

585
1

770
2

Quantity
Box Carton
100
100
50
25

1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 times the embedment depth.
3. Machine bolt is not included.

500
400
200
100

SMSA Tension and Shear Loads in


Lightweight Hollow CMU
Bolt
(dia. - threads
per inch)

Model
No.

- 20
- 16

SMSA25
SMSA37

Drill
Allowable Allowable
Embed.
Quantity
Bit
Tension
Shear
Depth
Dia.
Load
Load
(in.)
Box Carton
(in.)
(lbs.)
(lbs.)

1
1

165
250

415
485

100
50

Mechanical Anchors

Bolt
(dia. - threads
per inch)

500
200

1. Values for 8-inch wide CMU grade N, Type ll concrete masonry units conforming to UBC
Standard 21-4 or ASTM C90. Mortar is prepared in accordance with Section 2103.3 of the UBC
and UBC Standard 21-15. The minimum specified compressive strength of masonry is 1,900 psi.
2. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit for
installation through a face shell.
3. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the
IBC and IRC. For installations under the UBC use a safety factor of 4.0 (multiply the tabulated
allowable loads by 1.25).
4. All holes are drilled with a carbide-tipped drill bit in the rotation-only mode.

*
DMSA Product Data and Tension and Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Bolt
(dia. - threads
per inch)

Model
No.

- 20

DMSA25

- 18

DMSA31

- 16

DMSA37

- 13

DMSA50

Tension Load
Shear Load
Drill Embed. Critical
Quantity
Bit Depth
Edge f'c 3000 psi f'c 4000 psi f'c 3000 psi
Dia.
in.
Dist.
(20.7 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(20.7 MPa)
in.
(mm)
in.
Allowable
Allowable
Allowable
Box Carton
(mm)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
3
265
305
370
1
100 500
(38)
(76)
(1.2)
(1.4)
(1.6)
290
335
690
1
3
100 400
(44)
(1.3)
(1.5)
(3.1)
(89)
765
920
1,300
2
4
50
200
(57) (114)
(3.4)
(4.1)
(5.8)
765
920
1,770
2
5
25
100
(70) (140)
(3.4)
(4.1)
(7.9)

*See page 10 for


an explanation
of the load table
icons

1. The allowable loads listed are


based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. 100% of the allowable load is permitted
at critical edge distance. No reduction
in edge distance is allowed.
3. The minimum concrete thickness is 1
times the embedment depth.
4. Machine bolt is not included.

175

HWA

Hollow Wall Anchors

The HWA hollow wall anchor expands inside the wall cavity to provide a large bearing area for transfer of loads.
The HWDA hollow wall drive anchor permits installation in gypsum drywall without pre-drilling.
MATERIAL: Expander shell Cold-rolled steel
INSTALLATION:
HWA:
Drill hole using the specified diameter bit noted in the table.
Tap anchor into hole until flush with surface.
Tighten screw while maintaining constant pressure on the anchor to set.
Remove screw, install through fixture; reinsert screw into anchor body and tighten until snug against base material.
HWDA:
Drive anchor into gypsum drywall until head is flush with surface.
Tighten screw to set anchor.
Remove screw, install through fixture; reinsert screw into anchor
body and tighten until snug against base material.

HWA

HWDA Kit Product Data

Use caution not to over-tighten the anchor in drywall


applications as this can cause crushing.

Size
(in.)

Model
No.

Base Material
Thickness
(in.)

XS
S
L
S
L
S
L

HWA12XS
HWA12S
HWA12L
HWA18S
HWA18L
HWA25S
HWA25L

-
-
-
-
-1
-
-1

PSA

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Quantity
Box

Carton

100
100
100
50
50
50
50

1600
500
500
250
250
250
250

Model
No.

Base Material
Thickness
(in.)

Box

Carton

SD
LD

HWDA12SD
HWDA12LD

-
-

100
100

500
500

Installation Sequence

(Not required for HWDA)

Plastic Screw Anchor

The Plastic Screw Anchor is an expanding plastic shield that expands as the screw is tightened.
The PSA can be used in all types of base materials including concrete and gypsum drywall.
MATERIAL: Polyethylene plastic
INSTALLATION:
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set the anchor and will impact the anchor's
performance.
Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter carbide drill bit as specified in
the table. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth plus ". For flush mounting blow
the hole clean with compressed air. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate
embedment depth and dust from drilling. Overhead installations need not be blown clean.
Insert anchor into hole. Tap with hammer until flush with surface of base material.
Position fixture; insert screw and tighten.

PSA Product Data


Screw
Size

Model
No.

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Embed.
Depth
(in.)

#6 - #8
#8 - #10
#10 - #12
#14 - #16

PSA06
PSA08
PSA10
PSA14

1
1

Quantity
Box

Carton

100
100
100
100

1600
1600
1600
500

PSA Kit Product Data


Quantity
Drill Bit Embed.
Dia.
Depth Components Kits to
(in.)
(in.)
in a Kit
a Carton
100
10
#6 - #8 PSAK06

#8 - #10 PSAK08
100
10

#10 - #12 PSAK10


1
100
10

Screw
Size

176

Quantity

Model
No.

Installation Sequence

PSA

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

HWA Product Data

Size
(in.)

HWDA

SURE WALL

Drywall Anchors

Sure Wall anchors are self-drilling anchors for use in softer substrates like drywall.
The point cuts a hole through the base material, eliminating break-out on the backside of
softer base materials. The standard Sure Wall can be used as a fastener in fixtures with
sufficiently large holes or a screw can be driven into the anchor body for smaller fixture
holes or picture-hanging wire. The Sure Wall Toggle expands behind the base material
for greater load capacity.
FEATURES:
Self drilling: only a screwdriver needed for installation in gypsum board drywall
Standard Sure Wall: Can be used alone or with screws
Both designs maximize the load carrying capacity of low-strength base materials
MATERIAL: Standard Sure Wall: Die cast zinc or reinforced nylon;
Sure Wall Toggle: Die cast zinc
INSTALLATION:
Standard Sure Wall:
With the screwdriver inserted in the anchor, push the point of the anchor
into the base material to get it started.
Screw the anchor into the base material, turning clockwise.
Hold the fixture in place and install the screw (screw is not needed
when the fixture hole accepts the Sure Wall anchor).
Sure Wall Toggle:
With the screwdriver inserted in the anchor, screw the tip of anchor
into the base material, turning clockwise.
Stop turning once the tip penetrates through the base material. Turn the anchor
so that the arrow on the head of the anchor is pointing up and push the anchor
until the head is flush with the surface of the base material.
Insert the screw into the anchor and push until the screw reaches the back of the anchor.
Begin turning the screw clockwise to engage the toggle and
pull it snug against the backside of the base material.

Sure Wall
Zinc

Sure Wall
Nylon

Installation
Sequence
Sure Wall

Sure Wall
Toggle

Installation
Sequence
Sure Wall Toggle

Sure Wall Standard and Toggle Product Data


Style

SWZ08L
SWN08L

Zinc
Nylon

SWZ08S

Zinc

100

500

SWZ06

Zinc

100

500

Nylon 100
Zinc
SWZT-RC4
4
w/Toggle
Zinc
SWZT-RC20
20
w/Toggle

500

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

", " Drywall, Plaster,


Wood Paneling, Peg Board,
Ceiling Tile

SWN06

Box Carton
100 500
100 500

Recommended
Screw Size
#8 x 1"
#8 x 1"

#6 x 1"

16

Included

Included

Sure Wall Kit Product Data

Sure Wall Load Data


Quantity

Model Number

Style

SWN06KT-RP4
SWN06KT-RC20
SWN06KT-RC50
SWN08LKT-RP4
SWN08LKT-RC20
SWN08LKT-RC50
SWZ06KT-RP4
SWZ06KT-RC20
SWZ08LKT-RP4
SWZ08LKT-RC20
SWZ08LKT-RC50
SWZ08SKT-RP4
SWZ08SKT-RC20
SWZT-RC4
SWZT-RC20
SWZN08LKT-RC48

Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc
Zinc w/Toggle
Zinc w/Toggle
Zinc and Nylon
Zinc w/ and
w/o Toggle

SWZTKT-RC36

Mechanical Anchors

", ", " Drywall, Plaster


", " Drywall, Ceiling Tile
", " Drywall, Plaster,
Hollow Core Door, Wood
Paneling, Peg Board, Ceiling Tile
", " Drywall, Plaster,
Peg Board, Ceiling Tile
", " Drywall, Ceiling Tile

Quantity

Model
No.

Applications

4
20
50
4
20
50
4
20
4
20
50
4
20
4
20
48

Kits to a
Carton
40
8
4
40
8
4
40
8
40
8
4
40
8
16
8
5

36

Kit

Components
4 anchors with #6 x 1" screws
20 anchors with #6 x 1" screws
50 anchors with #6 x 1" screws
4 anchors with #8 x 1" screws
20 anchors with #8 x 1" screws
50 anchors with #8 x 1" screws
4 anchors with #6 x 1" screws
20 anchors with #6 x 1" screws
4 anchors with #8 x 1" screws
20 anchors with #8 x 1" screws
50 anchors with #8 x 1" screws
4 anchors with #8 x 1" screws
20 anchors with #8 x 1" screws
4 anchors with #8 x 2" screws
20 anchors with #8 x 2" screws
24 Zinc and 24 Nylon anchors with 48 #8 x 1" screws
24 Zinc w/ toggle and 12 Zinc w/o toggle anchors
with 36 #8 x 1" screws

Drywall
Thickness
(in.)

Allowable Loads
Tension
(lbs.)
15
15
20

Shear
(lbs.)
35
40
65

Sure Wall Toggle Load Data


Drywall
Thickness
(in.)

&

Kits sold in full carton


quantities only.

Allowable Loads
Tension
(lbs.)
20

Shear
(lbs.)
55

177

SWTB

Spring Wing Toggle Bolts

The Spring Wing Toggle Bolt is designed for installation in hollow wall
construction consisting of base materials such as gypsum wallboard and
ungrouted concrete masonry units. The Spring Wing Toggle provides a large
bearing area to distribute the applied loads. The Spring Wing Toggle Bolt
comes complete with Spring Wing Toggle and machine screw (combo phillips
and slot head). The Spring Wing Toggle may also be purchased separately
(see table below).
MATERIAL: Wing Cold-rolled steel, zinc plated
Screw Cold-rolled steel, zinc plated
INSTALLATION:
Drill hole using the specified diameter bit noted in the table.
Insert screw through fixture; thread screw into toggle wing.
Push toggle wing through drilled hole and tighten.

SWTB
Round Head

SWTB
Mushroom Head

SWTB Product Data


Size
(in.)
x 2
x 3
x 2
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6
x 3
x 4
x 5
x 6

Model
No.

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Wing
Spread
(in.)

Drill Bit
Dia.
(in.)

Wing
Spread
(in.)

1
1
2
2
2

SWTB12200R
SWTB12300R/M 2
SWTB18200R
SWTB18300R/M 2
SWTB18400R/M 2
SWTB18500R
SWTB25300R/M 2
SWTB25400R/M 2
SWTB25500R
SWTB31300R
SWTB31400R
SWTB31500R
SWTB31600R
SWTB37300R
SWTB37400R
SWTB37500R
SWTB37600R

Quantity
Box

Carton

100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

500
500
250
250
200
200
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Installation
Sequence

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mechanical Anchors

Machine Screw
Head 1
Style
R
R/M 2
R
R/M 2
R/M 2
R
R/M 2
R/M 2
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

1. R = Round Head; M = Mushroom Head.


2. Models available in Round or Mushroom heads.

SWT Product Data (Toggle only)

178

Fits Size
(dia. - threads
per inch)

Model
No.

Box

Carton

#6 - 32
#10 - 24
- 20
- 18
- 16

SWTH12
SWTH18
SWTH25
SWTH31
SWTH37

100
100
25
25
25

500
500
125
125
125

Quantity

SWT
Toggle

GAS AND POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENING SYSTEMS


A full line of gas and powderactuated tools for maximum
production and comfort
Gas-actuated tool, fuel and pins for
high-production fastening of drywall
track, furring strips and hat track to
concrete, steel, metal deck and CMU.
Premium and fully-automatic P.A.T.
tools with power regulators, low noise
and recoil, and easy disassembly for
quick maintenance procedures

GCN150

Semi-automatic P.A.T. tools for easy


field repair and maintenance
General-purpose P.A.T. tools for the
high volume and occasional user
Heavy-duty P.A.T. tools for difficult
applications

PTP-27ASMAGR
with Rotating Magazine

A complete line of dependable


powder-actuated loads for all
Simpson Strong-Tie tools and
most major brand tools

P25SL

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

.27 Caliber strip loads for semi


and automatic tools with fastener
magazines

P27SL

.25 caliber strip loads for semiautomatic tools


.22 caliber single shot, and .27
long single shot loads

P22AC

P22LRSC

P27LVL

A full line of drive pins for fastening


into concrete and steel
Single-shot pins, collated pins,
threaded studs, and pre-assembled
clip and washer pins
Stainless-steel, mechanically
galvanized and carbon zinc coated
drive pins

PDPA

PDP

PDPW

PHSNA

PDPA pins for fastening into


structural steel up to " thick

PBXDP

PDPT

PSLV4

179

GCN150

Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailer

The GCN150 gas-actuated concrete nailer is a portable


fastening tool for attaching light-duty fixtures such as
drywall track, furring strips, hat track and angle track to
concrete, steel, CMU and metal deck. The GCN150 has a
portable gas fuel supply that does not require electrical
cords or hoses. The GCN150 sets up quickly and offers
maximum productivity. With a 500 shot-per-hour capacity
and a pin jam release door, the GCN150 makes fastening
pins fast and easy. Additional attributes include 2-step pin
loading into the magazine, light and well-balanced weight, a
battery indicator light and a sure-grip rubber handle pad.
FEATURES:
Fast: 40 pin magazine and 1,300 shot fuel cell
for reduced loading time
Easy to use: Automatic piston reset
Easy open jam release door
No operators license required
Portable: No hoses, cords, or external energy
source required
Convenient: Simple 2-step pin loading, and
open-blade guide-jam release
Easy-load fuel compartment
No possibility of firing with no pins - when tool
is down to last 2 pins in the pin magazine a
"lock off" occurs
SPECIFICATIONS:

Weight: 8.3 lbs


Magazine capacity: 42
Average number of fastens per fuel cell: 1,300
Average number of fastens per battery charge: 3,300
Average battery charge time: 2 hours
Fastener type: Length " to 1",
Diameter .102" to .109"
KEY FASTENING APPLICATIONS:
Drywall track to concrete, steel, CMU or metal deck
Furring strips to concrete, steel or CMU
Plywood to concrete, steel or CMU
Angle track to concrete, steel or metal deck
TOOL IS SOLD IN RUGGED FIXTURED
TOOL BOX AND INCLUDES:
2 Batteries
Easy open jam release door

1 Charger
Safety glasses
Ear protection
Operators manual
Tool schematic
Tool cleaning instructions

Replacement Parts:

180

Model

Description

GCN-APP012
GCN-CHG007
GCN-PPA020

Adaptor
Charger (U.S.)
Battery (U.S.)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Gas-Actuated Fastening System

Tool dimensions: Length 17.3",


Width 4.2", Height 15.3"

GCN150

Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailer

Fuel Cell
The GFC34 fuel cell is designed to work with the GCN150 gas-actuated
concrete nailer as well as with most major brand gas concrete-nailer
tools. The fuel cell offers 1,300 shots and can operate at temperatures
as low as 20 F. Fuel cells are offered in 2 pack clamshells, and 1 fuel
cell is included with each pack of 1,000 pins.
Gas Fuel Cells for the GCN150
Model No.

Description

Pack Qty

Packs/ Carton

Compatible with
these Tools

GFC34-RC2

(2) 34 gram fuel cells

Simpson Strong-Tie
GCN150
Others: TF1100, C3

GFC34
Pins
GDP concrete pins are designed to work with the GCN150 gas-actuated concrete
nailer tool as well as with most major brand gas concrete-nailer tools. The 10 strip
patent-pending collation is design with break-away plastic. The pins are designed
for use in A36 and A572 steel, concrete and CMU block.
.106 Diameter Shank Drive Pins for the GCN150
Qty Pins / pack
+1 Fuel Cell

Packs/
Carton

GDP-50KT

"

1,000

GDP-62KT

"

1,000

GDP-75KT

"

1,000

GDP-100KT

1"

1,000

GDP-125KT

1"

1,000

GDP-150KT

1"

1,000

Compatible with
these Tools
Simpson
Strong-Tie
GCN150
Others:
TF1100, C3

GDP
(Patent Pending)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Note: All installations are limited to dry, interior environments.

Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete


Minimum
Shank
Penetration
Diameter
in.
in.
(mm)

Minimum
Tension Loads
Minimum
Edge
Spacing f'c 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) f'c 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) f'c 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) f'c 5000 psi (34.5 Mpa)
Distance
in.
in.
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
(mm)
(mm)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)

0.106
(2.7)

(15.9)

3
(76.2)

4
(102)

(19.1)

25
(0.11)

30
(0.13)

45
(0.20)

50
(0.22)

30
(0.13)

30
(0.13)

30
(0.13)

30
(0.13)

Gas-Actuated Fastening System

Length

Model No.

1. The fasteners must not be driven until the concrete has reached the designated minimum compressive strength.
2. Minimum concrete thickness must be three times the fastener embedment into the concrete.
3. The allowable shear values are only for the fasteners in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must
be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.

Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete

Minimum
Shear Loads
Minimum
Minimum
Shank
Edge
Penetration
Spacing f'c 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) f'c 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) f'c 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) f'c 5000 psi (34.5 Mpa)
Diameter
Distance
in.
in.
in.
in.
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)

0.106
(2.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

3
(76.2)

4
(102)

25
(0.11)

25
(0.11)

25
(0.11)

25
(0.11)

45
(0.20)

55
(0.24)

75
(0.33)

80
(0.36)

1. The fasteners must not be driven until the concrete has reached the designated minimum compressive strength.
2. Minimum concrete thickness must be three times the fastener embedment into the concrete.
3. The allowable shear values are only for the fasteners in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must
be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.

*See page 10 for an explanation of the load table icons


181

GCN150

Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailer

Tension and Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete


Shank
Diameter
in.

Minimum
Penetration
in.
(mm)

Minimum
Edge
Distance
in.
(mm)

Minimum
Spacing
in.
(mm)

3
(76.2)

4
(102)

Tension Loads

Shear Loads

f'c 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa)

f'c 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa)

Allow. Load
lbs. (kN)

Allow. Load
lbs. (kN)

75
(0.33)

35
(0.16)

105
(0.47)

140
(0.62)

0.106
(2.7)

(15.9)

(19.1)

*See page 10 for an explanation


of the load table icons

Note: All installations are limited to


dry, interior environments.

1. The fasteners must not be driven until the lightweight concrete has reached the designated minimum compressive strength.
2. Minimum lightweight concrete thickness must be three times the fastener embedment into the lightweight concrete.
3. The allowable shear and tension values are only for the fasteners in the lightweight concrete. Members connected to the
lightweight concrete must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.

*
Tension and Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal deck
Tension Loads
Shear Loads
Tension Loads
Shear Loads
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Thru 1.5" B Deck
Thru 1.5" B Deck
Thru 3" W Deck
Thru 3" W Deck
Shank
Edge
Penetration
Spacing
Diameter
Distance
f'c 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) f'c 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) f'c 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) f'c 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa)
in.
in.
in.
in.
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
Allow. Load
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)

0.106
(2.7)

(15.9)

1
(25.4)

4
(102)

65
(0.29)

195
(0.87)

60
(0.27)

180
(0.80)

130

270

60

180
(0.80)

Tension and Shear Loads in 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
Minimum
Minimum
Shank
Edge
Penetration
Diameter
Distance
in.
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)
0.106
(2.7)

(15.9)

Minimum
Spacing
in.
(mm)

Tension Loads

Shear Loads

Allow. Load
lbs. (kN)

Allow. Load
lbs. (kN)

8
(203)

35
(0.16)

50
(0.22)

3
(76.2)

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Gas-Actuated Fastening System

(0.58)
(1.20)
(0.27)
(19.1)
1. The fasteners must not be driven through the steel deck and into the lightweight concrete until the lightweight concrete has reached the designated
minimum compressive strength.
2. The allowable shear and tension values are only for the fasteners driven through the steel deck and into the lightweight concrete. Members connected by
the fastener, driven through the steel deck and into the lightweight concrete, must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
4. The steel deck must have a minimum thickness of 20 gage and a minimum yield strength of 38 ksi.
5. The fasteners must be installed through the steel deck and into the concrete at the lower flute. The fastener must be a minimum of 1 inch from the edge
of the lower flute and 3 inches from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4 inches.

1. The tabulated allowable load values are for the fasteners only. Members connected to the CMU receiving elements shall be
designed in accordance with the applicable code and accepted design criteria.
2. The tabulated allowable load values are for fasteners installed in hollow CMUs conforming to ASTM C 90. The minimum
allowable nominal size of the CMU must be 8 inches high by 8 inches wide by 16 inches long, with a minimum,1"-thick
face shell thickness, Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight and normal weight concrete masonry units.
3. The tabulated allowable load values are for fasteners installed in the center of a hollow CMU face shell.

Tension and Shear Loads in A36 Steel


Minimum
Tension Loads
Shear Loads
Minimum
Minimum
Shank
Edge
Penetration
Spacing
"
Thick
"
Thick
"
Thick
"
Thick
" Thick " Thick
Diameter
Distance
in.
in.
Allow. Load Allow. Load Allow. Load Allow. Load Allow. Load Allow. Load
in.
in.
(mm)
(mm)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
(mm)
1
125
210
220
285
225
205
0.106

Thru
(25.4)
(0.56)
(0.93)
(0.98)
(1.27)
(1.00)
(0.91)
(2.7)
(12.7)
1. The entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the steel to obtain the tabulated values. See Detail A.
2. The allowable tension and shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be investigated
separately in accordance with accepted design criteria.
3. Steel must conform to ASTM A36 specifications, with Fy = 36 ksi, minimum.

*
Tension and Shear Loads in A572 Steel

182

Shank
Diameter
in.

Minimum
Penetration
in.
(mm)

0.106
(2.7)

Thru

Minimum
Edge
Distance
in.
(mm)

(12.7)

Minimum
Spacing
in.
(mm)
1
(25.4)

Tension Loads
" Thick

" Thick

Shear Loads
" Thick

GAS ACTUATED
FASTENER

" Thick

STEEL
THICKNESS

Allow. Load Allow. Load Allow. Load Allow. Load


lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
lbs. (kN)
225
(1.00)

185
(0.82)

250
(1.11)

1. The entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the steel to obtain the tabulated values. See Detail A.
2. The allowable tension and shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be investigated
separately in accordance with accepted design criteria.
3. Steel must conform to ASTM A572 specifications, with Fy = 50 ksi, minimum.

145
(0.64)

Detail A

ENTIRE POINTED PORTION


OF THE FASTENER MUST
PENETRATE THROUGH
THE STEEL

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Powder-Actuated Fastening Systems

POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENING SAFETY PRINCIPLES


Before operating any Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems powder-actuated tool you must read and understand the Operator's Manual and be trained by an
authorized instructor in the operation of the tool. You must then pass a test and receive a certified operator card to become a Certified Operator. The test and
Operators Manual are included with each tool kit and extra copies can be obtained by contacting Simpson Strong-Tie at 1-800-999-5099.

GENERAL SAFETY

INSTALLATION SAFETY

To avoid serious injury or death:

To avoid serious injury or death:

ALWAYS make sure that the operator and bystanders wear safety
glasses. Hearing and head protection are also recommended.

ALWAYS hold the tool perpendicular (90) to the fastening surface to


prevent ricocheting fasteners. Use the spall guard whenever possible.

ALWAYS post warning signs when powder-actuated tools are in use.


Signs should state "Powder-Actuated Tool in Use" and should be
posted within the area where the tool is being used.

NEVER attempt to fasten to soft, thin, brittle or very hard materials


such as drywall, light gauge steel, glass, tile or cast iron as these
materials are inappropriate. Conduct a pre-punch test to determine
base material adequacy.

ALWAYS store powder-actuated tools unloaded. Tools and powder


loads should be stored in a locked container out of the reach
of children.
NEVER place any part of your body over the front muzzle of the tool
even if no fastener is present. The fastener, pin or tool piston can
cause serious injury or death in the event of an accidental discharge.

NEVER attempt to fasten to soft material like wood or drywall


(fastening through soft materials into an appropriate base material
may be allowed if the application is appropriate).
NEVER attempt to fasten to a spalled, cracked or uneven surface.

NEVER transport fasteners or other hard objects in the same pocket


or container with powder loads. These objects may strike the powder
loads, thereby setting them off and causing serious injury or death.

Powder-Actuated Fastening Systems

NEVER attempt to bypass or circumvent any of the safety features


on a powder-actuated tool.

C-SAS-2009 2009 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Safety equipment such as safety glasses


and ear plugs are recommended when
using powder-actuated tools.

EXTENSION POLE TOOL

PETH2

PETBP

PETBSM
Advantages:

PETS2

Modular lengths 2 ft., 6 ft., 8 ft.


Easy jobsite storage.
Eliminates need for scaffolding.

PETS4

Rugged and durable design.

Extension Pole Tool for PTP-27, PTP-27AL and PTP-27AS


Model
PET-6PKT
PET-8PKT
PETH2
PETBP
PETS2
PETS4

Description
Complete 6 ft. tool, with boot,
handle and 1 extension
Complete 8 ft. tool, with boot,
handle and 2 ex